Martin Screw Conveyor and Elevator

March 20, 2018 | Author: Mohsen Ardestani | Category: Sodium Hydroxide, Screw, Sodium Bicarbonate, Elevator, Sodium Carbonate
Share
Report this link


Comments



Description

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Index SECTION H PRODUCT PAGE INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................................... H-2 ENGINEERING SECTION I ...................................................................................................................................... H-3 Screw Conveyor Design Procedure ............................................................................................................. H-3 Material Classification Code Chart............................................................................................................... H-4 Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed...................................................................................................... H-15 Capacity Factor Tables............................................................................................................................... H-16 Capacity Table............................................................................................................................................ H-17 Lump Size Limitations and Table ............................................................................................................... H-18 Component Groups.................................................................................................................................... H-19 Component Group Selection...................................................................................................................... H-20 Hanger Bearing Selection .......................................................................................................................... H-21 Horsepower Calculation ............................................................................................................................. H-22 Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts ............................................................................................... H-25 Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Components ......................................................................................... H-26 Screw Conveyor End Thrust and Expansion of Screw Conveyor .............................................................. H-27 Screw Conveyor Deflection........................................................................................................................ H-28 Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors ...................................................................................................... H-30 Screw Feeders ........................................................................................................................................... H-31 DESIGN AND LAYOUT SECTION II ...................................................................................................................... H-34 Classification of Enclosure Types .............................................................................................................. H-34 Hand of Conveyors .................................................................................................................................... H-34 Classification of Special Continuous Weld Finishes................................................................................... H-37 Detailing ..................................................................................................................................................... H-38 Bolt Patterns............................................................................................................................................... H-40 Bolt Tables.................................................................................................................................................. H-42 Pipe Sizes and Weights ............................................................................................................................. H-44 Screw Conveyor Drive Arrangements........................................................................................................ H-45 Sample Work Sheet ................................................................................................................................... H-46 Standards Helicoid and Buttweld Sectional Screw Conveyors .................................................................. H-47 COMPONENT SECTION III.................................................................................................................................... H-49 Component Section.................................................................................................................................... H-50 Trough........................................................................................................................................................ H-52 Tubular Housing ......................................................................................................................................... H-53 Flared Trough............................................................................................................................................. H-54 Discharges ................................................................................................................................................. H-55 Trough Ends............................................................................................................................................... H-60 Saddles and Feet/Trough End Flange ....................................................................................................... H-66 End Bearings.............................................................................................................................................. H-67 Thrust Bearings.......................................................................................................................................... H-68 Seals .......................................................................................................................................................... H-69 Conveyor Screws ....................................................................................................................................... H-71 Coupling Bolts, Internal Collars and Lugs .................................................................................................. H-79 Shafts ......................................................................................................................................................... H-80 Hangers ..................................................................................................................................................... H-84 Hanger Bearings ........................................................................................................................................ H-90 Covers........................................................................................................................................................ H-91 Cover Fasteners......................................................................................................................................... H-92 Shrouds...................................................................................................................................................... H-93 SPECIAL FEATURES SECTION IV........................................................................................................................ H-95 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-1a FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Index SECTION H PRODUCT PAGE INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE SECTION V ................................................................................................. H-113 Installation and Erection ................................................................................................................................. H-113 Operation and Maintenance........................................................................................................................... H-114 Hazardous Operations ................................................................................................................................... H-114 Warning & Safety Reminder .................................................................................. Inside Section Divider — H117 BUCKET ELEVATORS SECTION VI ......................................................................................................................... H-116 Warning & Safety Reminder ............................................................................ Inside Section Divider, H115–H117 Introduction..................................................................................................................................................... H-118 Centrifugal and Continuous Discharge Elevators Standard Features Selection ..................................................................................................................... H-119 Procedure.............................................................................................................................................. H-120 Materials Table ...................................................................................................................................... H-121 Centrifugal Discharge Elevators Series 100 and 200 Chain ......................................................................................................................... H-122 Series 100 and 200 Belt ............................................................................................................................ H-124 Continuous Discharge Elevators Series 700 and 800 Chain ......................................................................................................................... H-126 Series 700 and 800 Belt ............................................................................................................................ H-128 Bucket Elevators Dimensions.................................................................................................................... H-130 High Speed Centrifugal Discharge Belt Elevators Series 500.................................................................................................................................................. H-132 Buckets and Chain ......................................................................................................................................... H-134 Bucket Punching ............................................................................................................................................ H-135 Calculations for Numbers of Buckets............................................................................................................. H-136 DRAG CONVEYORS.................................................................................................................................................. H-137 VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATORS ............................................................................................................................. H-146 H-1b SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Stock Screw Conveyor Components Martin manufactures the most complete line of stock components in the industry. We stock stainless, galvanized, and many other items that are special order with others in the industry. Angle Flanged “U” Trough Mild Steel and Galvanized Inlets and Discharge Spouts Mild Steel and Galvanized Shaft Seal Split Gland Form Flanged “U” Trough Mild Steel and Galvanized Trough Ends With and Without Feet Mild Steel and Galvanized Discharge Gate Flat Rack and Pinion Shaft Seal Compression Type Packing Gland Shaft Seal Waste Pack EXIT PREVIOUS Thrust Assembly Type E With Drive Shaft Shaft Seal Flanged Product Drop-out Shaft Seal Plate Helicoid Flighting Right Hand and Left Hand Mild Steel and Stainless Steel Helicoid Screws Right Hand and Left Hand SEARCH Tubular Housing Mild Steel and Galvanized Screws Hot-Dipped Galvanized NEXT INDEX H-1c COM Stock Screw Conveyor Components Tail. Coupling and Drive Shafts Sectional Flights Hanger Style 220 Mild Steel and Galvanized Hanger Style 226 Mild Steel and Galvanized Hanger Bearings Style 220/226 Hanger Style 216 Hanger Bearings Style 216 Hard Iron UHMW Wood Martin Hard Iron Martin Bronze UHMW Nylatron® Wood SEARCH EXIT Hanger Style 19B Trough End Bearings Ball and Roller Shaft-Mounted Speed Reducer with Accessories Screw Conveyor Drive with Accessories H-1d Hanger Style 70 PREVIOUS Saddles and Feet Flanged Cover with Accessories NEXT INDEX .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 60 Inch Diameter Stainless Steel Steaming Vessel Screw Used in Handling Wood Chips. EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-1e .COM Made-To-Order Conveyors Stainless Steel Rotor After Shot Peening.MARTINSPROCKET. USDA Approved Stainless Steel Screw Conveyor for Handling Hamburger Meat in a Food Processing Plant. an Added Customer Service. Special Offset Stainless Steel Hanger Used in Handling Various Chemicals. Rotory Screen Separator For Making Commercial Ice. Used in the Bleaching Process in a Pulp & Paper Mill. This Area is Available to Check the Conveying Characteristics of Customers’ Materials. SEARCH Elevator Buckets Test Facility. COM Special Tolerance Requirements Our association with research and development personnel.D. has been machined for close tolerance for assurance of effective cleanout. H-1f SEARCH EXIT Inspecting total indicated runout of vertical screws. Here are but a few examples of manufacturing techniques that we practice. Dynamic/static balancing of screws takes place at one of Martin’s manufacturing facilities. plant engineers and food specialists has offered the challenge to Martin to meet industry’s new close tolerances.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. The screw O.MARTINSPROCKET. PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . All stainless steel surfaces of screw and trough can be polished after welding to meet customers’ specific plant needs. Stainless steel screw conveyor unit for breakfast cereal plant is checked before a shipment. ...................................................................................................................................................................... H-22 Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Components.............................................. H-17 Lump Size Limitations and Table .............................................................................. H-30 Vertical Screw Conveyors .............................................................. H-29 Inclined Screw Conveyors ............................................................................................................................ H-18 Component Group Selection............................................... H-26 Screw Conveyor End Thrust . H-31 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-g ...................................................... H-25 Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Components.............................................................................................................................................. H-30 Screw Feeders........................................................................................................COM Engineering SECTION I ENGINEERING SECTION I Screw Conveyor Design Procedure .............................................................................. H-20 Hanger Bearing Selection ...........................................................................................................................FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW..................................MARTINSPROCKET......................................................................................................... H-28 Screw Conveyor Deflection............................................................................................................................................................................... H-21 Horsepower Calculation.................................................................................................................................................................... H-5 Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed..................................................... H-16 Capacity Table ........................................ H-3 Material Classification Code Chart........................................................................................................... H-16 Capacity Factor Tables ...................................... H-27 Expansion of Screw Conveyor ................ H-4 Material Characteristics Tables ................... The “Screw Conveyor Design Procedure” on the following page gives ten step-by-step instructions for properly designing a screw conveyor.COM Introduction Introduction The following section is designed to present the necessary engineering information to properly design and lay out most conveyor applications. H-2 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . we invite you to contact our Engineering Department for recommendations and suggestions. These steps. If your requirements present any complications not covered in this section. The information has been compiled from many years of experience in successful design and application and from industry standards.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET. plus the many following tables and formulas throughout the engineering section will enable you to design and detail screw conveyor for most applications. We hope that the information presented will be helpful to you in determining the type and size of screw conveyor that will best suit your needs. 6. if the material is included in Table 1-2.ft. Capacity required. in lbs. STEP 3 Determine Design Capacity Determine design capacity as described on pages H-15–H-17. check minimum screw diameter from Table 1-7. Type of material to be conveyed.COM Design SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN PROCEDURE STEP 1 Establish Known Factors 1. material classification.ft.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. in cu. 5. Or. Locate this bearing group in Table 1-11 for the type of bearing recommended. Select balance of components from the Components Section of catalogue. use the classification shown in Table 1-2. and % trough loading (Table 1-2) determine diameter and speed from Table 1-6. STEP 8 Check Torsional and/or Horsepower ratings of Conveyor Components Using required horsepower from step 7 refer to page H-25 and H-26 to check capacities of conveyor pipe. 3. Refer to Page H-22 and calculate horsepower by the formula method. shafts and coupling bolts./hr. Refer to page H-38 for typical layout details.MARTINSPROCKET. 2. STEP 5 Check Minimum Screw Diameter for Lump Size Limitations Using known screw diameter and percentage of hard lumps. determine Horsepower Factor “Fm” for the material to be conveyed. STEP 7 Determine Horsepower From Table 1-2. Distance material to be conveyed. determine hanger bearing group for the material to be conveyed../hr. STEP 9 Select Components STEP 10 Conveyor Layouts SEARCH Select basic components from Tables 1-8. and 1-10 in accordance with Component Group listed in Table 1-2 for the material to be conveyed. Capacity required. STEP 6 Determine Type of Bearings From Table 1-2./hr. Maximum size of hard lumps. 4. Any additional factors that may affect conveyor or operations. STEP 2 Classify Material Classify the material according to the system shown in Table 1-1. Percentage of hard lumps by volume. STEP 4 Determine Diameter and Speed Using known capacity required in cu. EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-3 . 7. 1-9. COM Table 1-1 Material Classification Code Chart Major Class Density Actual Lbs/PC Bulk Density. 100 Sieve (. Slabs. Cylindrical. B6 1 Granular ⁄2″ And Under (6 Sieve to 1⁄2″) 3″ And Under (1⁄2 to 3″) 7″ And Under (3″ to 7″) C 1⁄2 D3 D7 Lumpy 16″ And Under (0″ to 16″) Over 16″ To Be Specified X=Actual Maximum Size D 16 Stringy. Etc.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Fibrous. Affecting Use Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes Highly Corrosive Mildly Corrosive Hygroscopic Interlocks.016″) And Under A 200 A 100 A 40 Fine No.0059″) And Under No. 40 Sieve (.0029″) And Under No. Affecting Use Degradable. E Irregular 6 Sieve (.132″) And Under DX Flowability Very Free Flowing Free Flowing Average Flowability Sluggish 1 2 3 4 Abrasiveness Mildly Abrasive Moderately Abrasive Extremely Abrasive 5 6 7 Builds Up and Hardens Generates Static Electricity Decomposes — Deteriorates in Storage Flammability Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften Very Dusty Aerates and Becomes a Fluid Explosiveness Stickiness — Adhesion Contaminable. 200 Sieve (. Loose Size Very Fine No. Mats or Agglomerates Oils Present Packs Under Pressure Very Light and Fluffy — May Be Windswept Elevated Temperature F G H J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Miscellaneous Properties Or Hazards H-4 Code Designation Material Characteristics Included SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . Table 1-2 lists many materials that can be effectively conveyed by a screw conveyor. The Intermediate Bearing Selection Code is used to properly select the intermediate hanger bearing from Table 1-11. C. B.MARTINSPROCKET. A. and as interpreted below. particle size and other characteristics. For screw conveyor design purposes. The material code for each material is as described in Table 1-1. F. E. The Trough Loading column indicates the proper percent of cross section loading to use in determining diameter and speed of the conveyor. The Component Series Code is used to determine the correct components to be used as shown on page H-20. The Material Factor Fm is used in determining horsepower as described on pages H-22 and H-23.COM Table 1-2 Material Characteristics Material Characteristics The material characteristics table lists the following Design Data for many materials. and listed in Table 1-2. If a material is not listed in Table 1-2. The weight per cubic foot data may be used to calculate the required capacity of the conveyor in either cubic feet per hour or pounds per hour. conveyed materials are classified in accordance with the code system in Table 1-1.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE FROM TABLE 1-2 Material: Brewers Grain Spent Wet C1⁄2 4 5 Other Characteristics Size Flowability SEARCH T EXIT Abrasiveness PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-5 . D. it must be classified according to Table 1-1 or by referring to a listed material similar in weight. 8 2.0 4.6 . Dry Beans. Fly (See Fly Ash) Asphalt.2 1.0 .5 .COM Table 1-2 Material Characteristics Weight lbs.Castor. Whole Shelled Alum.6 2.5 . per cu. Navy.8 .8 1. Crystalline Ammonium Nitrate Ammonium Sulfate Antimony Powder Apple Pomace. Ground Barley. Malted Barley.2 .8 1.5 .0 . Powder Barium Carbonate Bark.5 .4 . Whole Basalt Bauxite.5 .6 . Dry — 1⁄2″ Ashes.4 . Coal.5 1. Navy.5 3.0 1.7 1. Wet — 3″ Ashes. ft. Coal. Material Adipic Acid Alfalfa Meal Alfalfa Pellets Alfalfa Seed Almonds.0 — — .0 — 2. Crushed — 3″ Beans. Fine Alum.8 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 45 15 15 15 30A 30A 30A 30A — 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A — 30A 45 15 30B 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B — 30A 30A 45 30A 45 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 15 45 30B 30A 45 45 45 .6 2. Steeped H-6 SEARCH 45 14-22 41-43 10-15 27-30 28-30 45-50 50-60 55-65 35 65 45 7-15 7-15 13-20 — 60-120 49 45-58 45-52 45-62 45-58 — 15 — 100-120 30 81 20-40 105 35-45 35-40 45-50 45-50 — 45 7-10 30-45 40-55 40-55 120-180 120-180 72 10-20 24-38 31 28 36-48 80-105 68 75-85 35-40 36 48 60 EXIT Material Code A 100-35 B6-45WY C1⁄2-25 B6-15N C1⁄2-35Q C1⁄2-35Q B6-35U B6-25 B6-27MY A100-27MY D3-37 B6-35 E-45V E-45V C1⁄2-35 — A100-17M C1⁄2-35S C1⁄2-25 A100-45FRS A40-35NTU C1⁄2-35FOTU A100-35 C1⁄2-45Y — A100-35R A100-25R D3-37R E-46XY B6-35 C1⁄2-46TY D3-46T C1⁄2-46T D3-46T — C1⁄2-45 E-45RVXY B6-25 A100-35 A100-25 D3-36 A100-35X A100-45R E-45TVY B6-35 C1⁄2-35 C1⁄2-35 B6-25N B6-27 B6-25 D3-36 B6-35W C1⁄2-15W C1⁄2-15 C1⁄2-25 PREVIOUS Intermediate Bearing Selection S H H L-S-B H H L-S-B L-S H H H H H H L-S-B — H L-S L-S-B L-S H L-S H H — L-S-B H H H L-S-B H H H H — H L-S-B L-S-B S S H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B NEXT Component Series 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 — 3 3 1 3 3 1 2 2 — — 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 — 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 INDEX Mat’l Factor Fm Trough Loading .4 .8 1. Oily Aluminum Hydrate Aluminum Ore (See Bauxite) Aluminum Oxide Aluminum Silicate (Andalusite) Aluminum Sulfate Ammonium Chloride.0 1. Coal.9 .MARTINSPROCKET. Fine Alumina Sized Or Briquette Aluminate Gel (Aluminate Hydroxide) Aluminum Chips.6 1.8 1.6 2.4 — 1. Lumpy Alumina Alumina.0 2. Dry. Whole Shelled Beans. Wood.8 1. Meal Beans. Dry Arsenate Of Lead (See Lead Arsenate) Arsenic Oxide (Arsenolite) Arsenic Pulverized Asbestos — Rock (Ore) Asbestos — Shredded Ash.7 1. Broken Almonds. Fine Baking Powder Baking Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate) Barite (Barium Sulfate) + 1⁄2″ — 3″ Barite.4 .6 2. Crushed — 1⁄2″ Bagasse Bakelite.0 1.6 1. Dry — 3″ Ashes.3 1.0 3. Wet — 1⁄2″ Ashes.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Meal Barley.0 2.4 .5 1. Ground Bauxite. Refuse Barley. Fine. Castor. Dry Aluminum Chips. Black Ground Ashes.0 1.8 .9 . Coal.4 1. 6 2.0 .7 .8 2. Rice — Rye — Wheat Braunite (Manganese Oxide) Bread Crumbs Brewer’s Grain. Flakes Celite (See Diatomaceous Earth) Cement. Dry Fine* Carbon Black.0 . Portland Cement.7 2.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.0 .5 . per cu.6 .6 1. Material Bentonite.2 2.4 1.0 1.8 3.6 — — — — 3. Powder* Carborundum Casein Cashew Nuts Cast Iron. ft. Wet Brick.5 2. Pulverized Charcoal.6 . Hydrated) Calcium Lactate Calcium Oxide (See Lime.0 — — — — .2 . Ground.4 1. 11⁄2-2″ Lump Borax.0 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.0 2.8 2. Mortar Cement. Hydrated) Calcium Hydroxide (See Lime.7 1. Aerated (Portland) Cerrusite (See Lead Carbonate) Chalk.MARTINSPROCKET. Ground — 1⁄8″ Bronze Chips Buckwheat Calcine.0 .6 .6 — 1.0 1. Clinker Cement.0 1.7 4.0 1. Chips Caustic Soda Caustic Soda. Crushed Bones. Whole* Bones. Ground Borate of Lime Borax.COM Table 1-2 Material Characteristics Weight lbs. 2″-3″ Lump Boric Acid. Ground SEARCH 34-40 50-60 56 — 35-45 30 40-50 20-25 27-40 50-60 35-50 35-50 50 60 45-55 55-60 55-60 60-70 55 75 16-20 120 20-25 14-30 55-60 100-120 30-50 37-42 75-85 70-90 — — — — 26-29 — 40-50 — — — — 100 36 32-37 130-200 88 47 — 75-95 133 94 60-75 — 75-95 67-75 18-28 EXIT Material Code D3-45X A100-25MXY A100-45R — D3-45U A100-35U A100-45 A100-25Y B6-35 B6-35 E-45V D3-45 B6-35 A100-35 B6-25T C1⁄2-35 D3-35 D3-35 B6-25T A100-37 B6-35NY A100-36 B6-35PQ C1⁄2-45 C1⁄2-45T B6-37 B6-45 B6-25N A100-35 D3-25N — — — — D3-45QTR — A100-45 — — — — D3-27 B6-35 C1⁄2-45 C1⁄2-45 B6-35RSU C1⁄2-45RSUX — D3-36 B6-35Q A100-26M A100-16M — D3-25 A100-25MXY A100-45 PREVIOUS Intermediate Bearing Selection H H L-S-B S H L-S L-S L-S L-S H H H H L-S-B H H H H H H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S H H L-S-B L-S-B H — — — — L-S — L-S-B — — — — H H H H H L-S — H H H H — H H H NEXT Component Series 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1 2 — — — — 2 — 1 — — — — 3 2 2 2 3 3 — 3 3 2 2 — 2 2 2 INDEX Mat’l Factor Fm Trough Loading 1.7 .4 .8 1. Spent. Flour Calcium Carbide Calcium Carbonate (See Limestone) Calcium Fluoride (See Fluorspar) Calcium Hydrate (See Lime. Crude Bentonite. –100 Mesh Benzene Hexachloride Bicarbonate of Soda (Baking Soda) Blood. Dried Bone Ash (Tricalcium Phosphate) Boneblack Bonechar Bonemeal Bones.9 1. Dry Brewer’s Grain.0 1. Spent.6 . Fine Boron Bran. Dried Blood. Fine Borax Screening — 1⁄2″ Borax.5 — 1. Pelleted* Carbon Black. Activated.7 3. Unslaked) Calcium Phosphate Calcium Sulfate (See Gypsum) Carbon.6 1.4 — 1. Crushed Chalk.2 30A 45 30A — 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A — — — — 30A — 30A — — — — 15 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A — 30B 30A 30B 30B — 30A 45 30A H-7 . 0 4.6 — 30A 30B 30B 30A — 45 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 45 45 15 15 15 30A 30B 30B 30B 30A — 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . Bituminous. Cake Pressed Chrome Ore Cinders. Calcined Compost Concrete.2 1. Cake.4 1.9 1. Calcined Clay. Cake Ground Copra. Material Charcoal.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Kaolin & Marl) Clay. Mined.5 .0 1. Dry. Lignite Cocoa Beans Cocoa. Bituminous. Cake. Crushed H-8 SEARCH Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection Component Series Mat’l Factor Fm Trough Loading 18-28 40-45 125-140 57 40 D3-45Q D3-25 D3-36 D3-36T D3-36T H S H H H 2 2 3 3 3 1.5 . per cu. Fines Clay. Anthracite (River & Culm) Coal.9 1.COM Table 1-2 Material Characteristics Weight lbs. Soluble Coke.7 .6 . Nibs Cocoa. Wet Coffee. Dry. Lumpy Clinker.5 . Breeze Coke.4 . Pre-Mix Dry Copper Ore Copper Ore.4 1.3 1.4 1. Sized-1⁄2″ Coal. Dry Coffee.5 .4 .9 1.8 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B — 60-80 80-100 100-120 60-75 — 45-48 55-61 49-61 40-60 45-50 43-50 37-45 30-45 35 30-35 20-22 20 25-32 25 35-45 20-30 19 25-35 23-35 35-45 30-50 85-120 120-150 100-150 75-95 — 40-45 25-30 22 40-45 5-15 12-15 40-50 17 12-15 56 21 40-45 32-40 25 45 45 30-35 40-45 — A100-35P B6-36 C1⁄2-36 D3-35 — B6-25N B6-35TY C1⁄2-25 D3-35LNXY D3-35QV C1⁄2-45T D3-35T C1⁄2-25Q C1⁄2-25 A100-45XY E-45 B6-25MY C1⁄2-25PQ A40-35P A40-45X C1⁄2-25PQ A40-35PUY C1⁄2-37 D7-37 D7-37 D7-45TV C1⁄2-36U DX-36 D3-36 C1⁄2-35S — B6-45HW D3-35HW E-35HW B6-35HW B6-35JNY C1⁄2-35JY B6-25P C1⁄2-25Y E-35 E-35 B6-35PY B6-35P B6-35P D7-45HW C1⁄2-25PQ C1⁄2-25 B6-35PU C1⁄2-45HW — L-S-B H H H — L-S-B L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S H L-S H S S L-S L-S L-S L-S S S H H H L-S H H H L-S — L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S-B L-S-B S L-S — 1 3 3 2 — 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 — 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 — 1.0 .0 . Chaff Coffee.5 1. Lumps Chocolate. Granulated Corn. Crushed Copper Sulphate. Coal Clay (See Bentonite.4 2. Cracked Corn Cobs. Dry. Loose Coke.5 2. Fine Ground Cork. Sized Coal.9 1. Diatomaceous Earth.5 1. Whole* Corn Ear* Corn Germ Corn Grits Cornmeal Corn Oil.0 3.8 1. Anthracite.0 .6 . Ground Corn Cobs.0 1. Roasted Bean Coffee.MARTINSPROCKET.2 1. Petrol. Fines Clay. Fuller’s Earth. (Bluestone) Copperas (See Ferrous Sulphate) Copra. Ground.5 2. Mined Coal.5 . Cement (See Cement Clinker) Clover Seed Coal. Shredded Coffee. Ground. Blast Furnace Cinders.6 .0 . Mined.5 . Cake Corn Seed Corn Shelled Corn Sugar Cottonseed. Bituminous. Lumpy Copra. Meal Cork.0 .0 1. ft.4 .8 — .7 . Ceramic. Slack Coal.0 4. Green Bean Coffee. Lumpy Copra.0 — .7 .0 1. Powdered Cocoanut.4 1.5 .0 . Brick. Crushed Egg Powder Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate) Feldspar. Meats. Flakes Cottonseed. Dry. Lumps Feldspar. Meal.0 2. Not Delinted Cottonseed. Cake.9 . Dry (See Sand) Fuller’s Earth.7 . Dry Fluorspar. Calcined Galena (See Lead Sulfide) Gelatine. Loose Ebonite.0 2.2 . Lumpy Earth. Delinted Cottonseed. Fine (Calcium Fluoride) Fluorspar. Fine Cullet. Crushed Cryolite. Lumpy Cullet.0 2.0 2.8 1. Extracted Cottonseed. Lumpy Cottonseed. ft.8 2.4 .0 2. Dry Cottonseed. Dry. Oily.5 .6 1. Anthracite) Cupric Sulphate (Copper Sulfate) Detergent (See Soap Detergent) Diatomaceous Earth Dicalcium Phosphate Disodium Phosphate Distiller’s Grain.0 2.0 . Powder Feldspar. Lump Culm.8 . Dust Cryolite.6 3.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. (See Coal. Meal.5 2.5 .6 . Dry. Loam.6 .3 2.0 1. Spent Fuller’s Earth.8 1.0 1.5 . Blast Furnace Flue Dust. Hulls Cottonseed.7 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 15 15 — — — 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 15 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30B 30B — 15 30A 15 — 30A 30A 15 30A H-9 .COM Table 1-2 Material Characteristics Weight lbs.0 2.5 2. Spent Wet Dolomite. Screenings Ferrous Sulfide — 1⁄2” Ferrous Sulfide — 100M Ferrous Sulphate Fish Meal Fish Scrap Flaxseed Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) Flour Wheat Flue Dust. Spent Dry Distiller’s Grain. Batch Glue. Meats.1 2.0 2.0 2.6 1.5 — — — 1.0 .4 .0 2. Ground Feldspar. Granulated Gilsonite Glass. Basic Oxygen Furnace Flue Dust. Dry.MARTINSPROCKET. Boiler H.5 3. per cu. Raw Fuller’s Earth.6 . Material Cottonseed.5 . Ground SEARCH 40-45 22-40 18-25 20-25 12 25-30 35-40 40 35-40 40-50 75-90 90-110 80-120 80-120 — — — 11-17 40-50 25-31 30 40-60 80-100 90-100 76 63-70 16 40-50 65-80 90-100 100 75-80 120-135 105-120 50-75 35-40 40-50 43-45 48-50 25-45 33-40 45-60 110-125 30-45 80-100 90-110 30-45 — 30-40 60-65 40 — 32 37 80-100 40 EXIT Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection D7-45HW C1⁄2-25X C1⁄2-45XY C1⁄2-35HWY B6-35Y B6-45HW B6-45HW B6-35HW C1⁄2-45HW D3-45HW A100-36L D16-36 C1⁄2-37 D16-37 — — — A40-36Y A40-35 A40-35 B6-35 C1⁄2-45V C1⁄2-36 DX-36 C1⁄2-36 C1⁄2-35 A40-35MPY A40-35U A100-37 D7-37 A200-36 C1⁄2-37 C1⁄2-26 A100-36 C1⁄2-35U C1⁄2-45HP D7-45H B6-35X D7-45W B6-45W A40-45LP A40-36LM A40-36 A40-36LM B6-36 D7-36 A40-36M — A40-25 C1⁄2-450W A100-25 — B6-35PU C1⁄2-35 C1⁄2-37 B6-45U L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S-B H H H H — — — H L-S-B H H L-S H H H L-S-B S L-S-B H H H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S S H H H H H H — H H H — S H H H PREVIOUS NEXT Component Series 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 — — — 3 1 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 3 — 2 3 3 — 1 3 3 2 INDEX Mat’l Factor Fm Trough Loading 1.0 2.0 1. Lumps Fly Ash Foundry Sand.5 .8 2.0 2. Rolled Cracklings. Crushed Dolomite.0 — .0 — 2.9 . Expeller Cottonseed.5 1.0 1.0 2. Wet Ice.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Table 1-2 Material Characteristics Weight lbs. per cu.0 — 1.0 1.2 1. Fine Grape Pomace Graphite Flake Graphite Flour Graphite Ore Guano Dry* Gypsum.0 2.0 1.4 1.4 1.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.0 2.6 2. Chopped* Hexanedioic Acid (See Adipic Acid) Hominy.4 .0 2. Spent. Cubes Ice.4 1.6 — — — — . Pebble Limestone.4 .0 2.6 — 1.6-2. ft.6 .6 .0 1.6 2. Brown Lime.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A — 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 30B — — — — 45 30A 30A — 30A — 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A — 15 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B — — — 30A . Dry Hops. Ground.6 — .0 2. Meal Granite. Hydrated. Calcined. Pearl Glue.8 .5 1.0 — — — 1. Unslaked Lime Hydrated Lime. Crushed Ice.0 2.2 1. Crushed Limestone. Material Glue. Spent.5 2. Dry Hops. Agricultural Limestone.4 1.4 . Pulverized Lime.0 — .6 . Powdered Gypsum. Flaked* Ice. Ore.6 2.5 .7 .5 . Powdered Gluten. Dust Lindane (Benzene Hexachloride) Linseed (See Flaxseed) Litharge (Lead Oxide) Lithopone H-10 SEARCH 40 40 40 80-90 15-20 40 28 65-75 70 55-60 60-80 70-80 8-12 — 35-50 35 50-55 35-45 40-45 33-35 33-35 140-160 120-180 25 75 — — — — 40-45 63 32-56 — 32 — 72 72 240-260 200-270 180-230 30-150 30-180 240-260 — 120 60-65 40 32-40 53-56 68 85-90 55-95 — — — 45-50 EXIT Material Code C1⁄2-35U A40-45U B6-35P C1⁄2-27 D3-45U B6-25LP A100-35LMP DX-35L C1⁄2-35 B6-35U A100-35U D3-25 C1⁄2-35JY — C1⁄2-25 D3-35 D3-45V D3-35Q C1⁄2-35Q D3-35Q D3-45Q D3-37 A40-37 A100-36LMP C1⁄2-36 — — — — C1⁄2-25 D3-25 A40-35LMP — A40-35PU — A40-35R A40-35R A40-35R B6-35 C1⁄2-36 A100-35P A200-35LP A100-35R — C1⁄2-47 B6-35U B6-35LM A40-35LM C1⁄2-25HU B6-35 DX-36 A40-46MY — — — A325-35MR PREVIOUS Intermediate Bearing Selection L-S-B L-S-B L-S H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S H H H L-S — L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S S S S H H H H — — — — H H H — S — L-S-B L-S-B H H H H H H — H L-S-B H L-S L-S H H H — — — L-S NEXT Component Series 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 — 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 3 3 2 2 — — — — 3 2 2 — 1 — 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 — 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 — — — 1 INDEX Mat’l Factor Fm Trough Loading .4 2. Veg.0 1. Shell Ilmenite Ore Iron Ore Concentrate Iron Oxide Pigment Iron Oxide. Raw — 1″ Hay. Millscale Iron Pyrites (See Ferrous Sulfide) Iron Sulphate (See Ferrous Sulfate) Iron Sulfide (See Ferrous Sulfide) Iron Vitriol (See Ferrous Sulfate) Kafir (Corn) Kaolin Clay Kaolin Clay-Talc Kryalith (See Cryolite) Lactose Lamp Black (See Carbon Black) Lead Arsenate Lead Arsenite Lead Carbonate Lead Ore — 1⁄8″ Lead Ore — 1⁄2″ Lead Oxide (Red Lead) — 100 Mesh Lead Oxide (Red Lead) — 200 Mesh Lead Sulphide — 100 Mesh Lignite (See Coal Lignite) Limanite.2 1.4 1. Calcined Gypsum.5 . 4 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.0 .0 1. Dry Oxalic Acid Crystals — Ethane Diacid Crystals Oyster Shells.6 . Raw.6 .7 . Dried.5 . (Clay) Meat.4 .6 3.5 . Ground Milo Maize (Kafir) Molybdenite Powder Monosodium Phosphate Mortar.5 1.4 2.5 1.5 .4 .6 1. Dry.6 .5 .1 1. Ground Mica. Dry Whole Malt. Crimped Oats. in shell Peanut Meal Peanuts. Ground Meat.0 .0 .5 . Broken Phosphate Rock.7 2.1-2. per cu. ft.9 .5 1.6 1.COM Table 1-2 Material Characteristics Weight lbs.5 .6 . Pulverized Milk. Wet* Mustard Seed Naphthalene Flakes Niacin (Nicotinic Acid) Oats Oats. Crushed Marl. Flakes Mica. Powdered Mill Scale (Steel) Milo. Pulverized SEARCH Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection Component Series Mat’l Factor Fm Trough Loading — 20-30 36-40 20-30 13-15 33 70-85 125-140 120 70 80-95 80 50-55 40 17-22 13-15 13-15 5-6 27-30 20-45 32 20-36 120-125 32-36 40-45 107 50 150 45 45 35 26 19-26 22 35 8-12 19-24 59 15 60 50-60 80 62 60-62 45 15-20 30 15-20 35-45 45-50 8-12 60 — B6-35NP B6-25P C1⁄2-35N C1⁄2-35P C1⁄2-45 A100-35NRT DX-37 A100-36 C1⁄2-37 B6-37 DX-36 E-45HQTX E-46H B6-16MY B6-36 A100-36M B6-35PUY A40-45PX B6-25PM A100-35PX B6-35PUX E-46T B6-25 B6-15N B6-26 B6-36 E-46T B6-15N B6-35 A40-35P C1⁄2-25MN C1⁄2-35 B6-45NY A100-35 B6-35NY C1⁄2-35NY E-45HKPWX E-45 B6-35QS C1⁄2-36T D3-36TV E-45 E-45 C1⁄2-45K D3-35Q B6-35P D3-36Q C1⁄2-35Q C1⁄2-15NQ C1⁄2-36 B6-25T — L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S H H H H H L-S H H H H S S S S S H L-S-B L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S H H L-S L-S L-S L-S S H S L-S-B H L-S — 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 2 2 — .0 . Scrap (W\bone) Mica.0 2.0 2.6 .4 . Powdered Milk Sugar Milk.5 . Ground Malt. Meal Malt.5 1.0 1.5 2.4 . Dried Perlite — Expanded Phosphate Acid Fertillizer Phosphate Disodium (See Sodium Phosphate) Phosphate Rock.6-2. Ground Oyster Shells.0 1.9 1.5 3.5 1.5 .4 1. Shelled Peas. Clean.4 1. Whole. Crushed Oats.0 2.7 — 30B 30B EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-11 . Material Maize (See Milo) Malt. Sprouts Magnesium Chloride (Magnesite) Manganese Dioxide* Manganese Ore Manganese Oxide Manganese Sulfate Marble.4 — 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30B 15 15 30B 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30B 45 45 30B 30B 30B 45 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 45 30B 45 — 75-85 60 — DX-36 B6-36 — H H — 2 2 — 2. Rolled Oleo Margarine (Margarine) Orange Peel.MARTINSPROCKET. Whole Paper Pulp (4% or less) Paper Pulp (6% to 15%) Paraffin Cake — 1⁄2″ Peanuts.5 . Flour Oat Hulls Oats.5 .4 1. Malted Milk. Uncleaned (unshelled) Peanuts.6 . Flake Milk.5 . 6 .6 1.0 . Shorts Safflower. Dry Sea — Coal Sesame Seed Shale.2 1.0 .6 1.0 . Polished Rice.COM Table 1-2 Material Characteristics Weight lbs. Material Phosphate Sand Plaster of Paris (See Gypsum) Plumbago (See Graphite) Polystyrene Beads Polyvinyl.6 2.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Rough Rosin — 1⁄2″ Rubber. Powdered or Granulated H-12 SEARCH 90-100 — — 40 20-30 20-30 30-35 70 75 51 120-130 76 80 42-48 48 42-48 120-130 70-80 80-90 20 42-45 30 45-49 20-21 32-36 65-68 23-50 50-55 42-48 15-20 33 35-40 42 32-33 50 50 45 — — 85 65-85 29 45-60 70-80 — 110-130 90-110 90-100 90-100 104 115 10-13 65 27-41 85-90 31 EXIT Material Code B6-37 — — B6-35PQ A100-45KT E-45KPQT C1⁄2-45Q B6-37 DX-37 B6-36 C1⁄2-25TU C1⁄2-16NT B6-26NT B6-46X A200-35MNP B6-46 C1⁄2-26 A100-27 C1⁄2-27 B6-35NY B6-35P C1⁄2-15P C1⁄2-25P B6-35NY C1⁄2-35N C1⁄2-45Q C1⁄2-45 D3-45 B6-15N B6-35Y B6-35N B6-35 B6-35 C1⁄2-35 D3-26 B6-35 B6-15N — — B6-36TU B6-36TU B6-37U C1⁄2-36TU B6-36TU — B6-47 B6-37 B6-27 D3-37Z B6-27 A100-27 B6-45UX B6-36 B6-26 C1⁄2-36 B6-35P PREVIOUS Intermediate Bearing Selection H — — S S S L-S H H H H H H H L-S H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S H L-S-B L-S-B — — H H H H H — H H H H H H L-S-B H H H S NEXT Component Series 3 — — 1 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 — — 3 3 3 3 3 — 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 INDEX Mat’l Factor Fm Trough Loading 2. Grits Rice.5 .7 . per cu.4 . Cake Safflower. Hulls Rice.4 .5 .6 2.0 .2 1.5 1. Meal Safflower Seed Saffron (See Safflower) Sal Ammoniac (Ammonium Chloride) Salt Cake.MARTINSPROCKET. Pellets Quartz — 100 Mesh Quartz — 1⁄2″ Rice.3 1. Chloride Powder Polyvinyl.5 . Chloride Pellets Polyethylene.5 .2 1.4 .0 2.6 15 — — 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 45 30B 30B 30B 30A 30B 30B 15 15 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 45 — — 30B 30B 15 30B 30B — 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30B 30B 30B 30A .6 1.0 1.5 .8 1.7 2.7 2. Pelleted Rye Rye Bran Rye Feed Rye Meal Rye Middlings Rye.8 1.6 . Dry Coarse Salt Cake. Reclaimed Ground Rubber.4 1. Dry Pulverized Salicylic Acid Salt.6 2.4 .7 — 2.4 — — 2. Dry Fine Saltpeter — (See Potassium Nitrate) Sand Dry Bank (Damp) Sand Dry Bank (Dry) Sand Dry Silica Sand Foundry (Shake Out) Sand (Resin Coated) Silica Sand (Resin Coated) Zircon Sawdust. Resin Pellets Potash (Muriate) Dry Potash (Muriate) Mine Run Potassium Carbonate Potassium Chloride Pellets Potassium Nitrate — 1⁄2″ Potassium Nitrate — 1⁄8″ Potassium Sulfate Potato Flour Pumice — 1⁄8″ Pyrite.5 .4 . ft.0 — — . Bran Rice.1 1.4 . Hulled Rice.4 2.4 .0 1.0 .4 1.0 2.0 2. Crushed Shellac.6 . Dry Coarse Salt.0 1. Dry Ground Soap. Powdered Sugar.3″ Slag.0 2. Pulp.2 . Sewage. Refined.6 .9 . — 1⁄8″ Sludge.4-2.5 . Raw Soybean. Light Sodium Aluminate.8 .0 .8 . Flour Soybean Meal.8 . Beads or Granules Soap. Sewage.6 .MARTINSPROCKET.6 — — 30B 15 15 15 30B 30B 15 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30B — 30B — — — — — — — 30A 30A — 30B — 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 45 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30B 30B 30A 30A — H-13 .0 . Seed (See Kafir or Milo) Soybean.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.0 — — — — — — — 1. Whole Starch Steel Turnings.5 . Flour Silica Gel + 1⁄2″ . Raw Sulphur. Material Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz) Silica.0 3. Ground Sodium Aluminum Fluoride (See Kryolite) Sodium Aluminum Sulphate* Sodium Bentonite (See Bentonite) Sodium Bicarbonate (See Baking Soda) Sodium Chloride (See Salt) Sodium Carbonate (See Soda Ash) Sodium Hydrate (See Caustic Soda) Sodium Hydroxide (See Caustic Soda) Sodium Borate (See Borax) Sodium Nitrate Sodium Phosphate Sodium Sulfate (See Salt Cake) Sodium Sulfite Sorghum.5 . — 1⁄2″ Slate.0-1.6 . Granulated Wet Sugar. Powder Soapstone. Chips Soap Detergent Soap. Ground.2 1.6 . Fine Soda Ash. Dry Slate.9 — 1. Pulp. Lumpy. Crushed Sugar Beet.8 .COM Table 1-2 (cont’d.0 — 1. Furnace Granular. Cracked Soybean. Blast Furnace Crushed Slag. Cold Soybean Meal Hot Soybeans.0 1. Crushed.) Material Characteristics Weight lbs.8 . Flake. — 1⁄2″ Talcum Powder Tanbark. Cake Soybean. Talc. Dried Sludge. Ground* Timothy Seed Titanium Dioxide (See Ilmenite Ore) SEARCH — 80 45 130-180 60-65 80-90 82-85 40-50 45-55 15-35 15-25 15-50 5-15 20-25 40-50 55-65 20-35 72 — 75 — — — — — — — 70-80 50-60 — 96 — 40-43 30-40 18-25 27-30 40 40 45-50 25-50 100-150 12-15 25-45 50-55 55-65 50-60 55-65 50-60 80-85 50-60 19-38 80-90 50-60 55 36 — EXIT Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection — A40-46 D3-37HKQU D3-37Y C1⁄2-37 C1⁄2-36 B6-36 E-47TW B-46S B6-35Q C1⁄2-35Q B6-35FQ B6-35QXY B6-25X A200-45XY B6-36 A40-36Y B6-36 — A100-36 — — — — — — — D3-25NS A-35 — B6-46X — D3-35W C1⁄2-36NW C1⁄2-35Y A40-35MN B6-35 B6-35T C1⁄2-26NW A40-15M D3-46WV C1⁄2-26 C1⁄2-35X B6-35PU C1⁄2-35X A100-35PX B6-35PX C1⁄2-35N D3-35N A40-35MN C1⁄2-15 C1⁄2-36 A200-36M B6-45 B6-35NY — — H H H H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H H H — H — — — — — — — L-S L-S — H — L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S H L-S-B H H L-S-B S S S S L-S L-S L-S L-S-B H H L-S-B L-S-B — PREVIOUS NEXT Component Series — 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 — 2 — — — — — — — 2 1 — 2 — 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 — INDEX Mat’l Factor Fm Trough Loading — 1. Flakes Soap.8 1. Powdered Sunflower Seed Talcum.4 2.7 .6 .0 1.2 2. Granulated Dry Sugar.9 2.8 .9 1.0 2.0 . per cu.8 .5 2.0 1.8 .5 — 1. ft.5 .2 1. Dry Sugar Beet. — 3″ Sulphur.6 1. Crushed — 1⁄2″ Sulphur.5 1. Refined. Heavy Soda Ash. Wet Sugar. 4 .0 . Ore Vetch Walnut Shells. Dry Wood Chips.4 1.5 1.7 1.0 1. Screened Wood Flour Wood Shavings Zinc. Snuff Tricalcium Phosphate Triple Super Phosphate Trisodium Phosphate Trisodium Phosphate Granular Trisodium Phosphate.0 . Light 15-25 30 40-50 50-55 60 60 50 28 25-30 43-46 16 80 48 35-45 45-48 40-45 18-28 75-100 10-30 16-36 8-16 75-80 30-35 10-15 Material Code D3-45Y B6-45MQ A40-45 B6-36RS C1⁄2-36 B6-36 A40-36 D3-25W D3-15 B6-25 C1⁄2-35Y D3-36 B6-16N B6-36 C1⁄2-25N B6-25N B6-25 A40-36MR D3-45VY B6-35N E-45VY B6-37 A100-45X A100-45XY Intermediate Bearing Selection L-S L-S-B L-S H H H H L-S L-S L-S-B L-S H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H L-S L-S L-S H L-S L-S Component Series Mat’l Factor Fm Trough Loading 2 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 1 . Germ White Lead.8 .7 1.MARTINSPROCKET.0 . Crushed Tung Nuts Urea Prills.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Cracked Wheat. Pulverized Tung Nut Meats. Material Tobacco. ft.4 1.COM Table 1-2 (cont’d. Expanded Vermiculite.7 1.0 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30B 45 45 45 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A *Consult Factory H-14 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .0 1. Heavy Zinc Oxide.6 .) Material Characteristics Weight lbs. Concentrate Residue Zinc Oxide.9 1.6 2.8 .6 .4 1. Crushed Wheat Wheat.4 .2 .5 1. per cu. Scraps Tobacco.0 1. Coated Vermiculite. The various cross-sectional loadings shown in the Capacity Table (Table 1-6) are for use with the standard screw conveyor components indicated in the Component Group Selection Guide on page H-20 and are for use where the conveying operation is controlled with volumetric feeders and where the material is uniformly fed into the conveyor housing and discharged from it. Factor CF2 relates to the type of the flight. Factor CF1 relates to the pitch of the screw. 5. cut and folded flights and ribbon flights. cubic feet per hour Cubic feet per hour at 1 revolution per minute revolutions per minute of screw.COM Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed In order to determine the size and speed of a screw conveyor. it is necessary first to establish the material code number. See Table 1-7.) For the calculation of conveyor speeds where special types of screws are used. Capacity Required Capacity = (CF ) (CF ) (CF ) (Cubic Feet Per Hour) (Cubic Feet Per Hour) 1 SEARCH EXIT 2 PREVIOUS 3 NEXT INDEX H-15 . See Tables 1-3. The maximum capacity of any size screw conveyor for a wide range of materials. (but not greater than the maximum recommended speed. 5 for capacity factors.MARTINSPROCKET. Where the capacity of a screw conveyor is very critical. and various conditions of loading. The equivalent capacity then is found by multiplying the required capacity by the capacity factors. Factor CF3 relates to the use of mixing paddles within the flight pitches. Conveyor Speed For screw conveyors with screws having standard pitch helical flights the conveyor speed may be calculated by the formula: N= N= Required capacity. Check lump size limitations before choosing conveyor diameter. Capacity Table The capacity table. may be obtained from Table 1-6 by noting the values of cubic feet per hour at maximum recommended speed. gives the capacities in cubic feet per hour at one revolution per minute for various size screw conveyors for four cross-sectional loadings. an equivalent required capacity must be used. cut flights. (Table 1-6).FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. The capacity values given in the table will be found satisfactory for most all applications. 4. especially when handling a material not listed in Table 1-2. based on factors in the Tables 1-3. It will be seen from what follows that this code number controls the cross-sectional loading that should be used. such as short pitch screws. 4. Also shown are capacities in cubic feet per hour at the maximum recommended revolutions per minute. it is best to consult our Engineering Department. Equiv. 00 0.R.16 1.00 1.* 1.08 1.COM Capacity Factors Table 1-3 Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF1 Pitch Description Standard Short Half Long CF1 Pitch = Diameter of Screw Pitch =2⁄3 Diameter of Screw Pitch =1⁄2 Diameter of Screw Pitch = 11⁄2 Diameter of Screw 1.04 1.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.37 1.MARTINSPROCKET.54 1.0 Table 1-5 Special Conveyor Mixing Paddle Capacity CF3 H-16 Paddles Per Pitch Standard Paddles at 45° Reverse Pitch None 1 2 3 4 Factor CF3 1.00 1.57 3.24 1.95 N.32 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .43 2.62 *Not recommended *If none of the above flight modifications are used: CF2 = 1.50 2.75 1.67 Table 1-4 Special Conveyor Flight Capacity Factor CF2 Conveyor Loading Type of Flight Cut Flight Cut & Folded Flight Ribbon Flight 15% 30% 45% 1. 70 10300 110 24 164.00 16400 100 30 323.90 1160 90 14 20.20 1270 155 10 11.41 29 72 6 1.00 12960 60 4 0.60 8120 120 20 93.40 520 50 16 15.00 2025 45 20 62.20 1400 45 18 45.60 418 55 12 12.21 15 72 6 0.40 325 50 14 10.80 4370 70 24 109.57 720 95 12 12.00 3780 35 PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-17 .75 45 60 9 2.45 545 100 10 7.MARTINSPROCKET.80 2500 40 24 109.49 180 120 9 5. RPM At Max RPM 4 0.50 1010 45 20 31.62 114 6 2.00 3380 75 20 62.72 150 55 10 3.40 2820 145 14 31.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.90 645 50 14 20.20 4370 140 16 46.60 2180 40 30 108.00 7560 35 4 0.20 2500 80 18 45.20 1250 40 24 54. Inch Trough Loading At One RPM 45% 30% A 30% B 15% SEARCH EXIT Max.70 6060 130 18 67.80 1770 85 16 31.41 53 130 6 1.COM Capacity Table Horizontal Screw Conveyors (Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors) Table 1-6 Capacity Cubic Feet Per Hour (Full Pitch) Screw Dia.00 29070 90 4 0.80 1040 50 16 31.49 90 60 9 5.60 700 45 18 22.45 300 55 10 7.00 4360 40 30 216.23 368 184 165 9 8.40 1710 150 12 19.00 7100 65 30 216.80 210 55 12 6. provision must be made to handle these lumps. Still other materials have lumps that are easily broken in a screw conveyor and lumps of these materials impose no limitations. Other materials may have lumps that are fairly hard. Lump. If a lump has one dimension much longer than its transverse cross-section. In that case. ∆ Radial clearance is the distance between the bottom of the trough and the bottom of the conveyor pipe. and 90% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size. but degradable in transit through the screw conveyor. Inch Class II 25% Lumps Max. Inches Radial Clearance Inches ∆ Class I 10% Lumps Max. Class 3 A mixture of lumps only in which 95% or more are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum size. Class 2 A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 25% are lumps ranging from the maximum size to one half of the maximum.D.COM Lump Size Limitations The size of a screw conveyor not only depends on the capacity required. and 5% or less are lumps less than one tenth of the maximum size. Inch 6 9 9 23⁄8 23⁄8 27⁄8 25⁄16 33⁄16 39⁄16 11⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄4 3 ⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 3 12 12 12 27⁄8 31⁄2 4 51⁄16 43⁄4 41⁄2 23⁄4 23⁄4 23⁄4 2 2 2 1 1 1 14 14 31⁄2 4 53⁄4 51⁄2 31⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 16 16 4 41⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄4 33⁄4 33⁄4 23⁄4 23⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 18 18 4 41⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 41⁄4 41⁄4 3 3 13⁄4 13⁄4 20 20 24 30 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 41⁄2 81⁄2 81⁄4 101⁄4 131⁄4 43⁄4 43⁄4 6 8 31⁄2 31⁄2 33⁄4 5 2 2 21⁄2 3 ⁄2 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1 *For special pipe sizes.MARTINSPROCKET. Table 1-7 Maximum Lump Size Table Screw Diameter Inches Pipe *O.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. H-18 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . Lump. the long dimension or length would determine the lump size. but also on the size and proportion of lumps in the material to be handled. Inch Class III 95% Lumps Max. thus reducing the lump size to be handled. The character of the lump also is involved. Lump. Some materials have hard lumps that won’t break up in transit through a screw conveyor. and 75% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size. The size of a lump is the maximum dimension it has. consult factory. Three classes of lump sizes are shown in TABLE 1-7 and as follows Class 1 A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 10% are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum. etc. find the component series designation of the material to be conveyed. component group 2.) These standards give complete data on the screws such as the length of standard sections. These groups relate both to the Material Classification Code and also to screw size. table 1-7. Referring to table 1-2. Maximum lump size table. screw flight designations. bushing data. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-19 . bolt size.F. D3 means that the lump size is 1⁄2″ to 3″. component selection. pipe size. Having made the Component Series selection. type of bearings and trough thickness. 10 which give the specifications of the various sizes of conveyor screws. Component Groups To facilitate the selection of proper specifications for a screw conveyor for a particular duty. Note that the component series column refers to series 2. minimum edge thickness of screw flight. spent wet. refer to the material characteristics Table 1-2. Refer to the material charts table 1-2 and find crushed ice and its material code D3-35-Q and weight of 35-45 lbs. lump size read across to the minimum screw diameter which will be 9″. bolt spacing. From actual specifications regarding crushed ice it is known that crushed ice has a maximum lump size of 1 1⁄2″ and only 25% of the lumps are 11⁄2″./C. EXAMPLE: For a screw conveyor to handle brewers grain. Under the column Class II and 11⁄2″ Max.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Lump Size Limitations Component Groups EXAMPLE: Lump Size Limitations To illustrate the selection of a conveyor size from the maximum lump size table. Refer now to page H-20. trough gauges and cover gauges are listed for each screw diameter.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. this is noted by referring to the material classification code chart on page H-4. With this information refer to table 1-7. Table 1-9. 9. screw conveyors are broken down into three Component Groups. The standard shaft sizes. (The tabulated screw numbers in this table refer to standard specifications for screws found on pages H-73–H-75 Component Section. refer to Tables 1-8. consider crushed ice as the conveyed material. 10 Ga.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 14 Ga. 3 Table 1-10 Component Group 3 Screw Diameter Inches H-20 Screw Number Thickness. 10 Ga. 12 12 12 14 2 27⁄16 3 3 12H412 12H512 12H614 — 12S412 12S512 12S616 14S624 1 ⁄4 In. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 1 ⁄4 In. U. U. 16 18 20 24 30 3 3 3 37⁄16 37⁄16 16H610 — — — — 16S612 18S612 20S612 24S712 30S712 12 Ga. 14 Ga. Inches Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights Trough 6 9 9 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 6H308 9H312 9H412 6S309 9S309 9S412 14 Cal. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. ⁄4 In. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 14 Ga. 10 Ga.S. 14 Ga.S. Cover Table 1-9 Component Group 2 Screw Dia. 14 Ga. 1 ⁄4 In. 14 Ga. Standard Gauge or Inches Coupling Diameter Inches Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights Trough 6 9 9 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 6H304 9H306 9H406 6S307 9S307 9S409 16 Ga. 3 ⁄16 In. 3 ⁄16 In. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. ⁄16 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 In.COM Component Selection Table 1-8 Component Group 1 Screw Diameter Inches Screw Number Thickness. 12 Ga. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS 1 1 NEXT INDEX Cover . 14 Ga. 12 Ga. ⁄4 In. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 14 Ga. 1 ⁄4 In. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. ⁄16 . 12 12 12 14 14 2 27⁄16 3 27⁄16 3 12H412 12H512 12H614 — 14H614 12S412 12S512 12S616 14S512 14S616 3 16 18 20 24 30 3 3 3 37⁄16 37⁄16 16H614 — — — — 16S616 18S616 20S616 24S716 30S716 3 Cover 16 Cal. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 3 ⁄16 In. 1 ⁄4 In. 12 Ga. 12 12 14 2 27⁄16 27⁄16 12H408 12H508 14H508 12S409 12S509 14S509 12 Ga. 16 Ga. 16 18 20 24 30 3 3 3 37⁄16 37⁄16 — — — — — 16S624 18S624 20S624 24S724 30S724 1 ⁄4 In. 10 Ga. 3 ⁄16 In. 12 Ga. Inches Screw Number Thickness.S. 14 Ga. 10 Ga. 1 ⁄4 In. 12 Ga. Standard Gauge or Inches Coupling Diameter Inches Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights Trough 6 9 9 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 6H312 9H312 9H414 6S312 9S312 9S416 10 Ga. 16 Ga. U. 10 Ga. 3 ⁄16 In. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 3 ⁄16 In. Standard Gauge or Inches Coupling Dia. 12 Ga.MARTINSPROCKET. 14 Ga. The various bearing types available in the above categories can be selected from the following table.0 Martin Hardened 500°F 3. H. page 6 thru 14 the intermediate hanger bearing selection can be made by viewing the Bearing Selection column.4 Hardened Hardened or Special Special 500°F 500°F 4. Bronze Oil Impreg. ∆ OTHER TYPES OF COUPLING SHAFT MATERIALS Various alloys.MARTINSPROCKET. The bearing selection will be made from one of the following types: B. L. Self-lubricating. Table 1-11 Hanger Bearing Selection Bearing Component Groups Recommended Coupling Shaft Material ∆ Bearing Typos Max. S.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Wood Nylatron Nylon Teflon UHMW Melamine (MCB) Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard 850°F 500°F 200°F 160°F 250°F 160°F 250°F 225°F 250°F 2. and other types of shafting can be furnished as required. By referring to the material characteristic tables. stainless steel.COM Bearing Selection The selection of bearing material for intermediate hangers is based on experience together with a knowledge of the characteristics of the material to be conveyed.0 B Ball Standard 225° 270° L Bronze Standard 300°F Martin S Bronze* Graphite Bronze Oil Impreg.4 H Hard Iron* Hard Iron Hard Surfaced Stellite 500°F *Sintered Metal. Recommended Operating Temperature F b 1. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-21 . Fd Hanger Bearing Factor Fb Factor Fd Screw Diameter Inches Factor Fd 12. L = Total length of conveyor.0 B Ball L Martin 30 300 S Hanger Bearing Factor Fb Bearing Type 1.4 *Non lubricated bearings. H-22 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . uniform and regular feed rate to the conveyor and other design criteria as determined in this book.000.0 18. when required.4 *Hard Surfaced *Stellite 4. feet N = Operating speed.0 55. lbs.COM Horsepower Requirements Horizontal Screw Conveyors *Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors or Screw Feeders The horsepower required to operate a horizontal screw conveyor is based on proper installation.0 37.0 235.0 106. or: HPf = LN Fd fb HPm = Total HP = (Horsepower to run an empty conveyor) 1. Wood *Nylatron *Nylon *Teflon *UHMW 2.0 *Graphite Bronze *Melamine *Oil Impreg. RPM (revolutions per minute) Fd = Conveyor diameter factor (See Table 1-12) Fb = Hanger bearing factor (See Table 1-13) C = Capacity in cubic feet per hour W = Weight of material.0 Martin Hard Iron H * 3.MARTINSPROCKET.000 = CLW Ff Fm Fp = (Horsepower to move the material) 1. The horsepower requirement is the total of the horsepower to overcome friction (HPf ) and the horsepower to transport the material at the specified rate (HPm ) multiplied by the overload factor Fo and divided by the total drive efficiency e.000. Bronze *Oil Impreg.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. per cubic foot Ff = Flight factor (See Table 1-14) Fm = Material factor (See Table 1-2) Fp = Paddle factor.0 31. or bearings not additionally lubricated.0 Bronze 2.000 (HPf +HPm )Fo e The following factors determine the horsepower requirement of a screw conveyor operating under the foregoing conditions. (See Table 1-15) Fo = Overload factor (See Table 1-16) e = Drive efficiency (See Table 1-17) Screw Diameter Inches 4 6 9 10 12 Table 1-12 Table 1-13 Conveyor Diameter Factor.0 165.0 135.0 14 16 18 20 24 78. 2. Paddles Set at 45° Reverse Pitch Number of Paddles per Pitch 0 1 2 3 4 Paddle Factor — Fp 1.58 1.16 Table 1-16 Fo — Overload Factor Horsepower HPf + HPm For values of HPf + HPm greater than 5.87 2.87 .R. then across to the left where the Fo value is listed.20 1.MARTINSPROCKET. Table 1-17 e Drive Efficiency Factor Screw Drive or Shaft Mount w/ V-Belt Drive V-Belt to Helical Gear and Coupling Gearmotor w/ Coupling Gearmotor w/ Chain Drive Worm Gear .70 1.20 1.0 1.0 1.88 .10 N.0 1.* 1.29 1.0 1.3 2.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.14 1.0 Trace the value of (HPf + HPm ) vertically to the diagonal line.50 1.95 .87 Consult Manufacturer SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-23 .0 1. Fo is 1.20 — *Not Recommended Table 1-15 Paddle Factor Fp Standard Paddles per Pitch.05 1.COM Horsepower Factor Tables Table 1-14 Flight Factor.15 1. Ff Ff Factor for Percent Conveyor Loading Flight Type Standard Cut Flight Cut & Folded Flight Ribbon Flight 15% 30% 45% 95% 1. 000 B. motor should be used. D. for 12″ Fb = 2. HPf = L N Fd Fb = 25×78×55×2. 2.000.9 cubic feet. Intermediate bearing selection: L or S Refer to table 1-11 Bearing Selection.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.000.05 Horsepower is required to convey 1.60 B. Oil-impreg.000 Find the Fo factor from 1-16. Material Factor: Fm = .45T Refer to table 1-1.9 CFH per RPM. For 1.88 SOLUTION: 3. by adding HPf and HPm and matching this sum to the values on the chart. HPf = (HPf + HPm ) ( Fo ) = (1.000 1.P. material code: C1⁄2 . Nylon. Bronze. SOLUTION: 1. Using the known factors find that: L = 25´ N = 78 RPM from step 2 above Fd = 55 see Table 1-12. Find: L = Bronze S = Nylatron. spent wet and find: A.215 1. 3.52).000 cubic feet per hour Brewers grain. Solve the following horsepower equations: A.414) (1.88 see Table 1-17 4. Refer to material characteristic table 1-2 for Brewers grain. wood. material classification code chart where: C1⁄2 = Fine 1⁄2″ and under 4 = Sluggish 5 = Mildly abrasive T = Mildly corrosive C.0 see Table 1-13 for L C = 1000 CFH W = 60#/CF from step 1A Ff = 1 see Table 1-14. With the above information and factors from Tables 1-12 through 1-17 refer to the horsepower formulas on H-22 and calculate the required horsepower to convey 1000 CF/H for 25 feet in a 12″ conveyor.2 1. From Table 1-6. spent wet in a 12″ conveyor for 25 feet.MARTINSPROCKET.000 CFH Brewers grain. Trough Loading: 30%A Refer to Table 1-6 capacity table and find 30%A which shows the various capacities per RPM of the standard size screw conveyors and the maximum RPM’s for those sizes.05 e . HPm = C L W Ff Fm Fp = 1000×25×60×1×.000 1. Capacity table under 30%A note that a 12″ screw will convey 1. H-24 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .9) = 3.000. in a 25´-0″ long conveyor driven by a screw conveyor drive with V-belts. the conveyor must therefore run 78RPM (1000 ÷ 12.COM Horsepower EXAMPLE: Horsepower Calculation (See page H-46 for sample worksheet) PROBLEM: Convey 1. Hi-density. and oil-impreg.160 cubic feet per hour at 90 RPM maximum. Polyethylene.8×1 = 1.8 E. Teflon.0 = 0. therefore at 1 RPM a 12″ screw will convey 12. wt/cf: 55 . Graphite Bronze.9 = 77. C.000. spent wet. A 5 H. standard 30% Fp = 1 see Table 1-15 e = .000 CFH capacity at 12. 000 37.400 7. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-25 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. When the transmitted torque is greater than the pipe size value. The bolts in bearing are the limiting factors for the 3″ coupling used in conjunction with 31⁄2″ pipe. For example.427 3 3 ⁄16 4 43. then larger pipe or heavier wall pipe may be used. Size In. If the torque is greater than the values in the above table.380 2.025i×iHP = Torque (In.790 ⁄8 09. of Bolts Used 2 11⁄2 7 Bolts in Shear in Lbs.) RPM EXAMPLE: 12″ Screw.727 1 2 21⁄2 14. In.400 24.568 7 Bolts in Bearing in Lbs.070 3.500 ⁄8 25. Thus it can be seen that the shaft itself is the limiting factor on 1″.820 999 3 2 7. The same applies with bolts in bearing.COM Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of torque that can be safely transmitted through the pipes. If the torque is greater than the 2 bolt in shear value but less than the 3 bolt in shear value then 3 bolt coupling can be used. and coupling bolts.100 28. Table 1-18 Coupling Pipe Couplings Bolts Sch.250 07. or bolt pads welded to pipe to increase bolt in bearing transmission.955 7.* Shaft Dia. (C-1045) 1 11⁄2 3.860 11. In.490 5.140 00.500 03.) 63.247 5 3 31⁄2 32.400 24. couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the torsional ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws. such as in 2″ couplings (torque > 7600). No.900 11. 5 Horsepower 63.MARTINSPROCKET. The lowest torsional rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much torque may be safely transmitted.370 34.500 ⁄8 7.800 32.300 42.370 34. 78 RPM.460 ⁄4 16.070 1. 11⁄2″ and 2″ couplings.550 51. Lbs. Lbs. external collars. 40 Torque in Lbs.100 15.970 ⁄2 3. No.427 3 3 4 43. ▲ Bolt Dia.000 2.5 *Values are for unheattreated shafts.310 ⁄4 16. using standard unhardened two bolt coupling shafts. then hardened shafts can be used as long as the torque is less than the value for hardened couplings (torque < 9500). Grade 2 Bolts.600 25.540 23.660 5. Formula: Horsepower To Torque (In.640 17. 78 From the table above 2″ shafts with 2 bolt drilling and 21⁄2″ std.600 15.040 In.040 < 7600). The bolts in shear are the limiting factors on the 27⁄16″ coupling and on the 3″ coupling used in conjunction with 4″ pipe.090 18. Lbs.600 9.233 5 27⁄16 3 23. Lbs.400 21. (C-1018) Martin Std.700 ▲ Values shown are for A307-64.000 28. Torque In. the limiting torsional strength of each part is indicated by the underlined figures in Table 1-18. Other solutions include: high torque bolts to increase bolt in shear rating. pipe are adequate (4. For solutions other than those outlined in the above table please consult our Engineering Department. and for the 37⁄16″ coupling.600 38.025i×i5 = 4. CEMA Std. The table below combines the various torsional ratings of bolts. Values for Grade 5 Bolts are above × 2. of Bolts Used 3 2 3 ⁄8 1.270 13.600 11. couplings. P. per R. H.013 .406 .147 .239 . Shaft Dia. couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.246 .546 3 37⁄16 4 . ▲ Bolt Dia.M.048 . of Bolts Used 2 3 2 3 ⁄8 .184 .079 .609 .120 .032 .226 . In.P. CEMA Std.546 3 3 4 .119 ⁄8 .M. of Bolts Used No.P.031 .289 5 3 31⁄2 .M. No. per R.087 . The lowest horsepower rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much horsepower may be safely transmitted.390 . The table below combines the various horsepower ratings of bolts.M. 78 RPM.260 .P. (C-1018) Martin Std.P.058 .509 .124 .187 ⁄8 . and coupling bolts.818 7 ▲ Values shown are for A307-64.016 3 11⁄2 2 . 5 Horsepower 5 HP = 0.260 . couplings.675 . per R. H-26 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .369 ⁄4 .220 .390 .06 HP at 1 RPM 78 RPM From the table above .058 1 2 21⁄2 . Bolts in Bearing H.345 .366 .450 .682 . (C-1045) Bolts in Shear H.COM Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of horsepower that can be safely transmitted through the pipes.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.277 ⁄4 .518 1 11⁄4 .682 .595 ⁄8 .021 .450 . Size In. Table 1-19 Coupling Pipe Couplings Bolts H.038 is less than the lowest limiting factor for 2″ couplings. In.P. per R. so 2″ standard couplings with 2 bolts may be used.119 . The limiting strength of each part is indicated by the underlined figures in the table above.049 . Solutions to limitations are the same as shown on H-25.MARTINSPROCKET.396 . Formula: Horsepower To Horsepower @ 1 RPM EXAMPLE: 12″ Screw.046 ⁄2 .146 5 27⁄16 3 .180 .P.P.120 . Grade 2 Bolts. Screw Conveyor Drive Unit. It is therefore necessary to recognize that the conveyor will increase in length as the temperature of the trough and screw increases when the hot material begins to be conveyed.t2 = 200 t2 = 60 L = (30) (12) = 360 ∆L = (360) (200) (6. The recommended general practice is to provide supports for the trough which will allow movement of the trough end feet during the trough expansion. the conveyor screw may expand or contract in length at different rates than the trough. or on the outside of the end bearing. Past experience has established that component selection to withstand end thrust is rarely a critical factor and thrust is not normally calculated for design purposes. Expansion of Screw Conveyors Handling Hot Materials Screw conveyors often are employed to convey hot materials. Best performance can be expected if the conveyor end thrust bearing is placed so that the rotating members are in tension. reaching a hot metal temperature of 260°F from an original metal temperature of 60°F. 6. This coefficient has the following values for various metals: (a) Hot rolled carbon steel. degrees Fahrenheit t2 = limit of temperature.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Thrust washer assembly — installed on the shaft between the pipe end and the trough end plate.0000128) EXAMPLE: A carbon steel screw conveyor 30 feet overall length is subject to a rise in temperature of 200°F. The trough end opposite the drive should incorporate an expansion type ball or roller bearing or sleeve bearing which will safely provide sufficient movement. and during the subsequent contraction when handling of the hot material ceases. 3. A thrust bearing and sometimes reinforcement of the conveyor trough is required to resist thrust forces. inch L = overall conveyor length in inches t1 = upper limit of temperature. inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit. expansion hangers are generally recommended. the most popular methods are: 1. There are several methods of absorbing thrust forces.COM Screw Conveyor End Thrust Thermal Expansion End thrust in a Screw Conveyor is created as a reaction to the forces required to move the material along the axis of the conveyor trough.0000099) (c) Aluminum. Therefore. or about 15⁄32 inches. equipped with double roller bearing thrust bearings. the expansion type troughs are required.468 inches. Standard conveyor thrust components will absorb thrust without resorting to special design in most applications. degrees Fahrenheit. Such a force is opposite in direction to the flow of material.8×10–6. In the event there are intermediate inlets or discharge spouts that cannot move.MARTINSPROCKET. (. The change in screw conveyor length may be determined from the following formula: ∆L = L (t1 . (. The drive end of the conveyor usually is fixed. (. Type “E” end thrust assembly. (or lowest ambient temperature expected) C = coefficient of linear expansion. Placing an end thrust bearing assembly at the feed end of a conveyor places rotating members in compression which may have undesirable effects. Furthermore.9×10–6.5×10–6) = 0. which is a Double Roller Bearing and shaft assembly. to carry both thrust and radial loads. but this is sometimes necessary in locating equipment. t1 = 260 t1 . 12. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-27 . 9. allowing the remainder of the trough to expand or contract. 2.5×10–6. therefore.0000065) (b) Stainless steel.t2) C Where: ∆L = increment of change in length. an end thrust bearing should be placed at the discharge end of a conveyor. see table 1-20 or 1-21 Table 1-20 Schedule 40 Pipe Pipe Size 2″ 21⁄2″ 3″ 31⁄2″ 4″ 5″ 6″ 8″ 10″ l .53 3.COM Conveyor Screw Deflection When using conveyor screws of standard length.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. without intermediate hanger bearings. deflection is seldom a problem.000) (I) Where: D = Deflection at mid span in inches W = Total screw weight in pounds.61 20.02 4.25 inches ( 1⁄4″) should be referred to our Engineering Department for recommendations. see pages 73-75 L = Screw length in inches l = Movement of intertia of pipe or shaft.000. overall length is 16′-0″.79 7.000. care should be taken to prevent the screw flights from contacting the trough because of excessive deflection.MARTINSPROCKET. larger pipe sizes tend to reduce deflection more effectively than heavier wall pipe.5 161 Table 1-21 Schedule 80 Pipe Pipe Size 2″ 21⁄2″ 3″ 31⁄2″ 4″ 5″ 6″ 8″ 10″ l .02 (From chart above) D= 0005 (272#) (1923)0000 = .28 9.02) Applications where the calculated deflection of the screw exceeds .2 28.7 40.000) (3.92 3. D= 0000005WL3000000 384 (29.89 6. Very often the problem of deflection can be solved by using a conveyor screw section with a larger diameter pipe or a heavier wall pipe. Usually.868 1.666 1. if longer than standard sections of screw are to be used.23 15. H-28 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . However.5 106 212 EXAMPLE: Determine the deflection of a 12H512 screw conveyor section mounted on 3″ sch 40 pipe. The deflection at mid span may be calculated from the following formula. W = 272# L = 192″ I = 3.29 inches 384 (29.1 72. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Conveyor Screw Deflection Length of Unsupported Span — Feet Dummy Scale Deflection Inches Total Wt. Pounds Pipe Size I sch 40 2″ 0.67 1.0 30 29 28 27 26 25 4000 3500 2¹/₂″ 3000 24 2.0 23 10.0 8 6 22 21 20 2500 2000 4 3 19 3″ 2 18 3.0 1500 4.0 17 1.0 3¹/₂″ 16 .6 .4 .3 15 14 6.0 900 800 4″ .2 700 13 .1 12 .06 5.0 1000 7.0 8.0 9.0 600 10 500 12 11 400 .02 5″ 10 .01 15 300 20 9 250 25 200 8 6″ 30 I = Moment of inertia of pipe or shaft, see table 1-20 or 1-21 The above Nomograph can be used for a quick reference to check deflection of most conveyors. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-29 FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors Inclined screw conveyors have a greater horsepower requirement and a lower capacity rating than horizontal conveyors. The amounts of horsepower increase and capacity loss depend upon the angle of incline and the characteristics of the material conveyed. Inclined conveyors operate most efficiently when they are of tubular or shrouded cover design, and a minimum number of intermediate hanger bearings. Where possible, they should be operated at relatively high speeds to help prevent fallback of the conveyed material. Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your particular application. Inclined Screw Conveyors Vertical screw conveyors provide an efficient method of elevating most materials that can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors. Since vertical conveyors must be uniformly loaded in order to prevent choking, they are usually designed with integral feeders. As with horizontal conveyors, vertical screw conveyors are available with many special features and accessories, including components of stainless steel or other alloys. Vertical Screw Conveyors H-30 Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your particular application. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Screw Feeders Screw Feeders are designed to regulate the rate of material flow from a hopper or bin. The inlet is usually flooded with material (95% loaded). One or more tapered or variable pitch screws convey the material at the required rate. Screw feeders are regularly provided with shrouded or curved cover plates for a short distance beyond the end of the inlet opening, to obtain feed regulation. As the pitch or diameter increases beyond the shroud the level of the material in the conveyor drops to normal loading levels. Longer shrouds, extra short pitch screws and other modifications are occasionally required to reduce flushing of very free flowing material along the feeder screw. Feeders are made in two general types: Type 1 with regular pitch flighting and Type 2 with short pitch flighting. Both types are also available with uniform diameter and tapering diameter screws. The various combinations are shown on pages H-32–H-33. Screw feeders with uniform screws, Types 1B, 1D, 2B, 2D are regularly used for handling fine free flowing materials. Since the diameter of the screw is uniform, the feed of the material will be from the foreport of the inlet and not across the entire length. Where hoppers, bins, tanks, etc. are to be completely emptied, or dead areas of material over the inlet are not objectionable, this type of feeder is entirely satisfactory, as well as economical. Screw feeders with tapering diameter screws will readily handle materials containing a fair percentage of lumps. In addition, they are used extensively where it is necessary or desirable to draw the material uniformly across the entire length of the inlet opening to eliminate inert or dead areas of material at the forepart of the opening. Types 1A, 1C, 2A, and 2C fall into this category. Variable pitch screws can be used in place of tapering diameter screws for some applications. They consist of screws with succeeding sectional flights increasing progressively in pitch. The portion of the screw with the smaller pitch is located under the inlet opening. Screw feeders with extended screw conveyors are necessary when intermediate hangers are required, or when it is necessary to convey the material for some distance. A screw conveyor of larger diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder to make the extension. See types 1C, 1D, 2C, 2D. Multiple screw feeders are usually in flat bottom bins for discharging material which have a tendency to pack or bridge under pressure. Frequently, the entire bin bottom is provided with these feeders which convey the material to collecting conveyors. Such arrangements are commonly used for handling hogged fuel, wood shavings, etc. Screw feeders are available in a variety of types to suit specific materials and applications. We recommend that you contact our Engineering Department for design information. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-31 FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.8 17 44 336 1105 2640 36 42 48 12 18 24 7 9 10 14 18 22 14 16 18 20 24 21⁄2” 3” 3” 31⁄2” 4” 55 50 45 40 30 68 104 150 208 340 3740 5200 6750 8320 10200 54 56 58 60 64 28 32 36 40 48 11 111⁄2 121⁄8 131⁄2 161⁄2 24 28 31 34 40 Trough Loading % 15 30 45 12 18 24 9 14 18 9 12 16 20 24 18 20 24 *Consult factory if inlet exceeds these lengths.COM Screw Feeders (For Inclined Applications Consult Factory) Typical Type 1 Feeder Type Inlet Opening Material Removal Pitch Feeder Screw Diameter Extended Screw SF1A Standard Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Standard Tapered None SF1B Standard Forepart Only of Inlet Opening Standard Uniform None SF1C Standard Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Standard Tapered As Required SF1D Standard Forepart Only of Inlet Opening Standard Uniform As Required SF1A SF1B SF1C SF1D Feeder Diameter A Maximum Lump Size Maximum Speed RPM Capacity Cubic Feet per Hour Extended Screw Diameter F B At One RPM At Maximum RPM C D E 6 9 12 3 ⁄4 ” 11⁄2” 2” 70 65 60 4. H-32 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . COM Screw Feeders (For Inclined Applications Consult Factory) Typical Type 2 Feeder Type Inlet Opening Material Removal Pitch Feeder Screw Diameter Extended Screw SF2A Long Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Short (2⁄3) Tapered None SF2B Long Forepart Only of Inlet Opening Short (2⁄3) Uniform None SF2C Long Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Short (2⁄3) Tapered As Required SF2D Long Forepart Only of Inlet Opening Short (2⁄3) Uniform As Required SF2A SF2B SF2C SF2D Feeder Diameter A 6 9 12 14 16 18 20 24 Maximum Lump Size Maximum Speed RPM ⁄2″ ⁄4″ 1″ 70 65 60 11⁄4″ 11⁄2″ 13⁄4″ 2″ 21⁄2″ 55 50 45 40 30 1 3 SEARCH Capacity Cubic Feet per Hour Extended Screw Diameter F B C D At One RPM At Maximum RPM 3.MARTINSPROCKET.1 11 29 217 715 1740 60 66 72 18 26 36 7 9 10 2420 3400 4455 5480 6720 76 78 80 82 86 42 48 54 60 72 11 111⁄2 121⁄8 131⁄2 161⁄2 44 68 99 137 224 EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT E Trough Loading % 15 30 45 14 18 22 10 14 20 9 12 16 9 10 14 24 28 31 34 40 24 18 20 24 16 18 20 24 INDEX H-33 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. ........................H-39 Detailing of Trough and Discharge Flanges .................................... When more than one method of fabrication is shown................................................................................................ or against....................................................................................................................H-44 Screw Conveyor Drive Arrangements ............................................................ They are not to be construed as being water-tight............................................................ Class IVE — Class IVE enclosures are for outdoor applications and under normal circumstances provide for the exclusion of water from the inside of the casing...................H-36 Classification of Special Continuous Weld Finishes...............H-40 Bolt Tables....... Class IIE — Class IIE enclosures employ constructions which provide some measure of protection against dust or for..................................................... the material being handled is not necessary — although as conveyor enclosures a certain amount or protection is afforded........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ This section establishes recommended classes of construction for conveyor enclosures — without regard to their end use or application.......... the material being handled.............................................................. These several classes call for specific things to be done to a standard conveyor housing to provide several degrees of enclosure protection........H-47 Standards Buttweld Screw ............................................................................ They are generally used where dust control is not a factor or where protection for.................H-38 Detailing of Tubular Trough ...H-42 Pipe Sizes and Weights ................................... and for or against the material being handled......................................H-37 Detailing of “U” Trough ....H-46 Standards Helicoid Screw ........................................... either is acceptable.........H-34 Hand of Conveyors....................................................................................................................H-48 Classes of Enclosures Conveyors can be designed to protect the material being handled from a hazardous surrounding or to protect the surroundings from a hazardous material being conveyed..........COM Design and Layout SECTION II DESIGN AND LAYOUT SECTION II Classification of Enclosure Types............................................................ Enclosure Classifications Class IE — Class IE enclosures are those provided primarily for the protection of operating personnel or equipment...................................FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW................................................................. or where the enclosure forms an integral or functional part of the conveyor or structure.................................................................................................MARTINSPROCKET..................................................................... H-34 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX ..............................................................H-45 Screw Conveyor Sample Worksheet....... as this may not always be the case................................................................................................ or against....................................................................................... Class IIIE — Class IIIE enclosures employ constructions which provide a higher degree of protection in these classes against dust............................................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hip Roof a. . . . . . . . Staggered intermittent arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough. . B. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . or spot weld when mastic is used between leg of angle and trough sheet . . . . b. . . . . . . b. . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Continuous arc weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trough Top Rail Angles (Angle Top trough only) a. . . . TROUGH END SHAFT SEALS* 1. . . when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When handling non-abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red rubber up to 230° F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . With buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . spacing semi-flanged covers . . IE II E III E IV E X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 60″ 60″ D. . .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max. . . . . . . . .MARTINSPROCKET. Mastic type compounds . . . 3. . . . . . . . . Max. . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flanged a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . spacing flanged and hip-roof covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Staggered intermittent arc and spot weld . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .COM Enclosures Enclosure Construction Enclosure Classifications Component Classification A. . . . . . . . . . . Max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . b. . . . . . . . b. . Continuous arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough . . . . . . . . . . COVERS 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. . . . . . TROUGH CONSTRUCTION Formed & Angle Top Flange 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . screw or toggle clamp fasteners or bolted construction* a. . Continuous arc weld on top of end flange and trough top rail . . . . COVER FASTENERS FOR STANDARD GA. . . . . . . . . Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . c. . . . . Buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . b. . . . . Ends with a buttstrap connection . . . . . . . . . . . . Semi-Flanged a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trough End flanges a. . . . . . E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Covers a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . X 30″ 40″ 18″ 24″ 18″ 24″ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X *Lip type seals for non-abrasive materials Felt type for mildly abrasive materials Waste type for highly abrasive materials SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red rubber or felt up to 230° F . . . . . Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . Plain flat a. . . . . . COVER CONSTRUCTION 1. When handling abrasive materials . Neoprene rubber. . . . . . . . . . . . GASKETS 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Neoprene rubber. . . . . spacing plain flat covers . Plate type end flange a. . . . . . . . c. 2. . . . . . . . . H.COM Hand Conveyors Left Hand Right Hand Right and Left Hand Screws A conveyor screw is either right hand or left hand depending on the form of the helix. H-36 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . A conveyor screw viewed from either end will show the same configuration. The screw pictured to the right has the flight helix wrapped around the pipe in a clockwise direction. with the cut end exposed. a R. or to your left.C. This is arbitrarily termed a LEFT hand screw. then by merely imagining that the flighting has been cut. screw will turn counter clockwise and a L. Conveyor Screw Rotation Flow Flow C. Rotation Left Hand Right Hand The above diagrams are a simple means of determining screw rotation. The screw pictured to the left has the flight helix wrapped around the pipe in a counter-clockwise direction. or to your right. The hand of the screw is easily determined by looking at the end of the screw. Same as right hand threads on a bolt. If the end of the conveyor screw is not readily visible. screw will turn clockwise rotation as shown by the arrows.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. the hand of the screw may be easily determined.H. This is termed a RIGHT hand screw.MARTINSPROCKET. When the material flow is in the direction away from the end being viewed. Same as left hand threads on a bolt.W.W. Rotation C. but occasionally it will appear in carbon steel specifications as well. “Grind smooth” is a general term and subject to various interpretations.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. which should be used to help find the class required for an application. Special Screw Conveyor Continuous Weld Finishes Specifications on screw conveyor occasionally include the term “grind smooth” when referring to the finish on continuous welds. This specification is usually used for stainless steel.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Conveyor Screw Rotation RIGHT RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND HAND HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND The above diagram indicates the hand of conveyor screw to use when direction of rotation and material flow are known. Class of Finish Operation Weld spatter and slag removed Rough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple or unusual roughness (Equivalent to a 40-50 grit finish) I II III IV V X X X X X X X X Medium grind welds — leaving some pits and crevices (Equivalent to a 80-100 grit finish) X Fine grind welds — no pits or crevices permissible (Equivalent to a 140-150 grit finish) Polish to a bright uniform finish SEARCH X EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-37 . This Table establishes recommended classes of finishes. ) CC4H Couplings Hanger Spacings Conveyor Lengths Bare Pipe 9S412-R Screws Thrust Bearing Drive Shaft Seal Tail Shaft Ball Bearing Seal 9CTF10 Troughs Spout Spacing Housing Lengths Total Length H-38 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . Length Conveyor Screw (Min.COM Layout Trough Hanger Bearing Centers Std.) A Screw Diameter B Coupling Diameter C Length D Length E F G (Min.) 4 1 ⁄8 41⁄2 ⁄8 9-101⁄2 10 11⁄2 3 6 1 1 ⁄2 9-10 10 2 3 9 11⁄2 2 9-10 10 2 1 10 11⁄2 2 9-10 10 2 1 12 2 27⁄16 3 11-10 11-9 11-9 12 2 3 3 5 14 27⁄16 3 11-9 12 3 5 16 3 11-9 12 3 5 3 11-9 37⁄16 11-8 3 11-9 18 24 3 ⁄16 11-8 37⁄16 11-8 K L M N P R 1 ⁄8 35⁄8 45⁄8 33⁄4 5 53⁄4 17⁄16 6 13 ⁄16 1 4 ⁄2 5 5 ⁄8 5 7 1 8 ⁄8 11⁄2 1 ⁄2 8 15⁄16 61⁄8 7 7⁄8 71⁄8 10 93⁄8 15⁄8 11⁄2 ⁄2 9 19⁄16 63⁄8 87⁄8 7 7⁄8 11 91⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4 ⁄8 101⁄2 13⁄8 73⁄4 95⁄8 87⁄8 13 121⁄4 2 15⁄8 ⁄8 111⁄2 13⁄8 91⁄4 10 7⁄8 101⁄8 15 131⁄2 2 15⁄8 ⁄8 131⁄2 13⁄4 10 5⁄8 12 111⁄8 17 147⁄8 21⁄2 2 ⁄8 141⁄2 13⁄4 121⁄8 133⁄8 123⁄8 19 16 21⁄2 2 ⁄4 151⁄2 2 131⁄2 15 133⁄8 21 191⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄4 ⁄4 171⁄2 21⁄4 161⁄2 181⁄8 153⁄8 25 20 21⁄2 21⁄2 7 5 4 3 12 7 J 3 12 20 H 3 4 12 4 3 Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E Typical Method of Detailing 9″ × 2″ × 25´´-0″ Conveyor Total Cover Length Cover Lengths (Typ.) 9TCP16 Covers 9CH2264-MHI Hangers (Typ.) Standard Housing Length G (Min.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET. B Coupling Dia. C Length D Length E F G (Min.) (Bare Pipe) (Min.) 4 1 ⁄8 41⁄2 ⁄8 9-101⁄2 10 11⁄2 3 6 1 1 ⁄2 9-10 10 2 3 9 11⁄2 2 9-10 10 2 1 10 11⁄2 2 9-10 10 2 1 12 2 27⁄16 3 11-10 11-9 11-9 12 2 3 3 5 14 27⁄16 3 11-9 12 3 5 16 3 11-9 12 3 5 3 11-9 37⁄16 11-8 3 11-9 18 24 3 ⁄16 11-8 37⁄16 11-8 K L M N P R 1 ⁄8 35⁄8 45⁄8 33⁄4 5 53⁄4 17⁄16 6 13 ⁄16 1 4 ⁄2 5 5 ⁄8 5 7 1 8 ⁄8 11⁄2 1 ⁄2 8 15⁄16 61⁄8 7 7⁄8 71⁄8 10 93⁄8 15⁄8 11⁄2 ⁄2 9 19⁄16 63⁄8 87⁄8 7 7⁄8 11 91⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4 ⁄8 101⁄2 13⁄8 73⁄4 95⁄8 87⁄8 13 121⁄4 2 15⁄8 ⁄8 111⁄2 13⁄8 91⁄4 10 7⁄8 101⁄8 15 131⁄2 2 15⁄8 ⁄8 131⁄2 13⁄4 10 5⁄8 12 111⁄8 17 147⁄8 21⁄2 2 ⁄8 141⁄2 13⁄4 121⁄8 133⁄8 123⁄8 19 16 21⁄2 2 ⁄4 151⁄2 2 131⁄2 15 133⁄8 21 191⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄4 ⁄4 171⁄2 21⁄4 161⁄2 181⁄8 153⁄8 25 20 21⁄2 21⁄2 7 5 4 3 12 7 J 3 12 20 H 3 4 12 4 3 Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E Typical Method of Detailing 9″ × 2″ × 15´´-0″ Conveyor 9CH2264 — MHI Hanger Hanger Spacings Conveyor Lengths Bare Pipe 9S412-R Screws Thrust Bearing Drive Shaft Seal Tail Shaft Ball Bearing Seal 9CHT10 Troughs Spout Spacing Housing Lengths Total Length SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-39 .COM Layout Tubular Housing Std.) Standard Housing Length A Screw Dia. Length Conveyor Screw Hanger Bearing Centers (Min.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. COM Bolt Patterns U-Trough End Flanges 6 Bolts 8 Bolts 10 Bolts 12 Bolts Bolts Screw Diameter Number Diameter A B E F G H J K L ⁄8 7 35⁄8 11⁄8 31⁄8 31⁄8 31⁄8 X X X ⁄8 87⁄8 41⁄2 11⁄32 41⁄8 41⁄16 41⁄16 X X X ⁄8 12 ⁄2 1 6 ⁄8 1 ⁄16 1 4 ⁄8 3 3 ⁄4 51⁄8 41⁄8 X X ⁄8 131⁄4 63⁄8 21⁄4 31⁄2 43⁄16 51⁄16 41⁄8 X X ⁄2 157⁄8 73⁄4 11⁄2 55⁄16 41⁄16 73⁄4 53⁄16 X X ⁄2 177⁄8 91⁄4 217⁄32 55⁄8 515⁄16 6 515⁄16 X X ⁄8 20 105⁄8 25⁄8 63⁄8 65⁄8 71⁄2 65⁄8 X X ⁄8 22 121⁄8 223⁄32 515⁄16 57⁄8 57⁄8 57⁄8 57⁄8 X ⁄8 243⁄8 131⁄2 225⁄32 61⁄4 611⁄16 611⁄16 611⁄16 611⁄16 X ⁄8 281⁄2 161⁄2 225⁄32 61⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 65⁄8 4 6 3 6 6 3 9 8 3 10 8 3 12 8 1 14 8 1 16 8 5 18 10 5 20 10 5 24 12 5 1 3 Flared Trough End Flanges C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw 6 Bolts Screw Diameter Inches H-40 C/L Screw C/L Screw 8 Bolts Bolts Diameter Number 6 3 9 3 12 1 14 1 16 5 18 5 20 5 24 5 C/L Screw C/L Screw 10 Bolts A B C E F Holes 12 Bolts G H J K L Inches ⁄8 6 47⁄16 7 73⁄16 127⁄32 51⁄4 51⁄4 21⁄32 — — — ⁄8 8 1 6 ⁄4 9 21 9 ⁄32 43 1 ⁄64 5 5 29⁄16 5 — — ⁄2 8 715⁄16 10 1113⁄16 113⁄16 53⁄4 53⁄4 37⁄8 53⁄4 — — ⁄2 10 815⁄16 11 1249⁄64 21⁄16 51⁄8 51⁄8 3 51⁄8 51⁄8 — ⁄8 10 10 111⁄2 1411⁄16 215⁄64 51⁄2 51⁄2 33⁄4 51⁄2 51⁄2 — ⁄8 10 11 12 ⁄8 16 5 2 ⁄8 3 6 ⁄16 3 6 ⁄16 15 2 ⁄16 3 6 ⁄16 63⁄16 — ⁄8 10 123⁄16 131⁄2 177⁄8 29⁄32 7 7 311⁄32 7 7 — ⁄8 12 141⁄4 161⁄2 2061⁄64 25⁄16 67⁄8 67⁄8 35⁄16 67⁄8 67⁄8 67⁄8 SEARCH 1 EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET. ⁄8 7 8 ⁄8 2 ⁄16 — 3 9 8--3⁄8 12--3⁄8 10 117⁄8 4 — 4 1 10 8--3⁄8 12--3⁄8 11 131⁄4 45⁄16 — 43⁄8 5 12 8-.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Bolt Patterns Tubular Housing Flanges 6 bolts 10 bolts 8 bolts 12 bolts Intake & Discharge Flanges 12 bolts Screw Size 20 bolts Flange Bolts Tubular X Discharge Y A E Q R S 21⁄4 — 21⁄4 T 4 6--3⁄8 12--1⁄4 5 7 6 8-.⁄2 12-.⁄8 12-.⁄8 13 15 1 5 ⁄8 — 5 ⁄4 7 14 8--1⁄2 20--3⁄8 15 17 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 7 16 8--5⁄8 20--3⁄8 17 191⁄2 33⁄4 4 4 7 18 10--5⁄8 20--1⁄2 19 22 47⁄16 43⁄8 20 10--5⁄8 20--1⁄2 21 243⁄8 47⁄8 24 12--5⁄8 20--1⁄2 25 281⁄2 55⁄8 3 3 1 SEARCH 3 EXIT PREVIOUS 7 13 NEXT ⁄8 3 U 71⁄2 ⁄16 10 ⁄2 13 ⁄8 141⁄4 ⁄8 171⁄4 ⁄8 191⁄4 ⁄8 211⁄4 43⁄8 11⁄8 241⁄4 43⁄4 43⁄4 11⁄8 261⁄4 55⁄8 51⁄2 11⁄8 301⁄4 INDEX 11 1 H-41 . Trough 6 Notes 4 Part Name 14 16-3⁄8 × 1 20-3⁄8 × 1 12-3⁄8 × 11⁄2 2-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 2-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 3 10.) 5 Style 326 3 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-1⁄4 × 1 5 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-1⁄4 × 1 Style 316 10-3⁄8 × 1 12-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 11⁄2 2-3⁄8 × 1 2-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 10.⁄16 × ⁄4 5 5-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 4-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 4-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 3 4.⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 5 4-1⁄2 × 13⁄4 2-5⁄8 × 23⁄4 10-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 10-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 1 12.⁄2 × 1 ⁄2 1 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 2-1⁄2 × 21⁄2 8-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 8-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 1 11. Discharge 2-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 2-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 Flanged Feet Saddle — Feet 3 10.⁄2 × 1 ⁄2 1 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 2-5⁄8 × 23⁄4 8-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 8-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 1 12.⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 5 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 10-5⁄8 × 11⁄4 10-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 10-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 20 16-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 20-1⁄2 × 1 12-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 2-5⁄8 × 11⁄4 2-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 3 10 .⁄8 × 1 4.⁄2 × 1 1 4-1⁄2 × 1 8-1⁄2 × 1 8-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 8-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 12 Bolt Requirements Related to Conveyor Trough Sizes Style 60 Hanger.⁄8 × 1 ⁄2 5 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 10-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 10-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 10-5⁄8 ×11⁄2 24 16-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 20-1⁄2 × 1 12-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 2-5⁄8 × 11⁄4 2-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 10-5⁄16 × 3⁄4 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 4-5⁄8 × 21⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 4-5⁄8 × 21⁄2 12-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 6-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 12-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 12-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 6-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 12-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 12-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 12-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.⁄16 × ⁄4 6-3⁄8 × 1 3 5. Trough 6.H-42 SEARCH 6-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 6-3⁄8 × 1 6-3⁄8 × 1 Flange. Tubular Housing 8.⁄2 × 1 ⁄4 1 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 8-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 8-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 8-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 16 16-3⁄8 × 1 20-3⁄8 × 1 12-3⁄8 × 11⁄2 2-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 2-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 3 10.⁄16 × ⁄4 5 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 1 4.⁄16 × ⁄4 5 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-1⁄4 × 1 Style 226 Style 230 Style 220 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-3⁄8 × 1 1 4-1⁄4 × 1 3 Style 216 1 4-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4-3⁄8 × 1 3 2-1⁄2 × 2 2-1⁄2 × 2 Style 70 8-3⁄8 × 1 4-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 3 4-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 9 4. and lock washers.⁄2 × 1 ⁄2 1 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 2-1⁄2 × 21⁄2 8-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 8-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 10.⁄16 × ⁄4 5 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 4-5⁄8 × 2 4-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 4-5⁄8 × 2 4-5⁄8 × 2 2-5⁄8 × 23⁄4 10-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 10-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 1 12.⁄4 × ⁄4 5 Inside Rectangular 3 2-5⁄16 × 3⁄4 2-1⁄4 × 3⁄4 Inside Discharge 1 6-5⁄16 × 3⁄4 6-1⁄4 × 3⁄4 Inside Ends.⁄16 × ⁄4 Covers.⁄16 × ⁄4 5 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 1 4.⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 5 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄4 8-5⁄8 × 11⁄4 8-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 8-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 18 16-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 20-1⁄2 × 1 12-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 2-5⁄8 × 11⁄4 2-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 3 10 .⁄8 × 1 3 4-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 10 10-3⁄8 × 1 12-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 11⁄2 2-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 2-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 3 10 .⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 4. 10-3⁄8 × 1 10-3⁄8 × 1 Flange w/Slide 8-3⁄8 × 11⁄2 12-3⁄8 × 1 12-3⁄8 × 1 Flange Attaching Bolts 8-3⁄8 × 11⁄2 2-1⁄4 × 1 2-1⁄4 × 1 Saddle Spouts. Trough (Std. 10 ft. Trough Flange. Tubular Housing EXIT 6-3⁄8 × 1 2-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 2-3⁄8 × 1 6-3⁄8 × 1 Outside Type Outside Discharge Ends.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Bolt Requirements .⁄16 × ⁄4 5 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-3⁄8 × 1 4-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 4-3⁄8 × 1 3 4-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 2-1⁄2 × 2 8-3⁄8 × 1 4-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 1 8.⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 1 10-3⁄8 × 1 12-3⁄8 × 1 8-3⁄8 × 11⁄2 2-3⁄8 × 1 2-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 10.⁄16 × ⁄4 NEXT INDEX All bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts.⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 PREVIOUS 10.⁄16 × ⁄4 5 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄4 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 1 4. All other bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts.⁄4× 2 ⁄4 3 4-3⁄4 × 2 4. w/Ball or Bronze Waste Pack. Shafts Coupling Bolts Type “E” Roller Bearings.⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 5 3-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 3-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 27⁄16 3 4-3⁄4 × 41⁄4 4. Thrust 1 2-1⁄2 × 21⁄4 Pillow Block.⁄2 × 2 ⁄4 4.⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 3 Pillow Block Ball 3 2-5⁄8 × 2 1 2-1⁄2 × 13⁄4 1 2-3⁄8 × 11⁄2 1 Pillow Block Bronze Flanged Roller 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 Flanged Ball 3 4.⁄8 × 2 ⁄2 5 4-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 3 4. End Part Name 4-5⁄8 × 4 3 4.COM Bolt Requirements H-43 .⁄2 × 2 EXIT 2-5⁄8 × 21⁄2 PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX 2-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 4.⁄8 × 2 ⁄4 5 2-5⁄8 × 21⁄4 1 4.⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 5 3-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 4.⁄2 × 2 ⁄4 1 1 5 1 3 4 ⁄2 × 2 ⁄2 1 Plate w/Roller 1 4-5⁄8 × 21⁄4 1 41⁄2 × 2 Plate w/Ball or Bronze ⁄8 × 35⁄8 5 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 ⁄2 × 3 1 4-1⁄2 ×23⁄4 41⁄2 × 11⁄2 ⁄8 × 21⁄16 3 4-1⁄2 × 23⁄4 Flanged Gland Seals.⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 1 Flanged Bronze 1 3-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 3 3-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 Discharge Ball 3-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 2 3-1⁄2 × 11⁄2 11⁄2 Bolt Requirements Related to Shaft Coupling Sizes 3-3⁄8 × 11⁄4 1 Discharge Bronze Bearings.⁄8 × 3 5 4-5⁄8 × 21⁄4 4-5⁄8 × 11⁄2 ⁄8 × 43⁄8 5 4-5⁄8 × 31⁄4 2-5⁄8 × 23⁄4 3 2.MARTINSPROCKET.⁄2 × 1 ⁄2 1 4.SEARCH 4. and lock washers. 4.⁄2 × 2 ⁄4 1 2.⁄8 × 2 ⁄2 1 2.⁄4 × 2 3 3-3⁄4 × 2 3-3⁄4 × 2 3 4-3⁄4 × 41⁄2 4-3⁄4 × 33⁄4 2-3⁄4 × 21⁄4 4-3⁄4 × 31⁄2 4-3⁄4 × 3 4-3⁄4 × 13⁄4 ⁄8 × 51⁄2 7 4-3⁄4 × 33⁄4 2-7⁄8 × 31⁄2 2-7⁄8 × 33⁄4 2-7⁄8 × 23⁄4 4-3⁄4 × 31⁄4 4-3⁄4 × 21⁄4 4-3⁄4 × 21⁄4 3-3⁄4 × 21⁄4 3-3⁄4 × 21⁄4 37⁄16 FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.⁄8 × 3 ⁄2 4-1⁄2 × 4 21⁄2 × 11⁄2 4 ⁄2 × 3 ⁄4 41⁄2 × 33⁄4 Split Gland Waste Pack.⁄8 × 3 ⁄4 5 2-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 4. w/Roller *See page H-79 for special coupling bolts.⁄4 × 4 3 2-5⁄8 × 13⁄4 1 4. Roller 5 2.⁄4 × 3 ⁄4 3 4-3⁄4 × 23⁄4 4-3⁄4 × 11⁄2 ⁄4 × 51⁄2-4″ Pipe ⁄4 × 5-31⁄2″ Pipe 3 4-3⁄4 × 31⁄2 2-3⁄4 × 3 1 2.⁄4 × 3 ⁄2 3 2-3⁄4 × 21⁄2 3 4. Schedule . Hvy.981 7. 80S Ex.334 3.57 36.125 10. .5383 .638 3.260 4.859 6.318 3.083 .613 10.313 4.604 2.345 5.770 14.42 74.071 7.62 20. 80S Ex. 80S Ex.710 .064 8.250 . 80S Ex.503 1.097 1.834 3. Hvy.30 53. XX Hvy.109 .659 .70 28.134 . 3 Inside Diameter Inches 40S Std.48 54. The following formula was used in calculating the weight per foot.432 .307 .407 8.109 .806 2.083 .438 3.709 2.423 .420 10.750 9.500 40 80 120 160 ⁄4 1.343 .563 40 80 120 160 .020 9. 21⁄2 2.083 .224 9.5676 .029 4.439 7.438 .140 .7388 5S 10S 40S Est.98 19.P./Ft.107 1.7 All weights are carried to four digits only.375 40 80 160 5S 10S 40S Std.593 .302 .083 . Hvy. XX Hvy.438 3.576 10.793 7.083 .407 6.187 .635 2. Hvy.531 .96 38.049 . Hvy.322 .01 13.973 9. XX Hvy.64 43.500 .718 .69 W= W= D = t= 10 10.119 .109 .323 2.334 4.357 6. Hvy.408 5 5. XX Hvy.70 28.189 7.200 . 15.897 7.68 (D — t)t Weight in pounds per foot (to 4 digits) Outside Diameter in inches (to 3 decimal places) Wall thickness in decimals (to 3 decimal places) EXIT PREVIOUS Wt. 80S Ex.214 .475 3.8572 1.109 .252 . XX Hvy.674 4.405 Inside Diameter Inches Wall Inches Wt.79 14.545 .531 5.813 9. 80S Ex. .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.813 7.875 .273 2.750 8.8678 1.441 .109 .39 45.3297 .154 .120 .120 .226 .482 10.624 3.1863 .760 3.900 40 80 160 5S 10S 40S Std.500 .675 .172 2.126 .840 40 80 160 XX Hvy.329 8.40 22.674 . Hvy.614 .250 . . 3.375 .281 .179 .58 5S 10S 40S Std.289 18.624 3.661 10.622 . XX Hvy.914 13. Hvy.S.682 1.33 76.631 4.937 2.625 5S 10S 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 40S Est.04 34. 8 8. Pounds 5S 10S 40S Est.067 1.3145 40 80 10S 40S Est.500 5S 10S 40S Est.088 .250 .125 8.269 .000 1.689 1.906 8.472 4. based on the average wall of the pipe.50 5S 10S 40S Est.215 .55 35.120 .750 5.109 12. .258 .147 .600 2.844 3.300 .065 5.109 .065 .365 .160 . NEXT INDEX .625 40 80 120 160 5S 10S 40S Std.065 .145 .765 5.824 .39 50.997 3.97 28.500 4.32 XX Hvy.065 .278 1. Hvy.54 .065 . Pounds 40 80 10S 40S Est 80S Ex.74 64.548 3. .564 9.276 .332 7.125 1.131 1.109 .134 .307 . 80S Ex.218 .382 1.375 .63 67.191 .338 1.358 1.04 32.218 . Hvy.001 6. the fifth digit being carried forward if five or over.136 10.660 40 80 160 5S 10S 40S Std./Ft.063 6.245 2.843 1.274 2.434 .133 .185 1.315 40 80 160 5S 10S 40S Std.864 6. XX Hvy.76 72. 80S Ex.029 . .742 .406 .530 1.563 4.474 1.915 5.55 .826 3.875 40 80 160 5S 10S 40S Std.250 .277 . 80S Ex.761 5.4235 .957 .718 3.380 1.065 .364 3.157 2.93 89. 160 2 2. Hvy.19 18.714 .404 1.152 3.113 .068 2.469 2.216 .610 1.085 2. Hvy.294 .337 .400 1.815 .189 4.4248 .585 9.679 2. Hvy. 80S Ex. 80S Ex. NOTE: Weights shown are in pounds per foot.047 4.771 2.493 .562 .8510 1.109 .065 . XX Hvy. 6 6.280 .203 .165 . Dimensions and Weights Nominal Pipe Size Inches ⁄8 1 ⁄4 1 Outside Diameter Inches I.295 5.546 .900 2.896 1.022 7.095 .2447 . .718 . Hvy. XX Hvy.51 27.068 .100 1.049 .S.026 3.00 22.1 115.260 3.300 18. 80S Ex.091 . .304 1.237 .875 6.COM Pipe Sizes.20 104.78 27.718 . Hvy.MARTINSPROCKET.625 7. 80S Ex.599 .083 .491 5.154 . Hvy.653 5.088 1. H-44 SEARCH .36 24.349 7.6838 . 1 1. Hvy.87 60.436 2.050 40 80 160 5S 10S 40S Std.750 5S 10S 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 10.250 10.364 .812 . 80S Ex.16 .593 .6710 .134 .442 1.065 .065 .500 1. 80S Ex.5351 40 80 10S 40S Std. Schedule 40 80 160 31⁄2 ⁄8 3 Outside Diameter Inches 4. 11⁄2 1. XX Hvy.939 1.25 14.552 2.24 40.69 .770 1.540 Nominal Pipe Size Inches 3 ⁄2 1 .813 4.444 9.P.920 .884 .625 .500 .120 . 11⁄4 1. 80S Ex.410 .148 .308 .466 . or dropped if under five.000 40 80 4 Wall Inches I. consult our Engineering Department. hydraulic drives. Screw Driver Reducer (Side View) Reducer mounts on conveyor drive shaft. The torque arm may be fastened to the floor. seal gland. and is directly connected to the conveyor screw and includes integral thrust bearing.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Base Type Reducer Drive (Top View) SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-45 . and take-off drives for connection to other equipment. or below. Reducer mounts on trough end. and seal are not required. either side. For special drive requirements. Motor mount may be positioned at top. Motor and “V”-Belt drive may be in any convenient location. Requires extended drive shaft. with chain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mounted on floor or platform as close as possible to conveyor. Separate drive shaft. Usually mounted to top of trough by means of an adapter plate. or fitted to trough end. end bearing. other types availble are: variable speed drives. Gearmotor Drive (Side View) Motor direct-coupled to base type reducer. In addition to those shown. and drive shaft.COM Typical Drive Arrangements The most common types of drives for Screw Conveyors are illustrated below. Shaft Mounted Reducer (End View) Integral motor-reducer with chain drive to conveyor drive shaft. 2.-lbs. 1-13.: ______________________________________ Table 1-2 _______ Dia. FO = 1. 1-15.000. 1-9.000. 1-10.MARTINSPROCKET. 1-4.0) Total HP = (HPf + HPm) Fo =____________________________ = ____________ e DRIVE: Use ____________ HP motor with AGMA Class (I) (II) (III) Drive at _____________________ Screw RPM Tables 1-18. If larger screw diameter recommended. × Length L = _______________________ Recommended % Trough Loading: ___________________ Material: ______________________________________ Materal HP Factor: FM = __________________________ Capacity:______________________________________ Component Series: ________________________________ Density: W = ____________________________ Lbs/Ft3 Intermediate Hanger Bearing Series: __________________ Lumps: Max. 1-19 Torque = Motor HP0×063. recalculate RPM per instructions above for selected diameter. 1-17 Values to be substituted in formula: ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Fb Ff Fp e Fd L HPf = ( N )( Fd )( )( Fb ) = ____________ NOTE: Consult factory for feeder horsepower 0000000001. 1-5 Equivalent Req’d Capacity × = Capacity __________ CF1 × __________ CF2 __________ × CF3 __________ = Equivalent __________ CFH Capacity Table 1-6 Screw Diameter = ___________________Select Diameter from ‘at max RPM’ column where capacity listed equals or exceeds equivalent capacity Equivalent Capacity Capacity ‘at one RPM’ for diameter selected Screw RPM = N = ____________ = Table 1-7 Check lump size and lump class for diameter selected. ____________ Pipe ____________ Bolt/Shear ____________ Bolt/Bearing ____________ Tables 1-8.COM Sample Work Sheet Client: ________________________________________ Date Quote Due:__________________________________ Conveyor No.24 W Tables 1-3. Tables 1-12.2. Class (I) (II) (III) ____ Notes: __________________________________________ CFH = TPH x 2000 CFH = Pounds per Hour W Required Capacity = C = ___________ CFH (cubic feet per hour) CFH = Bushels per Hour × 1.0000000000000000000 If HPf + HPm is less than 5.:__________________________________ Inquiry No. Size ___________ in. 1-14.025 =_______________ in. 1-11 Select Components: Trough ___________ Screw ___________ Hanger Style ___________ Hanger Bearing ___________ Cover ___________ H-46 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .0000000000 HPm = ( C )( L )( W )( Ff )( Fm )( Fp ) = ____________ 00000000000001. Screw RPM List Minimum Size: Shaft Dia. select overload factor FO = __________ (If HPf + HPm is greater than 5.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 1-16. 505 1.458 ⁄4 3.443 2.016 7 ⁄4 2.005 2.443 2. conveyor A Diameter tolerance D Barreno Length Listed Screw Diameter and Pitch Coupling Diameter Size Designation Pipe Size Schedule 40 4 1 4H206 11⁄4 6 1 1 ⁄2 6H304 6 11⁄2 6 +0 – 1⁄16″ A Length Feet and Inches B Thickness Diameter Tolerance Inner Edge Plus Minus ⁄16 1 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 7 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 9-101⁄2 1 2 9-10 1 6H308 2 9-10 1 11⁄2 6H312 2 9-10 1 9 11⁄2 9H306 2 9-10 1 9 11⁄2 9H312 2 9-10 1 9 2 9H406 21⁄2 9-10 1 9 2 9H412 21⁄2 9-10 1 9 2 9H414 21⁄2 9-10 1 10 11⁄2 10H306 2 9-10 1 10 2 10H412 21⁄2 9-10 1 12 2 12H408 21⁄2 11-10 1 12 2 12H412 21⁄2 11-10 1 12 27⁄16 12H508 3 11-9 1 12 27⁄16 12H512 3 11-9 1 12 3 12H614 31⁄2 11-9 1 14 27⁄16 14H508 3 11-9 1 14 3 14H614 31⁄2 11-9 1 16 3 16H610 31⁄2 11-9 1 16 3 16H614 4 11-9 1 Outer Edge ⁄16 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 7 1 ⁄4 ⁄16 7 ⁄16 5 ⁄16 7 C D Pitch Tolerance Bushing Bore Inside Diameter Plus ⁄32 1 ⁄16 1 1 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄32 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄32 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄32 3 ⁄32 3 ⁄16 Minus F G H Spacing 1st Bolt Hole Centers 2nd Bolt Hole Nominal Bolt Hole Size ⁄2 2 13 ⁄8 3 17 ⁄8 3 17 ⁄8 3 17 ⁄8 3 17 ⁄8 3 17 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄8 3 17 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄16 3 21 ⁄16 3 21 1 3 25 ⁄16 3 21 Minimum Maximum ⁄4 1.005 2.516 7 ⁄4 2.505 1.443 2.016 7 ⁄4 2.005 2.516 7 ⁄4 1.516 7 ⁄4 1.025 ⁄4 2.505 1.016 1 ⁄4 1.516 7 ⁄4 2.005 3.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.505 1.D.005 2.505 1. Screw Diameter Line Right Angle Bend 5 ately roxim App es pac al S Equ Bend Cut Flight/Cut & Folded Flight Conveyors Depth of cut “C” is one half the flight width for normal maximum pipe size.005 3.016 7 ⁄4 1.458 15 ⁄4 3.005 3.016 7 ⁄4 2.COM CEMA Standards Helicoid Screw Conveyors C Pitch tolerance B Thickness at edges Flighting fitted snug to pipe with intermediate welds F G H — Bolt hole End lugs used on all sizes except 4″ dia.005 2.016 7 ⁄4 2.016 7 ⁄4 2.025 1 3 25 ⁄4 3.516 7 ⁄4 1.458 15 ⁄4 2.005 1.025 1 3 25 ⁄4 3.005 2.505 1.516 7 ⁄4 1. Carrying Side Omit First Two Cuts 5 Cuts Per Pitch A B C 4 13⁄8 1 5 6 2 11⁄2 7 ⁄8 9 3 21⁄8 11⁄2 10 3 3⁄8 21⁄4 13⁄4 12 4 23⁄4 2 14 45⁄8 31⁄8 21⁄2 16 51⁄4 31⁄2 3 18 6 37⁄8 33⁄8 20 6 5⁄8 41⁄4 37⁄8 24 7 7⁄8 47⁄8 47⁄8 ⁄8 Carrying Side Omit First Two Cuts SEARCH 5 Cuts Per Pitch EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-47 .MARTINSPROCKET. Lengths “A” and “B” are calculated from the developed O.005 3. for standard pitch.025 1 3 25 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 3 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄8 1 1 ⁄16 1 1 1 ⁄8 1 1 ⁄16 1 1 ⁄32 1 1 1 ⁄8 1 1 ⁄32 1 1 ⁄32 11⁄2 1 ⁄32 11⁄2 1 15 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 NOTE: Alll dimensions in inches. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.005 3. end welds or end lugs used according to manufacturer ’s standards.505 1.516 7 ⁄4 1.505 1.005 3.443 2.005 3.467 11⁄2 4 29 NOTE: All dimensions in inches.005 3.005 2.005 3.025 1 3 25 ⁄2 3. Size Designation Pipe Size Schedule 40 6 11⁄2 6S312 2 9-10 1 1 1 ⁄2 9S312 2 9-10 1 2 9S412 21⁄2 9-10 1 2 9S416 21⁄2 9-10 1 2 10S412 21⁄2 9-10 1 2 12S412 21⁄2 11-10 1 27⁄16 12S512 3 11-9 1 27⁄16 12S516 3 11-9 1 3 12S616 31⁄2 11-9 1 3 12S624 31⁄2 11-9 1 27⁄16 14S512 3 11-9 1 3 14S616 31⁄2 11-9 1 3 14S624 31⁄2 11-9 1 3 16S612 31⁄2 11-9 1 3 16S616 31⁄2 11-9 1 3 16S624 31⁄2 11-9 1 3 16S632 31⁄2 11-9 3 18S612 31⁄2 11-9 3 3 18S616 31⁄2 11-9 3 3 18S624 31⁄2 11-9 3 3 18S632 31⁄2 11-9 3 3 20S612 31⁄2 11-9 3 3 20S616 31⁄2 11-9 3 3 20S624 31⁄2 11-9 3 37⁄16 24S712 4 11-8 3 37⁄16 24S716 4 11-8 3 37⁄16 24S724 4 11-8 3 37⁄16 24S732 4 11-8 3 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 D Barreno +0 – 1⁄16″ Listed Screw Diameter and Pitch 9 G H — Bolt hole End lugs on 6″ through 16″ sizes.443 3.005 3.025 1 3 25 ⁄2 3.443 2.025 1 3 25 ⁄2 3.016 7 ⁄4 2.005 3. Dia. On 18″.025 1 3 25 3.443 3.005 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS H Centers 2nd Bolt Hole Nominal Bolt Hole Size ⁄8 3 17 ⁄8 3 17 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄8 3 21 ⁄16 3 21 ⁄16 3 21 3. 20″ and 24″.005 2.025 1 3 25 ⁄2 3.025 1 3 25 ⁄2 3.005 3. H-48 Spacing 1st Bolt Hole G NEXT INDEX 15 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 .005 3.025 1 3 25 ⁄4 3.467 11⁄2 4 29 ⁄2 3.443 3.016 7 ⁄4 2.016 7 ⁄4 2.025 1 3 25 ⁄4 2.025 1 3 25 ⁄4 3.COM CEMA Standards Sectional Screw Conveyors C Pitch tolerance B Thickness of Butt Welded Flight Flighting fitted snug to pipe with intermediate welds F A Diameter tolerance Length A Cplng.458 15 ⁄4 2.005 3.016 7 ⁄4 2.025 1 3 25 ⁄2 3.458 ⁄16 3 21 ⁄4 3.005 3.005 3. Length Feet and Inches B Diameter Tolerance Plus Flight Thickness Minus ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 C D Pitch Tolerance Bushing Bore Inside Diameter Plus ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 3 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 7 Minus F Minimum Maximum ⁄4 1.458 15 ⁄4 3.005 2.MARTINSPROCKET.516 7 ⁄4 2.443 2.005 2.025 1 3 25 ⁄4 3.025 1 3 25 ⁄4 3.467 11⁄2 4 29 ⁄2 3.005 3.467 11⁄2 4 29 ⁄2 3.443 3.025 1 3 25 ⁄2 3.025 1 3 25 ⁄2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25 ⁄4 3. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Components SECTION III COMPONENT SECTION III PAGE Component Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-50 Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-52 Discharges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-55 Trough Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-60 Saddles and Feet/Trough End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-66 End Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-67 Thrust Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-68 Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-69 Conveyor Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-71 Coupling Bolts, Internal Collars and Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-79 Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-80 Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-84 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-91 Cover Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-92 SEE PRICE LIST FOR ITEMS CARRIED IN STOCK SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-49 FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Component Selection Required Information Conveyor Trough and Tubular Housing Standard trough and housing sections are available in five, six, ten and 12 foot lengths. Standard five and six foot lengths should be used when connecting flanges coincide with discharge openings or hanger bearings. Screw diameter Shaft diameter Material component group Unusual material characteristics Shafts Conveyor Screws Standard length conveyor screws should be used whenever possible to reduce the number of hanger bearings required. The recommended screws listed in the Component Series Table are standard helicoid and sectional screw conveyors. The use of helicoid or sectional conveyors is largely a matter of individual preference. Right hand screw conveyors pull material toward the end which is being rotated in a clockwise direction. If the rotation is reversed (counterclockwise), the material is pushed away from that end. In left hand screw conveyors, the material flow is opposite to that of right hand screws, the direction of rotation being unchanged. To determine hand of screw see pages H-36 and H-37. The material is carried on one face of the conveyor flighting in conveyors which are required to transport material in one direction, therefore, conveyor end lugs are located on the opposite face to facilitate unimpeded flow of the material. Conveyor sections must be installed in such a manner that all end lugs are toward the inlet end of the conveyor. Conveyor sections must not be turned end for end without reversing the direction of rotation, or conversely, the direction of rotation must not be reversed without turning the conveyor sections end for end. Requirements for reversible conveyor screws intended for material transport in either direction should be referred to our Engineering Department. Flighting should be omitted from the conveyor pipe over the last discharge opening to ensure complete discharge of material without carryover. Continuity of material flow at hanger points is accomplished by opposing adjacent flight ends approximately 180 degrees. (As close to 180° as the pre drilled holes will allow.) H-50 SEARCH EXIT The primary consideration in determining the type and size of coupling and drive shafts is whether the shafts selected are adequate to transmit the horsepower required, including any overload. Normally, cold-rolled shafts are adequate. However, high-tensile shafts may be required due to torque limitations. Also, stainless steel shafts may be necessary when corrosive or contaminable materials are to be handled. Conveyors equipped with non-lubricated hard iron hanger bearings require hardened coupling shafts. Specific shaft size determination is covered in the Torsional Rating Section, page H-25. Shaft Seals Several conveyor end seal types are available to prevent contamination of the conveyed material or to prevent the escape of material from the system. Bearings Hanger Bearing — The purpose of hanger bearings is to provide intermediate support when multiple screw sections are used. Hanger bearings are designed primarily for radial loads. Therefore, adequate clearance should be allowed between the bearings and the conveyor pipe ends to prevent damage by the thrust load which is transmitted through the conveyor pipe. The hanger bearing recommendations listed in the Material Characteristic Tables are generally adequate for the material to be handled. Often, however, unusual characteristics of the material or the conditions under which the conveyor must operate make it desirable to use special bearing materials. Regarding the use of special bearing materials, consult our Engineering Department. End Bearings — Several end bearing types are available, and their selection depends on two basic factors: Radial load and thrust load. The relative values of these loads determines end bearing types. PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Component Selection Radial load is negligible at the conveyor tail shaft. However, drive ends (unless integrated with the conveyor end plate) are subject to radial loading due to overhung drive loads, such as chain sprockets or shaft-mounted speed reducers. Screw Conveyor Drive Reducers at the drive end will adequately carry both thrust and radial loads. Discharge Spouts and Gates Standard discharge spouts and gates are available for either conveyor trough or tubular housing in several designs, operated either manually or by remote controls. In installations where it is possible to overfill the device to which material is being transported, an additional overflow discharge opening or overflow relief device should be provided. Consult our Engineering Department for suggested electrical interlock and safety devices to prevent overflow or damage to equipment. It is sometimes found that the material characteristics are such that standard component specifications are inadequate. Should unusual material characteristics or severe conditions exist, our Engineering Department should be consulted. Conveyor Ends A complete line of conveyor ends are available as standard for either conveyor trough or tubular housing with a choice of many bearing types and combinations. Special Applications More common of the unusual material characteristics which require other than the recommended components are: Corrosive Materials — Components may be fabricated from alloys not affected by the material or may be coated with a protective substance. Contaminable Materials — require the use of oil impregnated, sealed or dry type hanger bearings. End shafts should be sealed to prevent entrance of contaminants from the outside. Due to the necessity for frequent cleaning conveyor components should be designed for convenient disassembly. Abrasive Materials — These materials may be handled in conveyors, troughs, or housings constructed of abrasion resistant alloys with hard surfaced screws. Lining of all exposed surfaces with rubber or special resins also materially reduces abrasive damage. SEARCH EXIT Interlocking or Matting Materials — Conveying with standard components is sometimes possible by the use of special feeding devices at the conveyor inlet. Hygroscopic Materials — Frequently these materials may be handled successfully in a conveyor which is substantially sealed from the exterior atmosphere. In extreme cases it is necessary to provide jacketed trough or housing with an appropriate circulating medium to maintain the material at an elevated temperature. Purging of the conveyor with a suitable dry gas is also used in some installations. Viscous or Sticky Materials — Ribbon flight conveyor screws are most frequently used for conveying these materials although standard components may be specially coated to improve the flow of material. Harmful Vapors or Dusts — These materials may be safely handled in dust sealed trough, plain tubular housing or gasketed flanged tubular housing with particular attention to shaft sealing. Trough or housing exhaust systems have also been successfully used in some installations. Blending in Transit — Ribbon, cut flight, paddle or a combination of these screw types may be designed to produce the desired degree of blending, aeration or mixing. Explosive Dusts — The danger of this condition may be minimized in most installations by the use of components which are fabricated from non-ferrous materials and proper conveyor sealing techniques observed. Exhaust systems are also advisable for the removal of explosive dusts. Materials Subject to Packing — This condition requires the use of aerating devices at the conveyor inlet when materials are pulverulent and a special feeder device when material particles are large or fibrous. Materials which are Fluid when Aerated — This condition may be used to advantage in some installations by declining the conveyor system toward the discharge end. Degradable Materials — Some particles that are easily broken or distorted may usually be handled in screw conveyors by reducing the speed and selecting a larger conveyor size sufficient to deliver the required volume of material. Elevated Temperature — Components should be fabricated from high temperature alloys. Should the process be such that cooling of the material in the conveyor is permissible, jacketed trough or housing may be used at the inlet end to cool the material and standard components used after the point where material temperature has been reduced to a safe degree. PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-51 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 20CTA10 20CTA7 20CTA3 383 484 612 228 271 334 460 581 734 274 325 401 20CTF10 20CTF7 20CTF3 296 434 573 190 247 315 355 521 687 24 24 24 ▫ 10 GA. abrasion resistant. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 18 18 18 18 10´ Length Weight 5´ Length 12´ Length 6´ Length 41 50 70 23 28 38 — — — — — — 6CTF16 6CTF14 6CTF12 6CTF10 6CTF7 55 67 91 117 150 32 38 50 64 79 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 9CTF16 9CTF14 9CTF12 9CTF10 9CTF7 9CTF3 83 99 132 164 214 276 51 59 75 91 116 147 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10CTF16 10CTF14 10CTF12 10CTF10 10CTF7 10CTF3 88 105 140 167 217 296 54 62 80 91 123 158 — — — — — — — — — — — — 113 133 164 203 236 281 353 446 135 160 197 244 12CTF12 12CTF10 12CTF7 12CTF3 164 187 272 357 95 117 150 194 197 224 326 428 114 140 180 233 214 258 328 418 121 143 180 224 257 309 394 501 145 172 216 269 14CTF12 14CTF10 14CTF7 14CTF3 183 207 304 403 102 127 168 215 219 248 365 483 122 152 202 258 16CTA12 16CTA10 16CTA7 16CTA3 238 288 368 471 133 159 200 243 285 345 442 565 160 191 240 291 16CTF12 16CTF10 16CTF7 16CTF3 206 234 345 455 107 144 188 228 247 281 414 546 128 173 226 273 ▫ 12 GA. 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 24CTA10 24CTA7 24CTA3 443 563 717 255 319 363 531 676 860 306 383 435 24CTF10 24CTF7 24CTF3 384 514 678 227 293 339 461 617 813 ▫ Standard Gauge Bolt Patterns Page H-40 Part Number A B C 5 1 35⁄8 71⁄8 73⁄16 71⁄4 73⁄4 713⁄16 8 41⁄2 9 5⁄8 911⁄16 9 3⁄4 9 3⁄4 9 7⁄8 93⁄4 913⁄16 10 10 97⁄8 131⁄8 133⁄16 131⁄4 135⁄16 133⁄8 131⁄2 131⁄4 135⁄16 131⁄2 131⁄2 133⁄8 131⁄2 141⁄8 143⁄16 141⁄4 145⁄16 143⁄8 141⁄2 141⁄4 145⁄16 141⁄2 141⁄2 143⁄8 141⁄2 171⁄4 175⁄16 173⁄8 171⁄2 171⁄2 171⁄2 173⁄8 171⁄2 191⁄4 195⁄16 193⁄8 191⁄2 191⁄2 191⁄2 193⁄8 191⁄2 211⁄4 215⁄16 213⁄8 211⁄2 211⁄2 211⁄2 213⁄8 211⁄2 241⁄4 245⁄16 243⁄8 241⁄2 241⁄2 241⁄2 243⁄8 241⁄2 7 10 63⁄8 13 2 73⁄4 15 2 91⁄4 17 2 105⁄8 19 21⁄2 121⁄8 228 296 378 21 21⁄2 131⁄2 265⁄16 263⁄8 261⁄2 261⁄2 263⁄8 261⁄2 272 352 406 25 21⁄2 161⁄2 305⁄16 303⁄8 301⁄2 301⁄2 303⁄8 301⁄2 on all sizes through 10 ga. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 14CTA12 14CTA10 14CTA7 14CTA3 16 16 16 16 ▫ 12 GA. SEARCH 11⁄2 F 11 ▲ Double formed flange standard H-52 11⁄4 E INDEX . aluminum. 14 12 10 3 ⁄16 6CTA16 6CTA14 6CTA12 6CTA10 6CTA7 67 78 101 123 164 44 49 60 73 86 — — — — — — — — — — 9 9 9 9 9 9 16 GA. ▫ 14 12 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 9CTA16 9CTA14 9CTA12 9CTA10 9CTA7 9CTA3 113 127 156 176 230 286 66 73 87 102 124 152 — — — — — — 10 10 10 10 10 10 16 GA.COM Standard Conveyor Trough Standard conveyor troughs have a U-shaped steel body with angle iron top flanges or formed top flanges and jig drilled end flanges.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Part Number 10´* Length 5´ Length 12´ Length 6´ Length 4 4 4 ▫ 16 GA. LGTH. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 18CTA12 18CTA10 18CTA7 18CTA3 252 353 444 559 159 170 243 298 302 423 533 671 191 204 291 358 18CTF12 18CTF10 18CTF7 18CTF3 240 269 394 520 133 165 217 275 288 323 473 624 160 198 260 330 20 20 20 ▫ 10 GA. ▫ 14 12 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 10CTA16 10CTA14 10CTA12 10CTA10 10CTA7 10CTA3 118 133 164 178 233 306 69 76 92 102 131 163 12 12 12 12 ▫ 12 GA.MARTINSPROCKET. Angle Flange Conveyor Diameter D Formed Flanged Trough ▲ Angle Flanged Trough Angle Flanged Weight Formed Flange Weight Weight Trough Thick. 14 12 4CTA16 4CTA14 4CTA12 53 60 78 29 33 42 — — — — — — 4CTF16 4CTF14 4CTF12 6 6 6 6 6 ▫ 16 GA. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 12CTA12 12CTA10 12CTA7 12CTA3 197 234 294 372 14 14 14 14 ▫ 12 GA. EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT 61⁄8 11⁄2 All troughs available in other materials such as stainless. etc. Conveyors with tubular housings are rigid and are highly suitable for conveying material on an incline.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 12CHT12 12CHT10 12CHT7 12CHT3 163 208 275 362 88 111 144 188 12CHT12-F 12CHT10-F 12CHT7-F 12CHT3-F 193 247 328 432 12CHT12-A 12CHT10-A 12CHT7-A 12CHT3-A 235 280 347 434 14 14 14 14 ▫ 12 GA. 24CHT10 3 24 ⁄16 24CHT7 1 ⁄4 24CHT3 24 ▫ Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-41 399 531 699 215 281 365 24CHT10-F 24CHT7-F 24CHT3-F 445 594 784 24CHT10-A 24CHT7-A 24CHT3-A 497 629 797 25 295⁄16 293⁄8 291⁄2 2 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX 5 71⁄8 73⁄16 71⁄4 1 7 95⁄8 911⁄16 93⁄4 913⁄16 97⁄8 11⁄4 10 11 13 15 17 19 125⁄8 1211⁄16 123⁄4 1213⁄16 127⁄8 13 135⁄8 1311⁄16 133⁄4 1313⁄16 137⁄8 14 161⁄4 165⁄16 163⁄8 161⁄2 181⁄4 185⁄16 183⁄8 181⁄2 211⁄4 215⁄16 213⁄8 211⁄2 231⁄4 235⁄16 233⁄8 231⁄2 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 H-53 . 14 12 6 6 6 6 6 Part Number Flanged tubular housing Formed Flange Weight Part Number Angle flanged tubular housing Angle Flange Weight 10´ Part Number Weight 10´ A B C 10´ Length 5´ Length 4CHT16 4CHT14 4CHT12 60 31 4CHT16-F 4CHT14-F 4CHT12-F 43 53 74 4CHT16-A 4CHT14-A 4CHT12-A 81 89 106 ▫ 16 GA. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 14CHT12 14CHT10 14CHT7 14CHT3 187 236 316 416 101 126 166 216 14CHT12-F 14CHT10-F 14CHT7-F 14CHT3-F 217 275 369 486 14CHT12-A 14CHT10-A 14CHT7-A 14CHT3-A 259 308 388 488 16 16 16 16 ▫ 12 GA. Tubular housing Tubular Housing Conveyor Diameter Trough Thickness 4 4 4 ▫ 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 ⁄16 6CHT16 6CHT14 6CHT12 6CHT10 6CHT7 50 62 85 109 145 27 33 44 56 74 6CHT16-F 6CHT14-F 6CHT12-F 6CHT10-F 6CHT7-F 60 75 103 133 168 6CHT16-A 6CHT14-A 6CHT12-A 6CHT10-A 6CHT7-A 110 122 145 187 205 9 9 9 9 9 9 16 GA. and may be loaded to a full cross section. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 18CHT12 18CHT10 18CHT7 18CHT3 242 304 405 533 133 164 214 278 18CHT12-F 18CHT10-F 18CHT7-F 18CHT3-F 280 352 471 621 18CHT12-A 18CHT10-A 18CHT7-A 18CHT3-A 340 402 503 631 20 20 20 ▫ 10 GA. ▫ 14 12 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 9CHT16 9CHT14 9CHT12 9CHT10 9CHT7 9CHT3 72 89 122 155 208 275 39 47 64 80 107 140 9CHT16-F 9CHT14-F 9CHT12-F 9CHT10-F 9CHT7-F 9CHT3-F 84 104 143 182 245 324 9CHT16-A 9CHT14-A 9CHT12-A 9CHT10-A 9CHT7-A 9CHT3-A 131 148 181 214 267 334 10 10 10 10 10 10 16 GA. ▫ 14 12 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 10CHT16 10CHT14 10CHT12 10CHT10 10CHT7 10CHT3 79 97 133 169 227 301 42 52 70 88 117 154 10CHT16-F 10CHT14-F 10CHT12-F 10CHT10-F 10CHT7-F 10CHT3-F 91 112 154 196 264 350 10CHT16-A 10CHT14-A 10CHT12-A 10CHT10-A 10CHT7-A 10CHT3-A 138 156 192 228 286 360 12 12 12 12 ▫ 12 GA. 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 20CHT10 20CHT7 20CHT3 335 446 586 188 237 307 20CHT10-F 20CHT7-F 20CHT3-F 381 510 671 20CHT10-A 20CHT7-A 20CHT3-A 433 544 684 21 255⁄16 253⁄8 251⁄2 2 24 ▫ 10 GA.COM Tubular Housing Tubular conveyor housings are inherently dust and weather-tight. Three types shown are available. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 16CHT12 16CHT10 16CHT7 16CHT3 212 268 358 472 114 142 187 244 16CHT12-F 16CHT10-F 16CHT7-F 16CHT3-F 242 307 411 542 16CHT12-A 16CHT10-A 16CHT7-A 16CHT3-A 310 366 456 570 18 18 18 18 ▫ 12 GA. 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 20FCT10 20FCT7 20FCT3 36 48 60 24 24 24 ▫ 10 GA. 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 24FCT10 24FCT7 24FCT3 41 54 69 ▫ Standard Gauge H-54 B C D E 14 165⁄8 163⁄4 7 31⁄2 15⁄16 10 9 5 13⁄4 10 18 213⁄16 211⁄4 211⁄4 213⁄8 211⁄2 10 61⁄2 21⁄4 12 22 261⁄4 261⁄4 263⁄8 261⁄2 11 71⁄2 21⁄4 12 24 281⁄4 281⁄4 283⁄8 281⁄2 28 321⁄4 321⁄4 323⁄8 321⁄2 111⁄2 81⁄2 21⁄4 12 31 361⁄4 361⁄4 363⁄8 361⁄2 121⁄8 91⁄2 23⁄4 12 34 391⁄4 393⁄8 391⁄2 131⁄2 101⁄2 23⁄4 12 161⁄2 121⁄2 23⁄4 12 40 451⁄4 453⁄8 451⁄2 See Page H-40 for Bolt Pattern SEARCH EXIT Standard Length Foot A PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 14FCT12 14FCT10 14FCT7 14FCT3 23 27 37 49 16 16 16 16 ▫ 12 GA. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 9FCT14 9FCT12 9FCT10 9FCT7 9FCT3 13 14 19 22 25 12 12 12 12 ▫ 12 GA.COM Flared Trough Flared troughs are used primarily to convey materials which are not free-flowing or which have a tendency to stick to the trough. 12 GA. 12 6FCT14 6FCT12 9 12 9 9 9 9 9 ▫ 14 GA. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 12FCT12 12FCT10 12FCT7 12FCT3 20 24 32 43 14 14 14 14 ▫ 12 GA.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Length Conveyor Diameter Trough Thickness Part Number Weight Per Foot 6 6 ▫ 14 GA. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 16FCT12 16FCT10 16FCT7 16FCT3 25 31 39 52 18 18 18 18 ▫ 12 GA. 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 18FCT12 18FCT10 18FCT7 18FCT3 27 35 45 56 20 20 20 ▫ 10 GA. Screw Diameter A B 4 6 9 10 12 5 7 10 11 13 41⁄2 6 8 9 101⁄2 33⁄4 5 71⁄8 77⁄8 87⁄8 5 14 16 18 20 24 15 17 19 21 25 111⁄2 131⁄2 141⁄2 151⁄2 171⁄2 101⁄8 111⁄8 123⁄8 133⁄8 153⁄8 5 Screw Diameter Trough Thickness Gauge C Spout and Gate Thickness Gauge D G H F ⁄16 ⁄16 5 ⁄16 5 ⁄16 5 ⁄16 55⁄8 65⁄8 8 83⁄8 101⁄8 11 14 19 20 24 21⁄2 31⁄2 5 51⁄2 61⁄2 ⁄16 ⁄16 5 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 111⁄4 123⁄8 133⁄8 143⁄8 163⁄8 27 30 33 36 42 71⁄2 81⁄2 91⁄2 101⁄2 121⁄2 5 5 Part Number Weight Fixed Spout Plain Flush End Spout With Slide Fixed Spout Plain Slide Flush End Spout 4 4 16-14 12 ▫ 16 12 4TSD16 4TSD12 4TSDS16 4TSDS12 4TSDF16 4TSDF12 2 3 6 7 1.0 45.0 10 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 20TSD12 20TSD7 20TSDS12 20TSDS7 20TSDF12 20TSDF7 40 67 91 118 30.0 12 12 12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 12TSD12 12TSD7 12TSDS12 12TSDS7 12TSDF12 12TSDF7 17 29 36 48 12. Bolted flange permits slide to be operated from any side. The flush end arrangement eliminates the unnecessary extension of trough and interior components beyond the actual discharge point.0 4.50 28.50 16 16 12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 16TSD12 16TSD7 16TSDS12 16TSDS7 16TSDF12 16TSDF7 21 40 49 68 15.75 10 10 14-12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 14 10 10TSD14 10TSD10 10TSDS14 10TSDS10 10TSDF14 10TSDF10 10 16 21 27 7.75 30.MARTINSPROCKET.5 2. Fixed Spout Flush End Spout Flush end discharge spouts are designed for use at the final discharge point. Fixed spouts with slide gates are used where distribution of material is to be controlled.25 20 20 24 24 3 3 ▫ Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-41 SEARCH ➀ Add –F for Fitted EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-55 .25 10 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 24TSD12 24TSD7 24TSDS12 24TSDS7 24TSDF12 24TSDF7 52 87 116 151 39.0 9.0 65.25 6 6 14-12 3 ⁄16 ▫ 16 12 6TSD14 6TSD12 6TSDS14 6TSDS12 6TSDF16 6TSDF12 4 6 11 13 3.0 50.COM Discharge Spouts Plain Opening Fixed Spout with Slide Gate Plain spout openings are cut in the trough permitting free material discharge. Because it is located at the extreme end of the conveyor. Can be furnished loose or welded to trough.50 9 9 16-14-12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 14 10 9TSD14 9TSD10 9TSDS14 9TSDS10 9TSDF14 9TSDF10 8 13 18 22 6.0 18 18 12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 18TSD12 18TSD7 18TSDS12 18TSDS7 18TSDF12 18TSDF7 32 60 69 97 24.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. The end of the spout is comprised of a housing end with bottom flange drilled with standard discharge flange bolt pattern. Fixed spouts are fabricated in proportion to size and thickness of trough.75 14 14 12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 14TSD12 14TSD7 14TSDS12 14TSDS7 14TSDF12 14TSDF7 22 38 46 62 16. there is no carryover of material past the final discharge point.75 21.5 12. Rack and Pinion Flat Slide Screw Diameter A B C 4 6 9 10 12 5 7 10 11 13 41⁄2 6 8 9 101⁄2 33⁄4 5 71⁄8 77⁄8 87⁄8 7 81⁄4 103⁄8 111⁄8 121⁄8 14 16 18 20 24 15 17 19 21 25 111⁄2 131⁄2 141⁄2 151⁄2 171⁄2 101⁄8 111⁄8 123⁄8 133⁄8 153⁄8 133⁄8 143⁄8 155⁄8 1611⁄16 1811⁄16 Trough Thickness Gauge Screw Diameter E H 131⁄2 16 201⁄4 231⁄2 251⁄2 61⁄2 71⁄2 9 101⁄2 11 5 6 91⁄2 10 121⁄4 51⁄2 63⁄4 87⁄8 97⁄8 107⁄8 12 12 12 12 12 311⁄4 335⁄8 377⁄8 403⁄4 461⁄2 121⁄2 131⁄2 141⁄2 151⁄2 171⁄2 131⁄4 141⁄4 153⁄4 163⁄4 183⁄4 12 13 141⁄8 151⁄8 173⁄8 12 12 12 12 12 Spout and Gate Thickness Gauge J K Diameter G Part Number Rack and Pinion† ➀ Weight Rack and Pinion 4 4 16-14 12 ▫ 14 12 4RPF14 4RPF12 18 21 6 6 16-14-12 3 ⁄16 ▫ 14 12 6RPF14 6RPF12 28 31 9 9 14-12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 14 10 9RPF14 9RPF10 49 54 14-12-10 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 14 10 10RPF14 10RPF10 56 62 12-10 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 12RPF12 12RPF7 94 106 12-10 ⁄16 -1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 14RPF12 14RPF7 107 123 12-10 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 16RPF12 16RPF7 112 131 12-10 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 18RPF12 18RPF7 157 185 10 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 20RPF12 20RPF7 185 212 10 ⁄16-1⁄4 ▫ 12 3 ⁄16 24RPF12 24RPF7 233 268 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18* 18* 20* 20* 24* 24* 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ▫ Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-41 †All Rack & Pinion Gates 18″ and Larger Have Double Rack & Pinion.COM Discharge Gates Flat rack and pinion slide gates can be bolted to standard discharge spouts at any of the four positions desired. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel. * Handwheel supplied as Standard Assembly — C Chain Wheel — R Rope Wheel H-56 D SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT ➀ Add –F for Fitted INDEX .MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 1⁄4″ ▫ 12 GA. 6RPC14 6RPC12 25 28 71⁄2 71⁄2 101⁄2 101⁄2 15 15 5 5 8 8 51⁄2 55⁄8 6 12 9 9 14. 10RPC14 10RPC10 53 62 91⁄2 91⁄2 141⁄2 141⁄2 21 21 77⁄8 77⁄8 91⁄8 91⁄8 71⁄2 75⁄8 9 12 12.MARTINSPROCKET. Slide operates parallel to the trough only. ⁄16″. ▫ 14 Cal.1⁄4″ ▫ 14 GA.16 Cal. Disch. 3 ⁄16″ 24RPC12 24RPC7 220 265 193⁄8 193⁄8 351⁄2 351⁄2 47 47 153⁄8 153⁄8 183⁄8 183⁄8 141⁄2 145⁄8 171⁄2 12 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ▫ Standard Gauge * Hand wheel supplied as Standard Assembly — C Chain Wheel — R Rope Wheel SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS ➀ Add –F for Fitted NEXT INDEX H-57 . 3 ⁄16″ 16RPC12 16RPC7 103 116 143⁄8 143⁄8 231⁄2 231⁄2 36 36 111⁄8 111⁄8 13 13 101⁄2 105⁄8 131⁄2 12 10.12 GA.12 GA. 3 ⁄16″ 12RPC12 12RPC7 81 97 113⁄8 113⁄8 171⁄2 171⁄2 253⁄4 253⁄4 87⁄8 87⁄8 11 11 81⁄2 85⁄8 101⁄2 12 10.1⁄4″ ▫ 12 GA. 10 GA.12. 3 ⁄16″ 14RPC12 14RPC7 95 114 127⁄8 127⁄8 201⁄2 201⁄2 301⁄4 301⁄4 101⁄8 101⁄8 12 12 91⁄2 95⁄8 111⁄2 12 10.1⁄4″ ▫ 12 GA. Rack and Pinion Curved Slide Std. 12 GA. ⁄16″.1⁄4″ ▫ 12 GA.COM Discharge Gates Curved rack and pinion slide gates are contoured to the shape of the trough thus eliminating pocket caused by flat slide.14.10 GA. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.12. 3 ⁄16″ ▫ 14 GA.10 GA. 3 ⁄16″ 18RPC12 18RPC7 157 187 157⁄8 157⁄8 251⁄2 251⁄2 371⁄4 371⁄4 123⁄8 123⁄8 153⁄8 153⁄8 111⁄2 115⁄8 141⁄2 12 12 GA. ⁄16″.10 GA. 3 ⁄16″.12 GA.12 GA. 3 ⁄16″ 20RPC12 20RPC7 175 208 173⁄8 173⁄8 281⁄2 281⁄2 39 39 133⁄8 133⁄8 163⁄8 163⁄8 121⁄2 125⁄8 151⁄2 12 10 GA. ⁄16″.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 10 GA. Spout Drilling See Page H-41 Conveyor Diameter Trough Thickness Spout Thickness Part Number*➀ Weight Pounds A B C D E F G H Diameter 4 4 14. ⁄16″.1⁄4″ ▫ 12 GA. ⁄16″. 4RPC14 4RPC12 20 22 61⁄4 61⁄4 83⁄4 83⁄4 12 12 33⁄4 33⁄4 6 6 41⁄2 45⁄8 41⁄2 12 6 6 16.1⁄4″ ▫ 12 GA.1⁄4″ ▫ 14 GA. ⁄16″. 12 GA. 9RPC14 9RPC10 46 54 9 9 15 15 201⁄2 201⁄2 71⁄8 71⁄8 83⁄4 83⁄4 7 71⁄8 8 12 14. 12 Cal. Handwheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel. Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Curved Slide Screw Diameter A B C D E G H K Diameter 4 6 9 10 12 5 7 10 11 13 41⁄2 6 8 9 101⁄2 71⁄2 10 121⁄2 13 15 21⁄2 4 5 5 5 12 181⁄2 23 25 28 6 71⁄2 9 10 111⁄2 7 8 11 111⁄2 13 12 12 12 12 12 71⁄2 9 10 101⁄2 101⁄2 14 16 18 20 24 15 17 19 21 25 111⁄2 131⁄2 141⁄2 151⁄2 171⁄2 151⁄2 161⁄2 181⁄2 20 23 51⁄2 51⁄2 61⁄2 7 8 31 34 381⁄2 401⁄2 471⁄2 121⁄2 131⁄2 15 16 18 14 15 161⁄2 171⁄2 191⁄2 12 12 12 12 12 101⁄2 101⁄2 111⁄2 12 13 Screw Diameter Trough Thickness Gauge Part Number Spout and Slide Thickness Gauge Flat Slide * ➀ Weight Curved Slide * ➀ Weight 4 4 16-14 12 14 12 4RPFD14 4RPFD12 27 32 4RPCD16 4RPCD12 30 35 6 6 16-14-12 3 ⁄16 14 12 6RPFD14 6RPFD12 42 47 6RPCD16 6RPCD12 46 52 9 9 14-12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 14 10 9RPFD12 9RPFD10 74 81 9RPCD12 9RPCD10 81 89 10 10 14-12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 14 10 10RPFD14 10RPFD10 84 93 10RPCD14 104PCD10 92 102 12 12 12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 12 3 ⁄16 12RPFD12 12RPFD7 141 158 12RPCD12 12RPCD7 155 174 14 14 12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 12 3 ⁄16 14RPFD12 14RPFD7 160 185 14RPCD12 14RPCD7 176 204 16 16 12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 12 3 ⁄16 16RPFD12 16RPFD7 168 197 16RPCD12 16RPCD7 185 217 18 18 12-10 3 ⁄16-1⁄4 12 3 ⁄16 18RPFD12 18RPFD7 240 277 18RPCD12 18RPCD7 264 305 10 ⁄16-1⁄4 12 3 ⁄16 20RPFD12 20RPFD7 278 318 20RPCD12 20RPCD7 306 350 10 ⁄16-1⁄4 12 3 ⁄16 24RPFD12 24RPFD7 350 402 24RPCD12 24RPCD7 385 442 20 20 24 24 3 3 * Handwheel supplied as standard assembly — C Chain Wheel — R Rope Wheel H-58 L SEARCH Flange drilling is standard. See page H-41 ➀ Add –F for Fitted EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.COM Discharge Gates Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Flat Slide Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and can be furnished with either flat or curved slide.MARTINSPROCKET. 12 1″ Bore 1 ⁄4″ Keyway 12HW1 Weight C D E 11 2 11⁄8 17⁄8 The hand wheel is regularly furnished to rotate the pinion shaft when the slide gate is readily accessible. It is designed to be used with number 3⁄16 pocket chain.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Discharge Gate Accessories Hand Wheel Dimensions in Inches and Weight in Pounds Wheel Diameter Part No. allowing the use of standard hangers and providing easy access to them. Bolted Top Cover Conveyor Diameter Part Numer A B C Weight Each 4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 4CPH16 6CPH16 9CPH14 10CPH14 12CPH12 14CPH12 16CPH12 18CPH12 20CPH10 24CPH10 8 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 33⁄4 43⁄4 63⁄8 65⁄8 8 91⁄2 107⁄8 123⁄8 133⁄4 163⁄4 5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25 2 3 4 9 18 24 26 30 45 50 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-59 . The hanger pocket forms a “U” shaped section for a short distance. 1″ Bore ⁄4″ Keyway 1 Hanger Pockets Hanger pockets are used with tubular trough and are mounted on the trough at bearing connections.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Pocket Wheel & Rope Wheel Dimensions in Inches and Average Weights in Pounds Wheel Diameter Part No. Weight A C D Chain Wheel 20PW1 11 123⁄4 2 13⁄8 5 Rope Wheel 12RW1 13 125⁄8 21⁄4 15⁄8 D E ⁄16 2 11⁄4 17⁄8 Pocket chain and rope wheels are used to rotate pinion shaft where remote operation is desired. CSW. cover and trough.M D Conveyor Shaft Diameter Diameter ▲ Part Number B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E F H J K L M N 4 1 4TEF2–* 35⁄8 45⁄8 215⁄16 15⁄8 — 17⁄16 53⁄4 1 15⁄8 1 ⁄4 81⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 6 11⁄2 6TEF3–* 41⁄2 55⁄8 315⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 11⁄2 81⁄8 1 13⁄4 1 ⁄4 101⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 9 11⁄2 2 9TEF3–* 9TEF4–* 61⁄8 61⁄8 77⁄8 77⁄8 315⁄16 415⁄16 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 15⁄8 15⁄8 93⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 25⁄8 25⁄8 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 133⁄4 133⁄4 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 3 11⁄2 2 10TEF3–* 10TEF4–* 63⁄8 63⁄8 87⁄8 87⁄8 315⁄16 415⁄16 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 13⁄4 13⁄4 91⁄2 91⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4 27⁄8 27⁄8 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 143⁄4 143⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 3 1 3 2 27⁄16 3 12TEF4–* 12TEF5–* 12TEF6–* 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 95⁄8 95⁄8 95⁄8 5 51⁄2 55⁄8 29⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 37⁄8 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 2 121⁄4 121⁄4 121⁄4 15⁄8 15⁄8 15⁄8 23⁄4 23⁄4 23⁄4 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 171⁄4 171⁄4 171⁄4 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 1 1 5 1 27⁄16 3 14TEF5–* 14TEF6–* 91⁄4 91⁄4 107⁄8 107⁄8 51⁄2 55⁄8 215⁄16 33⁄4 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 131⁄2 131⁄2 15⁄8 15⁄8 27⁄8 27⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄16 191⁄4 191⁄4 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 5 1 16 3 16TEF6–* 105⁄8 12 511⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 147⁄8 2 31⁄4 5 ⁄16 211⁄4 5 ⁄8 18 3 37⁄16 18TEF6–* 18TEF7–* 121⁄8 121⁄8 133⁄8 133⁄8 511⁄16 615⁄16 313⁄16 45⁄16 5 59⁄16 21⁄2 21⁄2 16 16 2 2 31⁄4 31⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 241⁄2 241⁄4 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 3 37⁄16 37⁄16 20TEF6–* 20TEF7–* 24TEF7–* 131⁄2 131⁄2 161⁄2 15 15 181⁄8 53⁄4 7 7 37⁄8 43⁄8 43⁄8 51⁄16 55⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 191⁄4 191⁄4 20 21⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄2 33⁄4 33⁄4 41⁄8 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 261⁄4 261⁄4 301⁄4 3 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 5 3 5 10 12 14 20 24 ▲ Can be furnished with CSP.N Outside trough ends less feet are used to support end bearing and cover when no trough support is required. P SLOT D Shaft Diameter ▲ Part Number B Friction Bearing 4 1 4TE2–* 35⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 17⁄16 1 ⁄4 81⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 7 6 11⁄2 6TE3–* 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 11⁄2 1 ⁄4 101⁄8 3 ⁄8 4 7 9 11⁄2 2 9TE3–* 9TE4–* 61⁄8 61⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 15⁄8 15⁄8 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 133⁄4 133⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 9 9 7 10 11⁄2 2 10TE3–* 10TE4–* 63⁄8 63⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 13⁄4 13⁄4 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 143⁄4 143⁄4 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 11 11 7 2 27⁄16 3 12TE4–* 12TE5–* 12TE6–* 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 41⁄4 51⁄4 61⁄4 29⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 37⁄8 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 171⁄4 171⁄4 171⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 20 20 20 27⁄16 3 14TE5–* 14TE6–* 91⁄4 91⁄4 55⁄16 55⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 ⁄4 ⁄16 191⁄4 191⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 35 35 9 16 3 16TE6–* 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 5 ⁄16 211⁄4 5 ⁄8 42 11 18 3 37⁄16 18TE6–* 18TE7–* 121⁄8 121⁄8 63⁄8 73⁄8 313⁄16 45⁄16 5 59⁄16 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 241⁄4 241⁄4 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 60 60 11 20 3 37⁄16 20TE6–* 20TE7–* 131⁄2 131⁄2 63⁄8 73⁄8 37⁄8 43⁄8 51⁄16 55⁄8 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 261⁄4 261⁄4 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 90 90 11 37⁄16 24TE7–* 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 301⁄4 5 ⁄8 120 11 Conveyor Diameter 12 14 24 Ball Bearing E Roller Bearing K L 1 1 1 5 3 N P Slot Weight 3 1 1 1 5 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 7 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 P SLOT Outside With Feet Bolts . Drilling for bronze or flanged ball bearing is standard.N Outside trough ends with feet are used to support end bearing.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Bolts .COM Trough Ends Outside Less Feet Bolts . Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ball bearing is standard. or CSFP seals H–60 SEARCH 1 1 5 3 –*BB Ball Bearing –*BR Bronze Bearing EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄8 4 7 ⁄8 7 7 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 12 12 7 ⁄8 ⁄8 14 14 7 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 23 23 23 9 ⁄2 ⁄2 38 38 9 5 ⁄8 45 11 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 67 67 11 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 120 120 162 11 –*RB Roller Bearing –*P Less Bearing INDEX P Slot Weight ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 7 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 7 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 11 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 11 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 11 . Drilling for bronze bearings or flanged ball bearing is standard. D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter ▲ Part Number A B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K N Weight 4 1 4TEI2–* 5 35⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 — 2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 6 11⁄2 6TEI3–* 7 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1 ⁄4 5 ⁄16 5 9 11⁄2 2 9TEI3–* 9TEI4–* 10 10 61⁄8 61⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 2 2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 9 9 10 11⁄2 2 10TEI3–* 10TEI4–* 11 11 63⁄8 63⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 2 2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 1 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 11 11 2 27⁄16 3 12TEI4–* 12TEI5–* 12TEI6–* 13 13 13 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 41⁄4 51⁄4 61⁄4 29⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 37⁄8 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 19 19 19 27⁄16 3 14TEI5–* 14TEI6–* 15 15 91⁄4 91⁄4 55⁄16 65⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 ⁄2 ⁄2 34 34 12 14 1 ⁄4 ⁄16 1 1 5 1 16 3 16TEI6–* 17 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 40 18 3 37⁄16 18TEI6–* 18TEI7–* 19 19 121⁄8 121⁄8 63⁄8 73⁄8 313⁄16 45⁄16 5 59⁄16 2 2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 58 58 20 3 37⁄16 20TEI6–* 20TEI7–* 21 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 63⁄8 73⁄8 37⁄8 43⁄8 51⁄16 55⁄8 2 2 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 3 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 83 83 37⁄16 24TEI7–* 25 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 116 24 Bolts . D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter ▲ Part Number A B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K N Weight 4 1 4TER2–* 5 35⁄8 21⁄2 23⁄16 15⁄8 — 2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 4 6 11⁄2 6TER3–* 7 41⁄2 31⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1 ⁄4 5 ⁄16 6 9 11⁄2 2 9TER3–* 9TER4–* 10 10 61⁄8 61⁄8 5 5 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 2 2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 9 9 10 11⁄2 2 10TER3–* 10TER4–* 11 11 63⁄8 63⁄8 51⁄2 51⁄2 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 2 2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 1 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 12 12 2 27⁄16 3 12TER4–* 12TER5–* 12TER6–* 13 13 13 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 61⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄2 41⁄4 51⁄4 61⁄4 29⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 37⁄8 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 21 21 21 27⁄16 3 14TER5–* 14TER6–* 15 15 91⁄4 91⁄4 71⁄2 71⁄2 55⁄16 65⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 1 ⁄4 ⁄16 1 5 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 35 35 12 14 1 16 3 16TER6–* 17 105⁄8 81⁄2 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 41 18 3 37⁄16 18TER6–* 18TER7–* 19 19 121⁄8 121⁄8 91⁄2 91⁄2 63⁄8 73⁄8 313⁄16 45⁄16 5 59⁄16 2 2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 60 60 20 3 37⁄16 20TER6–* 20TER7–* 21 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 101⁄2 101⁄2 63⁄8 73⁄8 37⁄8 43⁄8 51⁄16 55⁄8 2 2 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 3 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 88 88 37⁄16 24TER7–* 25 161⁄2 121⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 125 24 ▲ Can be furnished with CSP.N Inside trough ends are used in place of outside type where no trough end flanges are required.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. CSW.COM Trough Ends Inside Bolts . Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ball bearing is standard.MARTINSPROCKET.N Inside Rectangular Rectangular trough ends are used inside of rectangular trough. or CSS seals SEARCH –*BB Ball Bearing –*BP Bronze Bearing EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT 3 –*RB Roller Bearing –*P Less Bearing INDEX H–61 . FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.M Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B 6 11⁄2 6TEO3 9 11⁄2 2 9TEO3 9TEO4 10 11⁄2 2 10TEO3 10TEO4 12 2 27⁄16 3 12TEO4 12TEO5 12TEO6 14 7 2 ⁄16 3 14TEO5 14TEO6 16 3 16TEO6 18 3 37⁄16 18TEO6 18TEO7 20 3 37⁄16 20TEO6 20TEO7 24 37⁄16 24TEO7 C D E F H J K L M P Slot N Weight Consult Factory L P SLOT Double Bearing Bolts .N Single bearing pedestal type trough ends are constructed with base for mounting pillow block bearings and shaft seal or packing gland. Bolts .MARTINSPROCKET.COM Trough Ends P SLOT Single Bearing Bolts .N E B Double bearing pedestal type trough ends are for use with pillow block bearing in conjunction with a flanged bearing providing extra shaft support.M Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter 6 11⁄2 6TEOD3 9 11⁄2 2 9TEOD3 9TEOD4 10 11⁄2 2 10TEOD3 10TEOD4 12 2 27⁄16 3 12TEOD4 12TEOD5 12TEOD6 14 7 2 ⁄16 3 14TEOD5 14TEOD6 16 3 16TEOD6 18 3 37⁄16 18TEOD6 18TEOD7 20 3 37⁄16 20TEOD6 20TEOD7 24 37⁄16 24TEOD7 H-62 Part Number SEARCH B C E F H K L R M N Consult Factory EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT H H F INDEX R P Slot Weight . C K Bolts . D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter A 6 11⁄2 165⁄8 7 9 11⁄2 2 211⁄4 211⁄4 9 9 2 27⁄16 3 263⁄8 263⁄8 263⁄8 27⁄16 3 16 18 14 20 24 C H J K M N P Slot Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E F 55⁄8 33⁄16 23⁄16 33⁄4 11⁄2 81⁄8 1 13⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 77⁄8 77⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 33⁄4 37⁄8 15⁄8 15⁄8 93⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 25⁄8 25⁄8 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 10 10 10 95⁄8 95⁄8 95⁄8 41⁄4 51⁄4 61⁄4 29⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 37⁄8 41⁄2 5 2 2 2 121⁄4 121⁄4 121⁄4 15⁄8 15⁄8 15⁄8 23⁄4 23⁄4 23⁄4 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 1 5 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 9 1 1 283⁄8 283⁄8 11 11 107⁄8 107⁄8 55⁄16 65⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 41⁄2 5 2 2 131⁄2 131⁄2 15⁄8 15⁄8 27⁄8 27⁄8 1 ⁄4 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 5 5 1 3 321⁄2 111⁄2 12 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 21⁄2 147⁄8 2 31⁄4 5 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 5 3 37⁄16 361⁄2 361⁄2 121⁄8 121⁄8 133⁄8 133⁄8 63⁄8 73⁄8 313⁄16 45⁄16 5 55⁄8 21⁄2 21⁄2 16 16 2 2 31⁄4 31⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 3 37⁄16 391⁄2 391⁄2 131⁄2 131⁄2 15 15 63⁄8 73⁄8 37⁄8 43⁄8 5 55⁄8 21⁄2 21⁄2 191⁄4 191⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 33⁄4 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 ⁄4 5 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 11 3 5 11 37⁄16 451⁄2 161⁄2 181⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 21⁄2 20 21⁄2 41⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 5 ⁄8 11 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 R ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 7 Consult Factory 12 B ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 9 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 11 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 11 11 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 ⁄16 × 13⁄16 Part Number Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter 6 11⁄2 6FTEF3.* 15 6FTE3–* 13 6FTEO3–* 22 6FTDO3–** 11 9 11⁄2 2 9FTEF3–* 9FTEF4–* 22 27 9FTE3–* 9FTE4–* 19 24 9FTEO3–* 9FTEO4–* 31 36 9FTDO3–** 9FTDO4–** 15 20 12 2 27⁄16 3 12FTEF4–* 12FTEF5–* 12FTEF6–* 43 44 56 12FTE4–* 12FTE5–* 12FTE6–* 36 37 49 12FTEO4–* 12FTEO5–* 12FTEO6–* 63 64 76 12FTDO4–** 12FTDO5–** 12FTDO6–** 28 29 41 14 27⁄16 3 14FTEF5–* 14FTEF6–* 52 64 14FTE5–* 14FTE6–* 43 55 14FTEO5–* 14FTEO6–* 75 87 14FTDO5–** 14FTDO6–** 33 45 16 3 16FTEF6–* 85 16FTE6–* 72 16FTEO6–* 125 16FTDO6–** 56 18 3 37⁄16 18FTEF6–* 18FTEF7–* 98 104 18FTE6–* 18FTE7–* 83 89 18FTEO6–* 18FTEO7–* 138 144 18FTDO6–** 18FTDO7–** 63 69 20 3 37⁄16 37⁄16 20FTEF6–* 20FTEF7–* 24FTEF7–* 133 139 179 20FTE6–* 20FTE7–* 24FTE7–* 103 109 132 20FTEO6–* 20FTEO7–* 24FTEO7–* 196 202 250 20FTDO6–** 20FTDO7–** 24FTDO7–** 75 81 96 24 –*BB –*BR –*RB –*P Ball Bearing Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing Less Bearing Outside With Feet Weight Outside Less Feet Weight Outboard Bearing Weight –**BB Ball Bearing –**BR Bronze Bearing –**P Less Bearing SEARCH EXIT Discharge Weight For Bolt Pattern see Page H-40 PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-63 .MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.COM Trough Ends P SLOT P SLOT Outside With Feet P SLOT Outside Less Feet P SLOT Outboard Bearing Discharge Application: same as standard trough ends except for flared trough. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Trough Ends Outside Discharge PPOrificio Slot Bolts N Outside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing and will allow material to discharge or overflow through the end of the trough. Drilling for three bolt bronze or flanged ball bearing is standard. D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing E Roller Bearing K N P Slot Weight 8 35⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 × 9 ⁄16 2 ⁄4 93⁄4 41⁄2 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 3 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 133⁄4 133⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 7 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 5 5 ⁄4 ⁄4 143⁄4 143⁄4 63⁄8 63⁄8 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 7 3 7 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 ⁄16 × 9⁄16 6 6 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 171⁄2 171⁄2 171⁄2 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 9 1 1 9 ⁄16 × 3⁄4 ⁄16 × 3⁄4 9 ⁄16 × 3⁄4 12 12 12 ⁄4 ⁄16 191⁄4 191⁄4 91⁄4 91⁄4 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 9 5 9 ⁄16 × 3⁄4 ⁄16 × 3⁄4 17 17 1 4TDO2.* 35⁄8 29⁄16 15⁄8 2 1 6 11⁄2 6TDO3–* 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1 9 11⁄2 2 9TDO3–* 9TDO4–* 61⁄8 61⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 2 2 1 10 11⁄2 2 10TDO3–* 10TDO4–* 63⁄8 63⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 2 2 1 2 27⁄16 3 12TDO4–* 12TDO5–* 12TDO6–* 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 41⁄4 51⁄4 61⁄4 29⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 37⁄8 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 2 1 27⁄16 3 14TDO5–* 14TDO6–* 91⁄4 91⁄4 55⁄16 65⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 14 M ⁄4 4 12 L 1 1 5 16 3 16TDO6–* 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5 ⁄16 211⁄8 105⁄8 5 ⁄8 11 ⁄16 × 7⁄8 26 18 3 37⁄16 18TDO6–* 18TDO7–* 121⁄8 121⁄8 63⁄8 73⁄8 313⁄16 45⁄16 5 59⁄16 2 2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 231⁄2 231⁄2 121⁄8 121⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 11 ⁄16 × 7⁄8 11 ⁄16 × 7⁄8 33 33 20 3 37⁄16 20TDO6–* 20TDO7–* 131⁄2 131⁄2 63⁄8 73⁄8 37⁄8 43⁄8 51⁄16 55⁄8 2 2 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 263⁄4 263⁄4 131⁄2 131⁄2 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 11 5 11 ⁄16 × 7⁄8 ⁄16 × 7⁄8 55 55 37⁄16 24TDO7–* 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3 ⁄8 301⁄2 161⁄2 5 ⁄8 11 ⁄16 × 7⁄8 81 24 3 Inside Discharge Inside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing and will allow material to discharge or overflow through the end of the trough. This trough end is used inside the trough where no trough end flanges are required. Drilling for three bolt bronze or flanged ball bearing is standard. Tornillos-N Bolts N D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number A B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K M N Weight 4 1 4TD12–* 5 35⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 2 1 ⁄4 35⁄8 3 ⁄8 2 6 11⁄2 6TD13–* 7 41⁄2 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 2 1 ⁄4 41⁄2 3 ⁄8 3 9 11⁄2 2 9TD13–* 9TD14–* 10 10 61⁄8 61⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 2 2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 5 5 10 11⁄2 2 10TD13–* 10TD14–* 11 11 63⁄8 63⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 2 2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 63⁄8 63⁄8 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 6 6 2 27⁄16 3 12TD14–* 12TD15–* 12TD16–* 13 13 13 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 41⁄4 51⁄4 61⁄4 29⁄16 213⁄16 33⁄4 37⁄8 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 12 12 12 27⁄16 3 14TD15–* 14TD16–* 15 15 91⁄4 91⁄4 55⁄16 65⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 47⁄16 415⁄16 2 2 ⁄4 ⁄16 91⁄4 0.91⁄4 ⁄8 ⁄8 16 16 16 3 16TD16–* 17 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 2 5 ⁄16 105⁄8 5 ⁄8 25 18 3 37⁄16 18TD16–* 18TD17–* 19 19 121⁄8 121⁄8 63⁄8 73⁄8 313⁄16 45⁄16 5 59⁄16 2 2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 121⁄8 121⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 32 32 20 3 37⁄16 20TD16–* 20TD17–* 21 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 63⁄8 73⁄8 37⁄8 43⁄8 59⁄16 55⁄8 2 2 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 131⁄2 131⁄2 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 50 50 37⁄16 24TD17–* 25 161⁄2 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 2 3 ⁄8 161⁄2 5 ⁄8 76 12 14 24 –*BB –*BR –*P H-64 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS 1 1 1 5 3 Ball Bearing Bronze Bearing Less Bearing NEXT INDEX 3 1 1 5 5 5 FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Trough Ends Outside Outside tubular trough ends less feet are used to support end bearings on tubular trough where no foot or support is required. Drilling for bronze or flanged ball bearing is standard. Bolts - N D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing K Roller Bearing L N Weight 4 1 4CHTE2–* 37⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 ⁄4 8 3 ⁄8 2 6 11⁄2 6CHTE3–* 51⁄16 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 1 ⁄4 101⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 9 11⁄2 2 9CHTE3–* 9CHTE4–* 619⁄32 619⁄32 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 131⁄4 131⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 6 6 10 11⁄2 2 10CHTE3–* 10CHTE4–* 73⁄8 73⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 143⁄4 143⁄4 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 7 7 2 27⁄16 3 12CHTE4–* 12CHTE5–* 12CHTE6–* 81⁄8 81⁄8 81⁄8 41⁄4 51⁄4 61⁄4 29⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 37⁄8 47⁄16 415⁄16 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 161⁄4 161⁄4 161⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 13 13 13 27⁄16 3 14CHTE5–* 14CHTE6–* 91⁄8 91⁄8 55⁄16 65⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 47⁄16 415⁄16 ⁄4 ⁄16 181⁄4 181⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 19 19 12 14 1 1 1 1 1 5 3 1 1 1 16 3 16CHTE6–* 105⁄8 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 5 ⁄16 211⁄4 5 ⁄8 29 18 3 37⁄16 18CHTE6–* 18CHTE7–* 121⁄8 121⁄8 63⁄8 73⁄8 313⁄16 45⁄16 5 59⁄16 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 241⁄4 241⁄4 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 39 39 20 3 37⁄16 20CHTE6–* 20CHTE7–* 131⁄8 131⁄8 63⁄8 73⁄8 37⁄8 43⁄8 51⁄16 55⁄8 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 261⁄4 261⁄4 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 63 63 37⁄16 24CHTE7–* 151⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 3 ⁄8 301⁄4 5 ⁄8 87 24 3 3 5 Bolts - N Outside with Feet Outside tubular trough ends with feet are used to support end bearing where trough support is required. Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ball bearing is standard. Bolts - M D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing F H J K L M N Weight ⁄8 3 4 1 4CHTEF2–* 37⁄8 45⁄8 23⁄16 15⁄8 53⁄4 1 15⁄8 1 ⁄4 8 3 ⁄8 3 6 11⁄2 6CHTEF3–* 51⁄16 55⁄8 33⁄16 23⁄16 311⁄16 81⁄8 1 13⁄4 1 ⁄4 101⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 9 11⁄2 2 9CHTEF3–* 9CHTEF4–* 619⁄32 619⁄32 77⁄8 77⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 93⁄8 93⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 25⁄8 25⁄8 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 131⁄4 131⁄4 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 3 10 11⁄2 2 10CHTEF3–* 10CHTEF4–* 73⁄8 73⁄8 87⁄8 87⁄8 31⁄4 41⁄4 23⁄16 21⁄2 311⁄16 313⁄16 91⁄2 91⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4 27⁄8 27⁄8 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 143⁄4 143⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 3 1 3 2 27⁄16 3 12CHTEF4–* 12CHTEF5–* 12CHTEF6–* 81⁄8 81⁄8 81⁄8 95⁄8 95⁄8 95⁄8 41⁄4 51⁄4 61⁄4 29⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 37⁄8 47⁄16 415⁄16 121⁄4 121⁄4 121⁄4 15⁄8 15⁄8 15⁄8 23⁄4 23⁄4 23⁄4 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 161⁄4 161⁄4 161⁄4 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 1 5 1 27⁄16 3 14CHTEF5–* 14CHTEF6–* 91⁄8 91⁄8 107⁄8 107⁄8 55⁄16 65⁄16 215⁄16 33⁄4 47⁄16 415⁄16 131⁄2 131⁄2 15⁄8 15⁄8 27⁄8 27⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄16 181⁄4 181⁄4 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 5 1 16 3 16CHTEF6–* 105⁄8 12 65⁄16 313⁄16 5 147⁄8 2 31⁄4 5 ⁄16 211⁄4 5 ⁄8 18 3 37⁄16 18CHTEF6–* 18CHTEF7–* 121⁄8 121⁄8 133⁄8 133⁄8 63⁄8 73⁄8 313⁄16 45⁄16 5 59⁄16 16 16 2 2 31⁄4 31⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 241⁄4 241⁄4 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 20 3 37⁄16 20CHTEF6–* 20CHTEF7–* 131⁄8 131⁄8 15 15 63⁄8 73⁄8 37⁄8 43⁄8 51⁄16 55⁄8 191⁄4 191⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄4 33⁄4 33⁄4 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 261⁄4 261⁄4 3 ⁄4 ⁄4 5 3 5 37⁄16 24CHTEF7–* 151⁄8 181⁄8 73⁄8 43⁄8 55⁄8 20 21⁄2 41⁄8 3 ⁄8 301⁄4 3 ⁄4 5 12 14 24 –*BB Ball Bearing –*BR –*RB SEARCH 1 1 1 5 3 Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing EXIT ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 10 10 ⁄8 ⁄8 12 12 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 22 22 22 ⁄2 ⁄2 24 24 5 ⁄8 44 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 56 56 ⁄8 ⁄8 92 92 ⁄8 134 1 For Bolt Pattern see Page H-40 PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-65 FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Saddles — Feet Trough End Flanges Bolt N Bolt M Bolt M Flange Foot Saddle Trough feet are used to support trough at trough connections. Trough saddles are used to support trough where flange feet cannot be used at connections. Part Number Weight Conveyor Diameter Saddle Flange Foot 4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 4TS 6TS 9TS 10TS 12TS 14TS 16TS 18TS 20TS 24TS 4TFF 6TFF 9TFF 10TFF 12TFF 14TFF 16TFF 18TFF 20TFF 24TFF Conveyor Diameter C 4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 45⁄8 55⁄8 77⁄8 87⁄8 95⁄8 107⁄8 12 133⁄8 15 181⁄8 *Holes for Bolt M Slotted E 13⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄4 Saddle Flange Foot 1.5 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10 13 15 F G H 53⁄4 81⁄8 93⁄8 91⁄2 121⁄4 131⁄2 147⁄8 16 191⁄4 20 73⁄8 10 12 123⁄8 15 161⁄2 18 191⁄8 223⁄4 24 ⁄8 ⁄16 5 1 ⁄16 19⁄16 13⁄8 13⁄8 13⁄4 13⁄4 2 21⁄4 J 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 4 7 13 1.5 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.5 9.5 12.5 14.5 K M* N P 3 ⁄16 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 3 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 1 3 3 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ➀ Add –F for Fitted Trough End Flanges A Size Thru 10 Ga. 4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 4TF* 6TF* 9TF* 10TF* 12TF* 14TF* 16TF* 18TF* 20TF* 24TF* A B Trough Thickness Part No. 5 ⁄4 71⁄4 101⁄4 111⁄4 131⁄4 151⁄4 171⁄4 191⁄4 211⁄4 251⁄4 1 SEARCH EXIT L N ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 11⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4 2 2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 Weight ⁄16 & 1⁄4 5 ⁄8 73⁄8 101⁄2 111⁄2 131⁄2 151⁄2 171⁄2 191⁄2 211⁄2 251⁄2 3 Red Rubber Gasket Part No. 3 3 ⁄8 41⁄4 57⁄8 61⁄8 71⁄2 9 103⁄8 13 11 ⁄16 133⁄16 161⁄2 3 *–10 used for troughs through 10 ga. H-66 K 1 1 1 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 1 3 3 .09 1.5 2.4 2.6 5.6 6.5 7.4 10.2 11.3 15.5 4TFG 6TFG 9TFG 10TFG 12TFG 14TFG 16TFG 18TFG 20TFG 24TFG *–3 used for troughs 3⁄16 and 1⁄4 thick PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX COM End Bearings Ball Bearing Discharge Unit Bronze Flange Unit Bore Part Number C 1 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 TEB2BR TEB3BR TEB4BR TEB5BR TEB6BR TEB7BR 23⁄4 4 51⁄8 55⁄8 6 63⁄4 D E 33⁄4 53⁄8 61⁄2 73⁄8 73⁄4 91⁄4 2 31⁄4 43⁄16 415⁄16 511⁄16 61⁄4 G N ⁄16 3 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 1 1 1 ⁄8 11⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 Bore 1 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 3 7 Part Number C 1 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 TEB2BB TEB3BB TEB4BB TEB5BB TEB6BB TEB7BB 23⁄4 4 51⁄8 55⁄8 6 63⁄4 Part Number 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 TEB3R TEB4R TEB5R TEB6R TEB7R C 41⁄8 43⁄8 53⁄8 6 7 G 13⁄8 2 21⁄8 21⁄2 31⁄2 4 ⁄2 9 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 11 ⁄16 7 ⁄8 1 D E G N Bore Part Number 33⁄4 51⁄8 61⁄2 7 73⁄4 87⁄16 13⁄8 2 23⁄8 21⁄2 31⁄2 4 ⁄2 9 ⁄16 11 ⁄16 11 ⁄16 7 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 TEBH3 TEBH4 TEBH5 TEBH6 TEBH7 1 3 1 H J 37⁄8 55⁄8 71⁄4 8 81⁄2 91⁄2 53⁄8 71⁄4 8 97⁄8 11 12 K 115⁄16 213⁄16 35⁄8 4 41⁄4 43⁄4 L 211⁄16 35⁄8 4 415⁄16 51⁄2 6 M N 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 3 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1 1 C 4 51⁄8 53⁄8 6 7 D E 51⁄4 63⁄8 67⁄8 73⁄4 91⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 39⁄16 35⁄8 43⁄4 G N ⁄2 1 ⁄2 9 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1 1 5 Use #220 Type Hanger Bearings. See Page H-90 Ball Bearing Pillow Block Roller Bearing Flange Unit Bore E TDB2BB TDB3BB TDB4BB TDB5BB TDB6BB TDB7BB Trough End Bearing Housing Ball Bearing Flange Unit Bore Part Number D E 53⁄8 55⁄8 67⁄8 73⁄4 91⁄4 31⁄2 35⁄8 43⁄16 411⁄16 51⁄4 G N 13⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄2 15⁄8 17⁄8 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1 5 Bore Part Number E 1 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 TPB2BB TPB3BB TPB4BB TPB5BB TPB6BB TPB7BB ⁄16 113⁄16 19⁄16 19⁄16 115⁄16 21⁄4 13 G N ⁄16 11⁄4 13⁄8 15⁄8 21⁄8 23⁄8 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 13 R S 41⁄8 53⁄8 61⁄4 71⁄4 9 111⁄8 3 51⁄8 65⁄8 73⁄4 9 115⁄8 137⁄8 T U W 11⁄2 2 21⁄4 21⁄2 31⁄2 43⁄8 33⁄16 41⁄8 49⁄16 51⁄2 71⁄8 81⁄4 17⁄16 21⁄8 21⁄4 23⁄4 31⁄2 4 X 13⁄8 115⁄16 23⁄16 29⁄16 31⁄4 33⁄8 Roller Bearing Pillow Block Bronze Discharge Unit N N Bore 1 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 Part Number TDB2BR TDB3BR TDB4BR TDB5BR TDB6BR TDB7BR E 2 31⁄4 43⁄16 415⁄16 511⁄16 61⁄4 G ⁄2 9 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 11 ⁄16 7 ⁄8 1 1 H J 37⁄8 55⁄8 71⁄4 8 81⁄2 91⁄2 53⁄8 71⁄4 8 97⁄8 11 12 SEARCH K 115⁄16 213⁄16 35⁄8 4 41⁄4 43⁄4 L 211⁄16 35⁄8 4 415⁄16 51⁄2 6 EXIT M N 1 11⁄4 15⁄8 17⁄8 21⁄8 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 Bore 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 PREVIOUS Part Number E G TPB3R TPB4R TPB5R TPB6R TPR7R 33⁄8 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 5 11⁄4 13⁄8 15⁄8 17⁄8 21⁄4 NEXT N R ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 61⁄4 7 81⁄2 91⁄2 11 1 INDEX S 77⁄8 87⁄8 101⁄2 12 14 T U W 23⁄8 21⁄2 27⁄8 31⁄8 35⁄8 41⁄4 41⁄2 51⁄2 61⁄4 71⁄2 21⁄8 21⁄4 23⁄4 31⁄8 33⁄4 H-67 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET. Weight Part No.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Part No.B A H-68 THRUST Washers & Collar Style A Washer Set Style B B C 1 1.1 CTW3 CTW4 CTW5 CTW6 CTW7 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS . Weight Drive Shaft End Shaft C D E F G H 1 ⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 CTH3D CTH4D CTH5D CTH6D CTH7D 60 65 80 145 170 CTH3E CTH4E CTH5E CTH6E CTH7E 52 56 66 119 140 4 ⁄2 41⁄2 59⁄16 61⁄8 71⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄4 5 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 6 ⁄4 63⁄4 61⁄4 81⁄4 81⁄4 1 ⁄8 11⁄8 11⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 4 ⁄8 47⁄8 57⁄16 53⁄8 75⁄8 1 1 11⁄2 13⁄8 23⁄8 3 3 3 3 4 7 1 1 3 1 1 1 7 ⁄8 ⁄8 15 ⁄16 1 11⁄4 7 J K L M ⁄8 ⁄8 9 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 7 ⁄4 71⁄4 8 10 10 5 ⁄4 53⁄4 61⁄4 8 8 1 ⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄4 1 1 1 3 3 Keyway ⁄8 × 4 ⁄4 ⁄8 × 41⁄4 5 ⁄8 × 51⁄4 3 ⁄4 × 53⁄4 7 ⁄8 × 63⁄4 3 1 3 P R S ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1 1 2 ⁄2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 43⁄4 43⁄4 51⁄2 6 6 1 3 3 Other shaft sizes available are 315⁄16″. This double roller bearing is furnished with a lip type seal plate and either drive or tail shaft whichever is applicable to conveyor design.MARTINSPROCKET.9 4. Weight 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 CTCW3 CTCW4 CTCW5 CTCW6 CTCW7 2. and Style B is not recommended for use in conveyors handling abrasive materials. Please consult factory. This unit consists of two steel washers separated by one bronze washer. Bolts (4) Req’d O Keyway THRUST Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds A With Drive Shaft B With Tail Shaft O Shaft Dia. Thrust Washers * SPECIAL TROUGH END CENTER HOLE IS REQUIRED Thrust washers are designed for use where light thrust loads prevail.4 2. Style A or B mounting may be used depending on direction of thrust.8 3.6 6.A STYLE .25 1.COM Thrust Bearings Type E Thrust Assembly Bolts N Type E roller thrust bearings are designed to carry thrust in both directions and carry radial load under normal conditions. 47⁄16″ & 415⁄16″. THRUST STYLE . Weight Part No. Lg. A THRUST D Part Number Shaft Diameter Drive Shaft End Shaft 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 CT3D CT4D CT5D CT6D CT7D CT3E CT4E CT5E CT6E CT7E B Drive Shaft 53⁄8 55⁄8 67⁄8 73⁄4 91⁄4 43⁄4 5 51⁄2 61⁄2 71⁄2 Weight End Shaft E G H ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 41⁄8 43⁄8 53⁄8 6 7 4 41⁄8 411⁄16 53⁄16 6 111⁄16 111⁄16 2 21⁄8 25⁄8 3 3 N T V Drive Shaft End Shaft ⁄2 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 113⁄16 17⁄8 23⁄8 4 41⁄2 5 6 7 22 32 50 73 111 20 29 44 60 88 1 1 Heavy Duty RB End Thrust Bearings P∅ x R.5 2 3 11⁄4 17⁄16 11⁄2 11⁄2 15⁄8 11⁄4 13⁄4 21⁄8 23⁄4 31⁄4 NEXT INDEX Size Shaft Part No. This is the most positive type shaft seal and may be used where pressure requirements are desired.2 — 21⁄8 257⁄64 33⁄16 39⁄16 43⁄8 431⁄32 23⁄4 4 51⁄8 55⁄8 6 63⁄4 SEARCH EXIT E D 11 ⁄16 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 1 7 7 1 PREVIOUS ⁄16 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 NEXT This flange type dust seal is designed for insertion between trough end and flanged bearing. 14 18 21 27 30 1 5 *Braided rope graphite packing is standard.8 7. The cast iron housing is open on all four sides for exit of material that might work past seal or lubricant from bearing.MARTINSPROCKET.75 3.3 5. Other types available on request. These seals are normally installed inside the end plates.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Split Gland Seal Bolts N A Shaft Diameter Part Number 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 CSS3 CSS4 CSS5 CSS6 CSS7 C D E F 43⁄4 61⁄4 67⁄8 71⁄2 83⁄4 23⁄16 25⁄8 31⁄16 39⁄16 41⁄8 17⁄16 11⁄2 15⁄8 15⁄8 21⁄8 21⁄2 21⁄2 31⁄4 31⁄4 33⁄4 G H N Weight 57⁄8 61⁄2 75⁄8 85⁄8 101⁄4 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 1 11⁄4 ⁄2 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 5 10 15 22 30 7 7 1 1 Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacement and adjustment of packing pressure on the shaft without removal of the conveyor.4 5. BALL Flanged Product Drop-Out Seal D = SIZE OF BOLT OPEN Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds A Shaft Diameter Part Number 1 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 CSFP2 CSFP3 CSFP4 CSFP5 CSFP6 CSFP7 Weight B1 C 1.COM Shaft Seals Compression Type Packing Gland Seal PACKING A Shaft Diameter 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 B E H Part Number Weight Bolts PGC3 PGC4 PGC5 PGC6 PGC7 5 71⁄8 75⁄8 81⁄2 91⁄4 4 51⁄8 55⁄8 6 63⁄4 ⁄2 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 Flanged gland seals consist of an external housing and an internal gland which is forced into the housing to compress the packing. INDEX H-69 . Slotted mounting holes allow use with both ball and roller flanged bearings. They are furnished with a lip seal. E A Shaft Part Number B 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 CSW3 CSW4 CSW5 CSW6 CSW7 53⁄8 61⁄2 73⁄8 73⁄4 91⁄4 H Bolts L Weight 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 21⁄4 (–B) (–R) 4 51⁄8 55⁄8 6 63⁄4 41⁄8 43⁄8 53⁄8 6 7 (–B) (–R) 1 ⁄2 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1 5 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 6 8 10 13 16 5 Plate Seal Plate seals are the most common and economical seal.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing. A Shaft Diameter 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 3 37⁄16 H-70 E Part Number B CSP3 CSP4 CSP5 CSP6 CSP7 53⁄8 61⁄2 73⁄8 73⁄4 91⁄4 SEARCH EXIT H Bolts C ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 1 PREVIOUS Weight (–B) (–R) 4 51⁄8 55⁄8 6 63⁄4 41⁄8 43⁄8 53⁄8 6 7 NEXT (–B) ⁄2 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 (–R) ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1 1 5 1 INDEX 5 2 3 4 5 8 . This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Shaft Seals Waste Pack Seal With Lip Seal Waste pack seals are furnished with waste packing in combination with lip seal. An opening is provided at top for repacking without removing seal from trough end. but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. but may be used separtely on pedestal type trough ends. Helicoid Flight Sectional Flight Key to Conveyor Size Designation The letter “H” indicates screw conveyor with helicoid flighting. The first figure following the letters is twice the diameter of the couplings in inches. pitch and thickness to fit conveyor screw pipes. Hand of conveyor is indicated by “R” or “L” following the designation. Inches Inner Edge 4H206 1 11⁄4 3 3 6 6H304 6H308 6H312 6 Standard 6X 6 XX 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 2 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 1 9H306 9H406 9H312 9H412 9H414 10H306 10H412 9 Standard 9 Special 9X 9 XX — 10 Standard 10 XX 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 2 2 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 ⁄16 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 3 3 3 12H408 12H508 12H412 12H512 12H614 14H508 14H614 12 Standard 12 Special 12 X 12 XX — 14 Standard 14 XX 2 27⁄16 2 27⁄16 3 27⁄16 3 21⁄2 3 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 3 31⁄2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 7 ⁄16 1 1 1 16H610 16H614 16 Standard — 3 3 31⁄2 4 5 ⁄16 ⁄16 5 7 7 10 12 14 16 ⁄16 Outer Edge 4 9 4X Sectional Flight ⁄32 1 3 ▲ Size designation: Examples: 12H412 and 12S412. Inches Conveyor Screw Size Designation ▲ Coupling Diameter. fabrication from various metals. Modifications can be furnished. Sectional flights are individual flights or turns blanked from steel plates and formed into a spiral or helix of the desired diameter and pitch to fit conveyor screw pipes. 10 ga. 10 ga.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. The figures to the left of the letters indicate the nominal outside diameter of the conveyor in inches. The helicoid flight is tapered in cross section. ⁄32 ⁄32 16S609 16S616 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 10 ga. such as. ⁄32 ⁄32 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄32 3 ⁄32 3 ⁄16 9S307 9S407 9S312 9S412 9S416 10S309 10S412 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 2 2 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 21⁄2 12 ga. 1 ⁄4 in. 1 ⁄4 in. Inches Coupling Diameter. 1 ⁄4 in. 1 ⁄4 in.MARTINSPROCKET. 3 ⁄16 in. The flights are butt welded together to form a continuous conveyor screw. other diameters and pitches. The last two figures indicate the nominal thickness of flighting at the outer edge in 1⁄64″. Inches Conveyor Screw Size Designation ▲ Former Designation Nominal Inside Diameter of Pipe. 3 ⁄16 in. Inches Nominal Inside Diameter of Pipe. Thickness of Flight. 10 ga.COM Conveyor Screws Helicoid flights are formed in a special rolling machine by forming a steel strip into a continuous one-piece helix of the desired diameter. 3 ⁄16 in. ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄32 1 ⁄8 7 ⁄32 12S409 12S509 12S412 12S512 12S616 14S509 14S616 2 27⁄16 2 27⁄16 3 27⁄16 3 21⁄2 3 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 3 31⁄2 10 ga. different flight thicknesses. 12 ga. 12 = screw diameter in inches H = helicoid flight S = sectional flight 4 = 2 times 2″ coupling diameter 12 = thickness of flight at periphery in increments of 1⁄64″ SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-71 . Comparison Table • helicoid flight and sectional flight conveyor screws Helicoid Flight Screw Diameter. Thus conveyor 12H408 indicates 12″ diameter helicoid conveyor for 2″ couplings with flighting 8⁄64″ or 1⁄8″ thickness at outer edge. Inches Thickness of Flight ⁄16 ⁄8 ⁄16 6S309 6S312 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 10 ga. with the thickness at the inner edge approximately twice the thickness of the outer edge. 3 ⁄16 in. The buttweld flight is the same thickness in the full cross section. 3 ⁄16 in. 3 ⁄16 in. Affords mixing action and agitation of material in transit. regular material flow and uniform movement of certain types of materials. standard pitch screws provide smooth. Single Flight Screw flights increase from ⁄ 3 full diameter.MARTINSPROCKET. Used in screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of lumpy materials.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Paddle Double flight. Single Flight Tapered. Useful for moving materials which tend to pack. They are suitable for a wide range of materials in most conventional applications. Open space between flighting and pipe eliminates collection and build-up of the material. Partially retarded flow provides thorough mixing action. Single Flight Screws are notched at regular intervals at outer edge. Used in screw feeders. Standard Pitch. Shorter pitch retards flushing of materials which fluidize. cooling or aerating light substances. 2 Single Cut-Flight. H-72 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS Adjustable paddles provide complete mixing action. Single Flight Standard Pitch with Paddles Flights have increasing pitch and are used in screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of fine. Variable Double Pitch. Long Pitch. Single Flight Conveyor screws with pitch equal to screw diameter are considered standard. free-flowing materials over the full length of the inlet opening. Short Pitch. Recommended for inclined or vertical applications. except pitch is reduced to 1⁄ 2 standard pitch. Standard Pitch Similar to short pitch. Excellent for heating. Useful for vertical or inclined applications. Single Flight Adjustable paddles positioned between screw flights oppose flow to provide gentle but thorough mixing action. Generally equivalent to and more economical than variable pitch. Single Flight Ribbon Excellent for conveying sticky or viscous materials. Available in post type or integral leg. and controlled material flow. for screw feeders and for handling extremely fluid materials. Pitch is equal to 11⁄ 2 diameters. Single Flight Flow Folded flight segments lift and spill the material.COM Conveyor Screws Basic Conveyor Flight and Pitch Types Standard Pitch. Half Pitch. As Required NEXT INDEX . Variable Pitch. Cut & Folded Flight. Useful for agitating fluid materials or for rapid movement of very free-flowing materials. Standard Pitch Flight pitch is reduced to 2⁄ 3 diameter. 4 1 ⁄8 2 9-10 62 6 28 2.3 52 5 14 1.7 ⁄16 5 ⁄32 3 11-9 282 24 167 13.9 ⁄16 2 9-10 130 13 76 7. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-73 . Flighting Only Flighting D Pipe Size Inside H Flight Thickness F G Inside Outside Outside 4 1 4H206–* 4HF206–* 11⁄4 15⁄8 3 6 11⁄2 6H304–* 6HF304–* 2 23⁄8 1 11⁄2 6H308–* 6HF308–* 2 23⁄8 1 11⁄2 6H312–* 6HF312–* 2 23⁄8 11⁄2 9H306–* 9HF306–* 2 23⁄8 3 11⁄2 9H312–* 9HF312–* 2 23⁄8 2 9H406–* 9HF406–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 2 9H412–* 9HF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 2 9H414–* 9HF414–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 7 ⁄16 7 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 3 9 10 14 16 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 3 Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Per Foot 40 4 16 1.0 ⁄16 7 ⁄32 3 11-9 285 24 154 11.3 10H306–* 10HF306–* 2 2 ⁄8 10H412–* 10HF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 1 7 2 12H408–* 12HF408–* 2 ⁄2 2 ⁄8 1 2 12H412–* 12HF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 27⁄16 12H508–* 12HF508–* 3 31⁄2 1 ⁄16 Per Foot 9-10 1 ⁄2 11⁄2 Standard Length Flighting Only 2 2 ⁄32 Complete Screw 9-101⁄2 3 1 12 ⁄16 Average Weight Standard Length Feet-Inches 27⁄16 12H512–* 12HF512–* 3 31⁄2 3 ⁄8 3 3 12H614–* 12HF614–* 31⁄2 4 7 ⁄16 7 27⁄16 14H508–* 14HF508–* 3 31⁄2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄8 3 11-9 170 14 84 7.0 ⁄16 2 9-10 121 12 60 6.2 ⁄16 2 9-10 101 10 65 6. Conveyor Mounted Size Part No.2 ⁄32 3 11-9 220 18 112 9.6 ⁄4 1 ⁄8 3 11-9 168 14 64 5.1 3 14H614–* 14HF614–* 31⁄2 4 7 ⁄16 7 ⁄32 3 11-9 254 22 132 11.3 ⁄32 2 9-10 70 7 31 3.6 ⁄32 2 9-10 131 13 70 6.7 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 2 11-10 180 15 102 8.7 ⁄4 1 ⁄8 2 11-10 140 12 67 5.1 ⁄32 2 9-10 91 9 30 3.3 ⁄32 2 9-10 81 8 48 4.4 ⁄16 3 11-9 198 17 96 8.2 ⁄16 5 ⁄32 3 11-9 228 19 120 10.9 3 16H610–* 16HF610–* 3 ⁄2 4 5 ▲ 3 16H614–* 16HF614–* 4 41⁄2 7 18 ▲ 3 18H610–* 18HF610–* 3 ⁄2 4 5 1 1 –* R For Right Hand –* L For Left Hand ▲ Offered only in full pitch helicoid flighting.8 ⁄16 2 9-10 72 7 42 4.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.COM Conveyor Screws (Helicoid) Length Length Helicoid Conveyor Screw A B Screw Diameter Coupling Diameter Size Part No.MARTINSPROCKET. 0 7.33 ⁄8 2 9-10 160 16.9 1.5 8.0 5. Flighting Only D Inside Outside Flight Thickness 11⁄2 6S312–* 6SF312–* 2 23⁄8 3 11⁄2 6S316–* 6SF316–* 2 23⁄8 1 11⁄2 9S312–* 9SF312–* 2 23⁄8 3 11⁄2 9S316–* 9SF316–* 2 23⁄8 1 11⁄2 9S324–* 9SF324–* 2 23⁄8 3 2 9S412–* 9SF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 2 9S416–* 9SF416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1 2 9S424–* 9SF424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 11⁄2 10S312–* 10SF312–* 2 23⁄8 3 11⁄2 10S316–* 10SF316–* 2 23⁄8 1 11⁄2 10S324–* 10SF324–* 2 23⁄8 3 2 10S412–* 10SF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 2 10S416–* 10SF416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1 2 10S424–* 10SF424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 2 12S412–* 12SF412–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 2 12S416–* 12SF416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1 2 12S424–* 12SF424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 27⁄16 12S509–* 12SF509–* 3 H Average Weight Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Standard Length Per Foot Flight Each Approx.7 1.0 7.5 9.5 6.3 1.0 ⁄4 2 9-10 90 8.0 ⁄16 2 9-10 95 9.0 ⁄4 3 11-9 216 18.0 ⁄16 3 11-9 198 16.2 ⁄4 2 9-10 135 13.3 1.7 1.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.5 8.COM Conveyor Screws (Sectional) Length Sectional Conveyor Screw A Screw Diameter 6 9 10 12 B Coupling Diameter Flight F Pipe Size Size Part No.8 7.9 1. 3 11-9 160 14.5 1.0 1.7 1.0 31⁄2 10 Ga.33 ⁄8 2 9-10 160 16.5 1.5 12.0 5.2 1.33 ⁄4 2 9-10 130 13.2 ⁄8 2 9-10 165 16.5 6.7 1.2 ⁄4 2 9-10 135 13.0 ⁄4 2 11-10 204 17.7 1.5 1.2 ⁄8 2 9-10 165 16.0 9.0 ⁄4 3 11-9 210 17.5 7.7 1.7 1.0 5.0 7.0 27⁄16 12S512–* 12SF512–* 3 31⁄2 3 27⁄16 12S516–* 12SF516–* 3 31⁄2 1 27⁄16 12S524–* 12SF524–* 3 31⁄2 3 3 12S612–* 12SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3 3 12S616–* 12SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1 3 12S624–* 12SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3 –* R For Right Hand –* L For Left Hand H-74 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .0 ⁄8 3 11-9 274 22.7 1.0 5.MARTINSPROCKET.33 ⁄16 2 9-10 115 11.2 1. Mounted Conveyor Size Part No.0 2.0 5.2 2.0 1.2 1.7 1.7 2.0 ⁄8 3 11-9 280 24.33 ⁄4 2 9-10 130 13.2 ⁄16 2 11-10 156 13.0 12.7 1. Flights Per Foot ⁄16 2 9-10 75 7.7 1.3 12.2 ⁄16 2 9-10 120 12.33 ⁄16 2 9-10 120 12.0 ⁄16 3 11-9 178 14.0 9.0 3 ⁄8 2 11-10 268 22.5 4.5 4. 5 46.2 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.0 .0 .67 ⁄4 3 11-9 294 25.8 24.60 ⁄8 4 11-8 475 40.50 ⁄8 4 11-8 595 50.0 63.0 84.50 ⁄2 4 11-8 690 60.4 40.0 24.0 .0 46.0 18.0 .0 .0 13.5 .86 ⁄8 3 11-9 342 29.0 .0 20.0 .9 .0 .86 ⁄16 3 11-9 234 20.0 56.5 .60 ⁄2 3 11-9 506 42.0 . Flights Per Foot ⁄16 3 11-9 214 18.0 13.MARTINSPROCKET.60 ⁄16 4 11-8 440 37.86 ⁄16 3 11-9 222 19.75 ⁄8 3 11-9 365 31.0 32.60 ⁄4 3 11-9 360 31.60 ⁄4 4 11-8 370 32.0 .0 28.COM Conveyor Screws (Sectional) Length Sectional Conveyor Screw A B Flight F Pipe Size Size Part No.5 36.60 ⁄16 4 11-8 310 27.75 ⁄2 3 11-9 402 33.60 ⁄8 3 11-9 410 33.60 ⁄2 4 11-8 525 45.67 ⁄16 3 11-9 300 26.0 . Mounted Conveyor Size Part No.67 ⁄8 4 11-8 470 39.50 –* R For Right Hand –* L For Left Hand SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-75 .0 25. Flighting Only Inside Outside D Screw Diameter Coupling Diameter 14 27⁄16 14S512–* 14SF512–* 3 31⁄2 3 27⁄16 14S516–* 14SF516–* 3 31⁄2 1 27⁄16 14S524–* 14SF524–* 3 31⁄2 3 3 14S612–* 14SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3 3 14S616–* 14SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1 3 14S624–* 14SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3 3 16S612–* 16SF612–* 31⁄2 4 3 3 16S616–* 16SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1 3 16S624–* 16SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3 3 16S632–* 16SF632–* 31⁄2 4 1 3 18S612–* 18SF612–* 1 3 ⁄2 4 3 3 18S616–* 18SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1 3 18S624–* 18SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3 3 18S632–* 18SF632–* 31⁄2 4 1 37⁄16 18S712–* 18SF712–* 4 41⁄2 3 37⁄16 18S716–* 18SF716–* 4 41⁄2 1 37⁄16 18S724–* 18SF724–* 4 41⁄2 3 37⁄16 18S732–* 18SF732–* 4 41⁄2 1 3 20S612–* 20SF612–* 1 3 ⁄2 4 3 3 20S616–* 20SF616–* 31⁄2 4 1 3 20S624–* 20SF624–* 31⁄2 4 3 3 20S632–* 20SF632–* 31⁄2 4 1 37⁄16 20S712–* 20SF712–* 4 41⁄2 3 37⁄16 20S716–* 20SF716–* 4 41⁄2 1 37⁄16 20S724–* 20SF724–* 4 41⁄2 3 37⁄16 20S732–* 20SF732–* 4 41⁄2 1 37⁄16 24S712–* 24SF712–* 4 41⁄2 3 37⁄16 24S716–* 24SF716–* 4 41⁄2 1 37⁄16 24S724–* 24SF724–* 4 41⁄2 3 37⁄16 24S732–* 24SF732–* 4 41⁄2 1 16 18 20 24 Flight Thickness H Average Weight Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Standard Length Per Foot Flight Each Approx.67 ⁄16 4 11-8 293 24.86 ⁄8 3 11-9 330 27.75 ⁄4 3 11-9 282 24.4 18.0 .0 .50 ⁄4 4 11-8 510 43.2 .5 .0 9.8 .67 ⁄4 4 11-8 345 28.0 .67 ⁄2 4 11-8 570 47.0 14.0 42.0 .0 18.86 ⁄4 3 11-9 240 20.0 .0 .5 19.2 34.0 28.0 .9 .0 .0 .86 ⁄4 3 11-9 246 21.67 ⁄8 3 11-9 425 36.0 20.8 .0 34.67 ⁄2 3 11-9 530 44.75 ⁄16 3 11-9 246 21.0 40.0 .0 19.2 56.0 9. MARTINSPROCKET.COM Conveyor Screws (Ribbon) Ribbon flight conveyor screws consist of sectional flights. Flights are secured to the pipe by supporting legs. Mounted Conveyor Outside F Thickness G Width H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches SEARCH EXIT Standard Length Per Foot ⁄16 1 2 9-10 65 ⁄4 11⁄2 2 9-10 100 10 ⁄4 11⁄2 2 9-10 110 11 ⁄4 2 2 11-10 180 15 ⁄8 21⁄2 2 11-10 216 19 ⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 240 21 ⁄4 21⁄2 3 11-9 228 19 ⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 264 22 ⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 288 25 ⁄4 21⁄2 3 11-9 276 24 ⁄8 21⁄2 3 11-9 324 28 ⁄8 3 3 11-9 384 33 ⁄8 3 4 11-8 408 35 ⁄8 3 4 11-8 424 36 –* R For Right Hand –* L For Left Hand H-76 Complete Screw PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX 6. or viscous substances. gummy.5 . They are used to convey sticky. buttwelded together to form a continuous helix.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. drive shafts and end shafts. Length Ribbon Conveyor Screw Post A B Integral (Int) Leg Screw Diameter Coupling Diameter 6 11⁄2 6R312–* 2 23⁄8 3 9 11⁄2 9R316–* 2 23⁄8 1 10 11⁄2 10R316–* 2 23⁄8 1 12 2 12R416–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 1 2 12R424–* 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 27⁄16 12R524–* 3 31⁄2 3 27⁄16 14R516–* 3 31⁄2 1 27⁄16 14R524–* 3 31⁄2 3 3 14R624–* 31⁄2 4 3 3 16R616–* 31⁄2 4 1 3 16R624–* 31⁄2 4 3 18 3 18R624–* 31⁄2 4 3 20 7 3 ⁄16 20R724–* 4 1 4 ⁄2 3 24 37⁄16 24R724–* 4 41⁄2 3 14 16 Inside Weight Flight Size Pipe Size Size Part No. Both ends of the pipe are prepared with internal collars and drilling to accept couplings. or where the material tends to adhere to flighting and pipe. SEARCH EXIT 1 PREVIOUS NEXT Per Foot 2 ⁄16 10HQ412–* Standard Length ⁄8 3 10HQ306–* 3 Coupling Bearing Length Average Weight ⁄16 3 3 3 12HQ508–* 16 3 7 1 12HQ412–* 14 1 3 9HQ412–* 12 1 ⁄4 6HQ312–* 3 G Outside ⁄8 1 1 9HQ312–* 10 F Inside 6HQ308–* 1 H Flight Thickness Pipe Size INDEX H-77 . a conveyor screw section can quickly and easily be removed and returned to the conveyor assembly without disturbing the other screw sections. By removing this cap.H. cap at one end of the pipe.8 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 1 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 1 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 7 2 2 ⁄8 21⁄2 27⁄8 3 12HQ408–* 2 11′-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 27⁄8 1 3 12HQ512–* 7 ⁄8 4QDC25 31⁄2 72 3 3QDC2 3 2 ⁄16 9′-10 5QDC3 6 ⁄16 3 9′-10 11′-9 5 62 3 2 27⁄16 52 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 1 12HQ614–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 7 14HQ508–* 27⁄16 11′-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 1 ⁄4 1 14HQ614–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 7 ⁄16 7 16HQ614–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 3 ⁄2 4 5 ⁄16 5 6QDC4 4 41⁄2 7 ⁄16 7 16HQ614–* 3 11′-9 Note: Q. Each section of screw has a Q. R.D.MARTINSPROCKET. Shown A Nominal Conveyor Diameter 6 9 B Size Part No. Quick Detachable conveyor can be furnished both in helicoid and buttweld construction.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Mounted Conveyor Coupling Diameter 6HQ304–* 11⁄2 C Standard-Length Feet-Inches D Cap Part Number End to End of Pipe 9′-10 3QDC2 Inside 2 Outside 23⁄8 9HQ306–* 9HQ406–* 1 ⁄2 9′-10 3QDC2 2 2 2 ⁄8 9′-10 4QDC25 2 ⁄2 2 ⁄8 1 7 9HQ414–* ⁄8 3 ⁄32 2 70 7 ⁄16 2 101 10 ⁄32 2 91 9 ⁄16 2 121 12 ⁄32 2 131 13 ⁄32 2 81 8 ⁄16 2 130 13 ⁄8 2 140 12 ⁄16 2 180 15 ⁄8 3 168 14 ⁄16 3 198 17 ⁄32 3 220 18 ⁄8 3 170 14 ⁄32 3 254 22 ⁄32 3 228 19 ⁄32 3 285 23. caps are not recommended on the drive shaft end.D. — Quick Detachable conveyor screws are designed for convenient removal from the conveyor assembly.COM Conveyor Screws Quick Detachable (QD) Helicoid Conveyor Q.D. 5 18.COM Conveyor Screws Quick Detachable (QD) Sectional Spiral Conveyors C F R.MARTINSPROCKET.5 8.3 8.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.2 6. Shown B A Nominal Conveyor Diameter 6 Size Part No.5 7. Mounted Conveyor Coupling Diameter C D Cap Part Number Pipe Size Standard Length Feet-Inches End to End of Pipe 11⁄2 9SQ407–* 9SQ409–* 9SQ412–* 9SQ416–* 9SQ424–* 2 10SQ309–* 11⁄2 9′-10 3QDC2 2 10SQ412–* 10SQ416–* 2 9′-10 4QDC25 2 ⁄2 12SQ409–* 12SQ412–* 12SQ416–* 2 11′-10 4QDC25 21⁄2 12SQ509–* 12SQ512–* 27⁄16 11′-9 5QDC3 12SQ612–* 12SQ616–* 12SQ624–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 14SQ509–* 14SQ512–* 27⁄16 11′-9 5QDC3 3 31⁄2 10 3 ⁄16 14SQ612–* 14SQ616–* 14SQ624–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 4 3 16 16SQ609–* 16SQ612–* 16SQ616–* 16SQ624–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 18 18SQ612–* 18SQ616–* 18SQ624–* 3 11′-9 6QDC35 31⁄2 20SQ612–* 20SQ616–* 3 20SQ724–* 37⁄16 11′-8 7QDC4 4 41⁄2 24SQ712–* 24SQ716–* 24SQ724–* 3 ⁄16 11′-8 7QDC4 4 4 ⁄2 3 10 12 14 20 24 H-78 9′-10 4QDC25 2 21⁄2 23⁄8 Coupling Bearing Length 9SQ307–* 9SQ309–* 9SQ312–* 9SQ316–* 3QDC2 2 Flight Thickness 11⁄2 9′-10 3QDC2 Outside H 6SQ307–* 6SQ309–* 6SQ312–* 6SQ316–* 9 9′-10 Inside F 12 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 23⁄8 12 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 2 2 7.0 24 3 185 214 16 18 ⁄16 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 222 246 342 19 21 29 4 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 210 234 282 365 18 20 24 31 4 3 ⁄16 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 246 294 425 21 25 36 ⁄16 ⁄4 3 300 360 26 31 3 ⁄8 4 475 40 ⁄16 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 4 410 510 595 37 43 50 ⁄16 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 31⁄2 4 3 1 1 1 EXIT 73 80 95 120 10 7 1 SEARCH 6.0 13.H.5 2 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 ⁄4 2 120 135 12.5 13 9 10 11.5 13.0 16 2 85 8.0 9.0 17 3 31⁄2 10 3 ⁄16 3 160 178 14 15 31⁄2 4 3 191 216 280 16.0 23⁄8 1 7 62 65 75 90 2 1 6QDC35 Per Foot 90 100 115 130 160 1 11′-9 Standard Length 12 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 1 27⁄8 2 Average Weight PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .5 27⁄8 10 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 2 140 156 204 12.0 13. Lock nuts are furnished with each bolt.4 18 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .52 Part Number Intake End Standard Discharge End Standard Weight Each Lbs.9 ⁄8 × 51⁄2 CCB7 3 11⁄2 23⁄8 1 2 27⁄8 5 27⁄16 31⁄2 5 3 4 3 3 41⁄2 3 37⁄16 41⁄2 7 Inside Pipe Diameter Weight Each Lbs. Internal Collar End Lugs Feed End End lugs are welded opposite the carrying side of the conveyor flight and provide maximum support with minimum obstruction of material flow.16 27⁄16 3 CIC5 3. 1.15 10 9CELI–* 9CELD–* . EXIT ⁄8 × 21⁄16 CCB2 .06 9 9CELI–* 9CELD–* .2 ⁄8 × 35⁄8 CCB4 .29 Part Number Standard Weight Each Lbs.MARTINSPROCKET.45 ⁄8 × 43⁄8 CCB5 . Discharge End Outside Pipe Diameter PREVIOUS –* L For Left Hand Flight NEXT INDEX H-79 .4 20 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .13 ⁄2 × 3 CCB3 . 1 11⁄4 CIC2 .58 11⁄2 2 CIC3 2.COM Conveyor Screw (Components) Coupling Diameter Coupling Bolts Conveyor coupling bolts are manufactured from special analysis high-torque steel.06 2 21⁄2 CIC4 2.15 12 12CELI–* 12CELD–* .5 ⁄4 × 5 CCB6 . When installed at the factory collars are jig drilled and plug welded into the pipe.72 3 31⁄2 CIC6 4.03 3 4 CIC6A 8.4 –* R For Right Hand Flight SEARCH Part Number Standard 15⁄8 Conveyor Diameter Flow Bolt Size 1 Coupling Diameter Internal collars are made from seamless tubing machined for a press fit in the conveyor pipe.2 16 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4 24 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.85 ⁄4 × 51⁄2 CCB6A . Close tolerance and no threads inside of the conveyor pipe allow for a minimum of wear.03 37⁄16 4 CIC7 6.2 14 12CELI–* 12CELD–* . No drilling in replacement collars is furnished allowing for field drilling to match existing bolt holes. 6 6CELI–* 6CELD–* . 3 27⁄16 207⁄8 97⁄8 6 40.0 1CD3BB-W 131⁄4 51⁄4 31⁄4 6.3 195⁄8 85⁄8 6 241⁄8 101⁄8 71⁄4 G H 10 4 131⁄4 51⁄4 1CD4B-P 151⁄4 1CD5B-P 183⁄8 3 1CD6B-P 37⁄16 1CD7B-P C G H 1CD2BB-P 91⁄2 31⁄2 3 2.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.COM No.2 2 1CD4BB-P 14 43⁄4 41⁄2 12. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seals* Bronze Bearing Ball Bearing Shaft Diameter Part Number C Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number 1 1CD2B-P 11⁄2 1CD3B-P 3 2.1 8 51⁄2 24.4 *Shaft length allows for ⁄2 hanger bearing length as clearance between end plate and screw **Consult Factory 1 H-80 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .2 1 31⁄4 7.5 27⁄16 1CD5BB-P 157⁄8 51⁄2 51⁄2 21 38.0 1 1CD2BB 9 3 3 1.3 11⁄2 1CD3BB 111⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄4 5.8 11⁄2 1CD3B 123⁄4 43⁄4 31⁄4 6. 1 Drive Shaft No.2 11⁄2 71⁄2 41⁄2 14.0 1CD3BB-P 123⁄8 43⁄8 31⁄4 6.6 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 61⁄4 41⁄2 14.5 1CD7BB-W 227⁄8 87⁄8 71⁄4 58. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates are furnished.0 37⁄16 1CD7B 23 9 71⁄4 60.5 3 257⁄8 117⁄8 71⁄4 66. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal* Bronze Bearing Shaft Diameter Part Number C 1 1CD2B-W 11⁄2 1CD3B-W 2 27⁄16 Ball Bearing Weight Shaft Diameter 3 2. 1 Drive Shaft Used Without Seal* Bronze Bearing Shaft Diameter Part Number Ball Bearing C G H Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number C G H Weight 1 1CD2B 91⁄2 31⁄2 3 2.6 2 1CD4B 15 53⁄4 41⁄2 13.MARTINSPROCKET.0 3 1CD6BB 165⁄8 55⁄8 6 32.5 Weight **Consult Factory No.9 2 83⁄4 51⁄2 23.4 1CD4BB-W 147⁄8 55⁄8 41⁄2 13.5 1CD6BB-W 183⁄8 73⁄8 6 35. No.1 1 31⁄4 6.3 2 1CD4BB 131⁄8 37⁄8 41⁄2 11.0 37⁄16 1CD7BB-P 211⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄4 56.5 27⁄16 1CD5B 173⁄8 7 51⁄2 21.0 27⁄16 1CD5BB 151⁄8 43⁄4 51⁄2 18.0 3 1CD6B 191⁄8 81⁄8 6 37.4 37⁄16 1CD7BB 205⁄8 65⁄8 71⁄4 52.5 Weight **Consult Factory No.0 3 1CD6BB-P 171⁄2 61⁄2 6 35 61.0 1CD5BB-W 167⁄8 61⁄2 51⁄2 20.3 37⁄16 G H 11 41⁄4 141⁄2 61⁄2 1CD4B-W 163⁄4 1CD5B-W 191⁄8 3 1CD6B-W 37⁄16 1CD7B-W Part Number C G H 1CD2BB-W 101⁄2 33⁄4 3 2. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.0 37⁄16 2CD7 27 63⁄4 6 71⁄2 201⁄4 75. 3 Drive Shaft Shaft Diameter No.3 2 2CD4 183⁄4 51⁄4 41⁄4 41⁄2 14 17. 2 drive shafts are used where pedestal type trough ends with single bearing are furnished.0 27⁄16 2CD5 217⁄8 6 51⁄2 51⁄2 17 29. 2 Drive Shaft Shaft Diameter No. 2 and No. 3 Drive Shafts No.COM No.5 11⁄2 2CD3 161⁄2 5 31⁄4 31⁄2 113⁄4 8.MARTINSPROCKET.0 H P Weight 73⁄4 21⁄4 10 3 No. Part Number C G H J P Weight 1 2CD2 11 31⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄2 8 2. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.0 3 2CD6 231⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 61⁄2 181⁄2 49. 3 drive shafts are used where pedestal type trough ends with double bearings are furnished.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Part Number C 1 3CD2 13 11⁄2 3CD3 191⁄4 111⁄4 31⁄4 141⁄2 10 2 3CD4 251⁄4 161⁄4 41⁄4 201⁄2 21 27⁄16 3CD5 287⁄8 183⁄4 51⁄4 24 36 3 3CD6 331⁄2 221⁄4 61⁄4 281⁄2 62 37⁄16 3CD7 391⁄4 251⁄4 71⁄4 321⁄2 95 G Drive Shaft Keyways Shaft Diameter SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS A B ⁄4 1 ⁄8 3 ⁄2 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 7 1 1 11⁄2 3 2 1 27⁄16 5 3 3 37⁄16 7 NEXT ⁄8 ⁄16 ⁄4 ⁄16 ⁄8 ⁄16 INDEX H-81 . 7 *Add — H for Hardened Shaft Shaft is induction hardened in bearing area only to 45-50 RC.8 11⁄2 11⁄4 4 171⁄2 63⁄4 4 44.5 27⁄16 CCC5 93⁄4 47⁄8 12.5 37⁄16 CHE7 111⁄4 41⁄4 29. H-82 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .8 15 ⁄16 3 123⁄4 47⁄8 3 15. Mild steel couplings are normally furnished.COM Shafts Coupling Conveyor couplings are used to join individual lengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotation within the hanger bearing.5 2 CHE4 67⁄8 21⁄8 6. Shaft is induction hardened in bearing area only to 45-50 RC.3 11⁄2 CCC3 91⁄2 43⁄4 4.4 1 1 3 13 5 3 23. Shaft Diameter Part Number C D Weight 1 CCC2 6 3 1.MARTINSPROCKET.5 7 ⁄16 *Add — H for Hardened Shaft.2 27⁄16 CHE5 81⁄8 31⁄4 10.6 Weight ⁄8 3 111⁄2 43⁄4 2 9.0 Shaft Diameter Part Number* C G Weight Hanger End Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyor section to a hanger bearing.0 37⁄16 CCC7 131⁄2 63⁄4 37. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.0 11⁄2 CHE3 67⁄8 21⁄8 3.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Close Coupling Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws where no hanger is required.6 3 CHE6 81⁄4 31⁄4 16.9 3 CCC6 10 5 20.8 2 CCC4 91⁄2 43⁄4 8.5 3 111⁄2 43⁄4 2 5. however induction hardened bearing area couplings may be furnished where highly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Shaft Diameter Part Number* A1 1 CC2 1 11⁄2 CC3 7 2 CC4 7 27⁄16 CC5 15 3 CC6 37⁄16 CC7 A B ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄2 1 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 C D G 2 71⁄2 3 11⁄2 1. 1 CHE2 45⁄8 15⁄8 1. These shafts may also be used in pairs to divide an excessively long conveyor assembly beween two drives. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation. 4 1 CE2BB 6 3 1.1 C G Weight CE2B-P 7 4 CE3B-P 101⁄4 51⁄2 2 CE4B-P 111⁄4 61⁄2 27⁄16 CE5B-P 127⁄8 3 CE6B-P 135⁄8 85⁄8 29.0 37⁄16 CE7B-W 185⁄8 117⁄8 48.6 27⁄16 CE5BB-W 113⁄8 61⁄2 14.5 11⁄2 CE3BB 81⁄4 31⁄2 3.4 C G Weight ***Consult Factory End Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seal** Bronze Bearing Ball Bearing Shaft Diameter Part Number* 1 11⁄2 Shaft Diameter Part Number* 1.4 5.6 3 CE6BB 105⁄8 55⁄8 20. clearance between end plate and screw.0 37⁄16 CE7BB-P 141⁄8 73⁄8 37.6 1 CE2BB-W 71⁄2 33⁄4 1.2 *Add – H for Hardened Shaft.4 27⁄16 CE5BB 95⁄8 43⁄4 12.8 3 CE6B-W 147⁄8 97⁄8 28.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.8 3 CE6BB-P 111⁄2 61⁄2 23.1 11⁄2 CE3BB-P 9 41⁄4 4.MARTINSPROCKET.2 11⁄2 CE3B 91⁄4 41⁄2 4. End shafts are jig drilled for ease of assembly and close diametrical tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.0 37⁄16 CE7BB-W 155⁄8 87⁄8 40.8 2 CE4B 101⁄4 51⁄2 9.4 11⁄2 CE3B-W 11 61⁄4 5.0 27⁄16 CE5BB-P 101⁄8 51⁄4 13.0 2 CE4BB-P 93⁄8 45⁄8 8.5 1 CE2BB-P 61⁄2 31⁄2 1.4 3 CE6B 131⁄8 81⁄8 25.COM End Shaft End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. **Shaft length allows for 1⁄2 hanger bearing length.4 2 CE4BB-W 103⁄8 55⁄8 9.8 37⁄16 CE7B 163⁄8 95⁄8 42.1 C G Weight ***Consult Factory End Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal** Bronze Bearing Shaft Diameter Part Number* Ball Bearing C G Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number* 1 CE2B-W 8 41⁄4 1.0 2 CE4BB 85⁄8 37⁄8 7. ***Consult Factory SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-83 .4 37⁄16 CE7BB 133⁄8 65⁄8 34.2 11⁄2 CE3BB-W 10 51⁄4 4.2 3 CE6BB-W 123⁄8 73⁄8 24.3 8 17.0 37⁄16 CE7B-P 167⁄8 101⁄8 44. End Shaft Used Without Seal** Bronze Bearing Shaft Diameter Part Number* Ball Bearing C G Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number* C G Weight 1 CE2B 61⁄2 31⁄2 1.5 27⁄16 CE5B 117⁄8 7 15.5 10.0 27⁄16 CE5B-W 135⁄8 83⁄4 17.8 2 CE4B-W 12 81⁄4 10. Also available with friction type bearing. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors.MARTINSPROCKET. Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* B C Bolts E D E 4 1 4CH2202 313⁄16 31⁄2 3 ⁄16 1 6 11⁄2 6CH2203 41⁄2 41⁄2 3 ⁄16 3 9 11⁄2 2 9CH2203 9CH2204 61⁄8 61⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 10 11⁄2 2 10CH2203 10CH2204 63⁄8 63⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 1 3 2 27⁄16 3 12CH2204 12CH2205 12CH2206 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 5 5 5 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 3 1 27⁄16 3 14CH2205 14CH2206 91⁄4 91⁄4 5 5 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 12 14 F H K M SLOT M Slot L ⁄16 × 3 ⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 7 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 11 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 10 12 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 16 21 28 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 26 33 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 39 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 41 49 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 43 51 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 57 ⁄4 61⁄2 2 11⁄2 71⁄4 5 ⁄8 83⁄4 21⁄2 2 93⁄4 7 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 121⁄4 121⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 2 131⁄2 131⁄2 7 ⁄8 ⁄8 131⁄4 131⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 2 141⁄2 141⁄2 7 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 153⁄4 153⁄4 153⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 3 3 171⁄2 171⁄2 171⁄2 9 ⁄2 ⁄2 173⁄4 173⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 191⁄2 191⁄2 9 16 3 16CH2206 105⁄8 5 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 193⁄4 21⁄2 3 211⁄2 9 18 3 37⁄16 18CH2206 18CH2207 121⁄8 121⁄8 6 6 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 221⁄4 221⁄4 31⁄2 31⁄2 3 4 241⁄2 241⁄2 11 20 3 37⁄16 20CH2206 20CH2207 131⁄2 131⁄2 6 6 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 241⁄4 241⁄4 31⁄2 31⁄2 3 4 261⁄2 261⁄2 11 1 37⁄16 24CH2207 161⁄2 6 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 281⁄4 31⁄2 4 301⁄2 11 24 *Refer to H-90 for bearings Weight Each *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number Pipe Tap 1⁄8″ Style 226 M SLOT Bolts E No.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Available with friction type bearing. 226 hangers are designed for flush mounting inside the trough permitting dust-tight or weatherproof operation. Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* A B C D E F H M Slot K ⁄16 × 3⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 7 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 11 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 10 12 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 16 21 28 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 26 33 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 39 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 41 49 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 43 51 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 57 4 1 4CH2262 5 35⁄8 31⁄2 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 11 ⁄16 2 11⁄2 5 6 11⁄2 6CH2263 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 21⁄2 2 7 9 11⁄2 2 9CH2263 9CH2264 10 10 61⁄8 61⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 1 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 2 7 10 11⁄2 2 10CH2263 10CH2264 11 11 63⁄8 63⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 1 1 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 2 7 1 2 27⁄16 3 12CH2264 12CH2265 12CH2266 13 13 13 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 5 5 5 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 3 3 9 3 27⁄16 3 14CH2265 14CH2266 15 15 91⁄4 91⁄4 5 5 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 13⁄8 13⁄8 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 9 1 12 14 16 3 16CH2266 17 105⁄8 5 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9 18 3 37⁄16 18CH2266 18CH2267 19 19 121⁄8 121⁄8 6 6 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 3 4 11 20 3 37⁄16 20CH2266 20CH2267 21 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 6 6 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 11⁄2 11⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 3 4 11 1 37⁄16 24CH2267 25 161⁄2 6 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 15⁄8 31⁄2 4 11 24 *Refer to H-90 for bearings H-84 *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX Weight Each . 220 hangers are designed for mounting on top of the trough flanges and may be used where dust-tight or weather proof operation is not required.COM Hangers Pipe Tap 1⁄8″ Style 220 No. however other bearings are available. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications where mounting on top of the trough flange is required. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished.COM Hangers Style 216 Pipe Tap 1⁄8″ M SLOT No. however the hanger can be furnished with other bearings.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. This hanger is flush mounted inside the trough permitting dust tight or weather proof operation.MARTINSPROCKET. Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* A Bolts E B C D E F H K M Slot ⁄16 × 11⁄16 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 7 9 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 8 10 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 14 18 21 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 23 25 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 28 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 34 44 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 36 47 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 53 6 11⁄2 6CH2163 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 21⁄2 2 7 9 11⁄2 2 9CH2163 9CH2164 10 10 61⁄8 61⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 1 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 2 7 10 11⁄2 2 10CH2163 10CH2164 11 11 63⁄8 63⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 1 1 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 2 7 1 2 27⁄16 3 12CH2164 12CH2165 12CH2166 13 13 13 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 5 5 5 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 3 3 9 3 27⁄16 3 14CH2165 14CH2166 15 15 91⁄4 91⁄4 5 5 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 13⁄8 13⁄8 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 9 1 16 3 16CH2166 17 105⁄8 5 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 13⁄8 21⁄2 3 9 18 3 37⁄16 18CH2166 18CH2167 19 19 12 ⁄8 121⁄8 6 6 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 1 1 ⁄2 11⁄2 1 3 ⁄2 31⁄2 3 4 11 20 3 37⁄16 20CH2166 20CH2167 21 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 6 6 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 11⁄2 11⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 3 4 11 1 37⁄16 24CH2167 25 161⁄2 6 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 15⁄8 31⁄2 4 11 12 14 24 *Refer to H-90 for bearings 1 Weight Each *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number Pipe Tap 1⁄8″ Style 230 M SLOT Bolts E No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* B C D E 6 11⁄2 6CH2303 41⁄2 41⁄2 1 ⁄4 3 9 11⁄2 2 9CH2303 9CH2304 61⁄8 61⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 10 11⁄2 2 10CH2303 10CH2304 63⁄8 63⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 1 3 2 27⁄16 3 12CH2304 12CH2305 12CH2306 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 5 5 5 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 3 1 27⁄16 3 14CH2305 14CH2306 91⁄4 91⁄4 5 5 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 3 1 16 3 16CH2306 105⁄8 5 3 ⁄8 18 3 37⁄16 18CH2306 18CH2307 12 ⁄8 121⁄8 6 6 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 5 20 3 37⁄16 20CH2306 20CH2307 131⁄2 131⁄2 6 6 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 5 1 5 37⁄16 24CH2307 161⁄2 6 5 ⁄8 5 12 14 24 *Refer to H-90 for bearings 1 F H K M Slot L ⁄16 × 11⁄16 6 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 8 10 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 9 11 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 15 20 25 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 24 29 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 35 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 34 47 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 40 49 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 55 ⁄8 83⁄4 21⁄2 2 93⁄4 7 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 121⁄4 121⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 2 131⁄2 131⁄2 7 ⁄8 ⁄8 131⁄4 131⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 2 141⁄2 141⁄2 7 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 153⁄4 153⁄4 153⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 2 3 3 171⁄2 171⁄2 171⁄2 9 ⁄2 ⁄2 173⁄4 173⁄4 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 191⁄2 191⁄2 9 1 ⁄2 193⁄4 21⁄2 3 211⁄2 9 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 22 ⁄4 221⁄4 1 3 ⁄2 31⁄2 3 4 24 ⁄2 241⁄2 11 ⁄8 ⁄8 241⁄4 241⁄4 31⁄2 31⁄2 3 4 261⁄2 261⁄2 11 ⁄8 281⁄4 33⁄4 4 301⁄2 11 1 1 Weight Each *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-85 . Weight in pounds.COM Hangers Style 316 Pipe Tap 1⁄8″ No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and conveyor trough.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished. ft.MARTINSPROCKET. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished. Only 3 to 7 cu. They should not be used when handling hot materials (over 250°F) or wet sticky materials or when handling nonabrasive materials when an inexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. however this hanger can be furnished with other bearings. 11⁄2 2 2 27⁄16 3 27⁄16 3 3 3 3 37⁄16 37⁄16 Weight Each 15 20 30 52 68 60 74 77 91 105 140 155 Space required on coupling for hanger. enters the housing at the top. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material flow and are used in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyor trough. at approximately 1 1⁄4 PSI.Bolt Size Standard Coupling Air Purged Hanger Screw Diameter Air purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty and abrasive materials which contribute to shut-downs and hanger bearing failures. Bolts E Style 326 Pipe Tap 1⁄8″ No. Maximum trough loading should not exceed 15%. NEXT INDEX ⁄4 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 . Air supply should be clean and dry. Bolts E Part Number Conveyor Diameter 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Coupling Size 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 2 2 27⁄16 3 27⁄16 3 3 3 37⁄16 3 37⁄16 37⁄16 Style 316* 6CH3163 9CH3163 9CH3164 10CH3163 10CH3164 12CH3164 12CH3165 12CH3166 14CH3165 14CH3166 16CH3166 18CH3166 18CH3167 20CH3166 20CH3167 24CH3167 A Style 326* 6CH3263 9CH3263 9CH3264 10CH3263 10CH3264 12CH3264 12CH3265 12CH3266 14CH3265 14CH3266 16CH3266 18CH3266 18CH3267 20CH3266 20CH3267 24CH3267 *Refer to H-90 for bearings B 7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25 41⁄2 61⁄8 61⁄8 63⁄8 63⁄8 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 91⁄4 91⁄4 105⁄8 121⁄8 121⁄8 131⁄2 131⁄2 161⁄2 C D E 6 6 6 6 6 61⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄2 7 7 7 7 3 ⁄16 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 3 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 F H K ⁄4 1 1 1 1 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 13⁄8 13⁄8 13⁄8 15⁄8 15⁄8 15⁄8 15⁄8 13⁄4 41⁄2 41⁄2 41⁄2 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 5 5 5 5 5 51⁄4 51⁄4 51⁄4 51⁄4 51⁄4 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number B . of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean. H-86 SEARCH 9 12 14 16 18 20 24 Part Number 9CHAPH3 9CHAPH4 12CHAPH4 12CHAPH5 12CHAPH6 14CHAPH5 14CHAPH6 16CHAPH6 18CHAPH6 20CHAPH6 20CHAPH7 24CHAPH7 Shaft Dia. but other type bearings are available. The air. EXIT PREVIOUS A B C D F H L T 10 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 41⁄2 61⁄8 11⁄4 1 2 1 5 71⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 4 4 1 ⁄4 3 13 15 1 ⁄2 5 91⁄4 11⁄4 13⁄8 17 19 21 1 ⁄2 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 6 6 105⁄8 121⁄8 131⁄2 11⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄8 15⁄8 13⁄8 25 5 ⁄8 6 161⁄2 13⁄4 15⁄8 5 Dimensions in inches. passes over and around the bearing. and is dissipated around the coupling shaft on both sides of the housing. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and are mounted inside of flared trough. however other bearings are available. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Conveyor Diameter Coupling Diameter Part Number* A B C D E F G H Weight Each 6 11⁄2 6CH303 31⁄2 41⁄4 11⁄2 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 31⁄8 1 ⁄2 2 3 9 11⁄2 2 9CH303 9CH304 5 5 57⁄8 57⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 41⁄4 41⁄4 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 6 8 10 11⁄2 2 10CH303 10CH304 51⁄2 51⁄2 63⁄8 63⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 3 ⁄8 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 43⁄8 43⁄8 3 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 2 2 8 9 2 27⁄16 3 12CH304 12CH305 12CH306 61⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 51⁄2 51⁄2 51⁄2 3 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 2 3 3 12 18 20 27⁄16 3 14CH305 14CH306 71⁄2 71⁄2 9 9 2 2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 5 67⁄8 67⁄8 7 1 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 3 20 22 16 3 16CH306 81⁄2 103⁄8 2 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 8 1 3 32 18 3 37⁄16 18CH306 18CH307 9 ⁄2 91⁄2 11 ⁄8 117⁄8 2 3 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄8 9 9 11⁄4 11⁄4 3 4 30 33 20 3 37⁄16 20CH306 20CH307 101⁄2 101⁄2 131⁄4 131⁄4 2 3 3 ⁄4 ⁄4 5 3 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 101⁄4 101⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 3 4 32 38 37⁄16 24CH307 121⁄2 161⁄4 3 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 123⁄4 11⁄2 4 46 12 14 24 *Refer to H-90 for bearings 1 7 3 3 7 *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number ⁄8″ Pipe Tap 1 Bolts E M Slot Style 216F No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyor trough on the non-carrying side and permit a minimum of obstruction of material flow. Available with friction type bearing.COM Hangers C Bolts E Style 30 No. Conveyor Diameter Coupling Diameter Part Number* 6 11⁄2 6CH216F3 9 1 ⁄2 2 12 B C D 14 7 4 3 9CH216F3 9CH216F4 18 9 4 3 2 27⁄16 3 12CH216F4 12CH216F5 12CH216F6 22 10 5 14 27⁄16 3 14CH216F5 14CH216F6 24 11 5 3 16 3 16CH216F6 28 111⁄2 5 3 18 3 37⁄16 18CH216F6 18CH216F7 31 12 ⁄8 5 1 20 3 37⁄16 20CH216F6 20CH216F7 34 131⁄2 5 1 24 37⁄16 24CH216F7 40 161⁄2 5 1 1 *Refer to H-90 for bearings A 1 E ⁄16 F H K Weight Each M Slot ⁄16 × 3⁄4 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 21⁄2 2 9 7 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 1 2 ⁄2 2 14 17 7 ⁄2 11⁄8 21⁄2 2 3 24 28 32 9 ⁄2 11⁄8 21⁄2 3 31 34 9 ⁄2 11⁄8 21⁄2 3 38 9 ⁄8 1 1 ⁄2 1 3 ⁄2 3 4 52 61 11 ⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 3 4 55 64 11 ⁄8 11⁄2 31⁄2 4 71 11 3 ⁄16 3 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄2 5 ⁄2 5 ⁄16 × 3⁄4 ⁄16 × 3⁄4 ⁄16 × 3⁄4 ⁄16 × 3⁄4 ⁄16 × 7⁄8 ⁄16 × 7⁄8 ⁄16 × 7⁄8 *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-87 . Grease fitting can be furnished if specified. and will allow for up to 4 degrees shaft misalignment. Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* 6 11⁄2 6CH703 9 11⁄2 2 9CH703 9CH704 10 11⁄2 2 10CH703 10CH704 2 27⁄16 3 M Slot B C 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 10 10 61⁄8 61⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 11 11 63⁄8 63⁄8 41⁄2 41⁄2 12CH704 12CH705 12CH706 13 13 13 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 27⁄16 3 14CH705 14CH706 15 15 16 3 16CH706 18 3 20 3 24 37⁄16 12 14 A D E 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 1 1 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 1 1 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 3 1 5 5 5 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 3 1 3 91⁄4 91⁄4 5 5 13⁄8 13⁄8 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 17 105⁄8 5 13⁄8 1 ⁄2 1 18CH706 19 12 ⁄8 6 1 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 1 20CH706 21 131⁄2 6 11⁄2 5 ⁄8 1 24CH707 25 161⁄2 6 15⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 1 F G H SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS M Slot ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄16 111⁄16 11/2 7 7 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 111⁄16 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 8 9 7 ⁄4 ⁄4 111⁄16 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 9 10 7 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 13⁄4 163⁄64 211⁄32 21⁄8 21⁄8 21⁄8 12 20 30 9 ⁄2 ⁄2 163⁄64 211⁄32 21⁄4 21⁄4 21 32 9 ⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄4 35 9 ⁄2 11 2 ⁄32 1 2 ⁄2 40 11 ⁄2 211⁄32 21⁄2 45 11 ⁄8 211⁄32 25⁄8 58 11 *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number H-88 Weight Each NEXT INDEX ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 . 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty. permanently lubricated and sealed. permanently lubricated and sealed. This hanger is mounted on top of the trough flanges. self aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 degrees F. Grease fitting can be furnished if specified. and will allow for up to 4 degrees shaft misalignment.COM Hangers Style 60 M Slot Bolts E No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty. Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size 6 11⁄2 9 11⁄2 2 Part Number* A B C D 6CH603 93⁄4 41⁄2 4 3 9CH603 9CH604 131⁄2 131⁄2 61⁄8 61⁄8 4 4 1 11⁄2 2 10CH603 10CH604 141⁄2 141⁄2 63⁄8 63⁄8 4 4 2 27⁄16 3 12CH604 12CH605 12CH606 171⁄2 171⁄2 171⁄2 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 5 5 5 27⁄16 3 14CH605 14CH606 191⁄2 191⁄2 91⁄4 91⁄4 5 5 16 3 16CH606 211⁄2 105⁄8 5 1 18 3 18CH606 24 ⁄2 12 ⁄8 6 1 20 3 20CH606 261⁄2 131⁄2 6 1 24 37⁄16 24CH607 301⁄2 161⁄2 6 5 10 12 14 1 1 E ⁄16 3 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 1 3 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 3 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 5 F H J Weight Each M Slot ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄8 83⁄4 111⁄16 2 7 7 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 121⁄4 121⁄4 111⁄16 13⁄4 2 2 8 9 7 ⁄8 ⁄8 131⁄4 131⁄4 111⁄16 13⁄4 2 2 9 10 7 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 153⁄4 153⁄4 153⁄4 13⁄4 163⁄64 211⁄16 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 12 20 30 9 ⁄2 ⁄2 173⁄4 173⁄4 163⁄64 211⁄32 21⁄2 21⁄2 21 32 9 ⁄2 193⁄4 211⁄32 21⁄2 35 9 ⁄8 22 ⁄4 11 2 ⁄32 1 3 ⁄2 40 11 ⁄8 241⁄4 211⁄32 31⁄2 45 11 ⁄8 281⁄4 231⁄64 33/4 58 11 1 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 ⁄16 × 11⁄16 7 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 7 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 9 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 9 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 9 ⁄16 × 15⁄16 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 ⁄16 × 111⁄16 *For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number Style 70 Bolts E No. This hanger is mounted inside the trough.MARTINSPROCKET. self-aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 degrees F.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Built-in ledges provide supports for the ends of the cover.COM Hangers Style 18B The No. hard iron. or other special caps can be furnished.0 261⁄4 131⁄2 4 113⁄16 241⁄4 3 SEARCH EXIT 1 PREVIOUS ⁄8 7 5 NEXT F J B 3 D H Bolt A Weight 1 1 INDEX ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 H-89 . Arguto oil impregnated wood. bronze. Holes are located for bolting through the top angle of the conveyor trough.5 97⁄8 41⁄2 15⁄16 83⁄4 13 15. This hanger is regularly furnished with Babbitt bearings.5 23 ⁄4 12 ⁄8 3 1 ⁄8 22 ⁄4 5 20 37⁄16 20CH19B7 60. or other special caps can be furnished. 18-B Hanger has streamlined cast iron frame and bearing cap held in place by a U-bolt.MARTINSPROCKET. H = Size of Bolts They are regularly furnished with Bronze bearings. Arguto oil impregnated wood. 18-B except they are mounted on top of the trough angles.5 131⁄2 131⁄2 61⁄8 61⁄8 13⁄4 13⁄4 1 1 121⁄4 121⁄4 1 14 141⁄2 63⁄8 13⁄4 1 131⁄4 1 12CH19B4 12CH19B5 12CH19B6 24 24. They are streamlined in design and permit free passage of the material. Conveyor Diameter Bearing Bore Part Number 6 11⁄2 6CH19B3 9 11⁄2 2 9CH19B3 9CH19B4 10 11⁄2 2 10CH19B3 10CH19B4 12 2 27⁄16 3 14 16 P Pipe 1 ⁄2 61⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 91⁄2 91⁄2 1 ⁄2 101⁄2 101⁄2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 121⁄2 121⁄2 121⁄2 1 ⁄2 141⁄2 141⁄4 1 ⁄8 161⁄2 1 ⁄8 1 18 ⁄2 1 ⁄4 20 1 C 8.5 17 17 73⁄4 73⁄4 2 23⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄2 153⁄4 153⁄4 1 27⁄16 3 14CH19B5 14CH19B6 37 191⁄4 91⁄4 23⁄4 13⁄4 173⁄4 1 27⁄16 3 16CH19B5 16CH19B6 45 211⁄4 105⁄8 3 13⁄4 193⁄4 5 18 3 18CH19B6 48. 19-B Hanger is similar in construction to the No. It is mounted inside the trough below the cover.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. P = Pipe Size H = Bolt Conveyor Diameter Bearing Bore Thru Bore Part Number Weight 6 11⁄2 2 6CH18B3 9 11⁄2 2 2 2 9CH18B3 9CH18B4 11⁄2 2 2 2 10CH18B3 10CH18B4 2 27⁄16 3 2 3 3 12CH18B4 12CH18B5 12CH18B6 27⁄16 3 3 3 14CH18B5 14CH18B6 16 3 3 16CH18B6 30 18 3 3 18CH18B6 35 10 ETE OBSOL 12 14 A B 5 7 9 — 10 10 C D E H Bolt P 43⁄8 17⁄8 5 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 1 6 6 25⁄8 25⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 1 25⁄8 25⁄8 3 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 3 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 3 3 1 ** D 11 11 UE 66 ⁄⁄ — 11IN T13 15 7⁄ N 29 13 7⁄ O — C 13 7⁄ S 25 15 9⁄ DI27 15 9⁄ 1 1 4 4 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 ⁄8 25⁄8 25⁄8 25⁄8 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 23⁄4 23⁄4 1 1 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 5 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 8 1 1 17 101⁄2 23⁄4 1 5 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 1 19 12 3 11⁄4 3 ⁄4 1 ⁄2 1 5 5 5 1 1 8 8 8 8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 **Consult Factory P = Size of Pipe Style 19B The No. hard iron. bronze. Hanger Type Bore 18B 19B *W—Wood *H—Hard Iron Part Number 11⁄2 CHB18B3* 2 CHB18B4* 27⁄16 CHB18B5* 3 CHB18B6* 37⁄16 CHB18B7* *N—Nylatron *BR—Bronze Bearing *G—Gatke Note: Furnished as bottom cap only H-90 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX * St—Stellite .COM Hanger Bearings Hanger Type 216 230 316 *H—Hard Iron *W—Wood Bore Part Number 11⁄2 CHB2163* 2 CHB2164* 27⁄16 CHB2165* 3 CHB2166* 37⁄16 CHB2167* Bearing *O—Oil Hole Top Cap Hanger Type *U—UHMW Bore Part Number 11⁄2 CHB2203* 2 CHB2204* 27⁄16 CHB2205* 3 CHB2206* 37⁄16 CHB2207* *G—Gatke *C—Ceramic Bearing 220 226 326 30 BR — Bronze MHI — *MBR — *H — Cast Hard Iron *W — Wood Hard iron (oil impregnated) *MCB — Melamine Bronze (oil impregnated) Hanger Type *N — Nylatron *U — UHMW Bore Part Number 11⁄2 CHB603 2 CHB604 27⁄16 CHB605 3 CHB606 37⁄16 CHB607 Bearing 60 70 Ball Bearing 80 300A Note: New style bearings are available with slinger shield one side.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 5 8 4TCS16 4TCS14 ▫ 16 14 2. For commercially dust tight 1´-0″ centers or 20 fasteners per 10´-0″ section are suggested.9 7.8 31 * 10 * 12 ** 14 ** 16 ** 18 ** 20 ** 24 ** 83⁄8 For average applications where dust confinement is not a problem.1 14 9TCH16 9TCH14 16 ▫ 14 3.4 10.6 12.4 7.5 25 20TCP12 12 9.7 261⁄2 20TCS12 20TCS10 ▫ 12 10 10.1 301⁄2 24TCF14 24TCF12 24TCF10 14 ▫ 12 10 8.1 9.3 241⁄2 18TCF14 18TCF12 18TCF10 14 ▫ 12 10 6.9 8.6 15 10TCH16 10TCH14 16 ▫ 14 3.6 171⁄2 12TCS14 12TCS12 12TCS10 ▫ 14 12 10 5.0 7. See H-115.5 133⁄8 9TCS14 9TCS12 9TCS10 ▫ 14 12 10 4.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.0 2. Per Ft.0 173⁄8 12TCF14 12TCF12 12TCF10 ▫ 14 12 10 4.1 191⁄2 14TCS14 14TCS12 14TCS10 ▫ 14 12 10 5.9 6.6 14.7 197⁄8 14TCH14 14TCH12 ▫ 14 12 5.1 301⁄2 24TCS12 24TCS10 ▫ 12 10 11.8 93⁄4 6TCF16 6TCF14 ▫ 16 14 2.4 27 24TCP12 12 11.9 241⁄2 18TCS12 18TCS10 ▫ 12 10 9.3 3. D End Trough Cover — Type 3 Intermediate Trough Cover —Type 2 Part Number Thickness Ga.9 2.1 2.3 15 12TCP14 14 4.1 13. Per Ft.6 9.3 4. 10´ & 12´-0″ ▫ — Standard gauge SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-91 . D Part Number Thickness Ga.MARTINSPROCKET. Wt.1 7. but trough definitely should be covered as a safety measure preventing injuries by keeping workers clear of the moving parts inside the conveyor trough. Flanged Cover D Hip Roof Cover Part Number Thickness Ga.COM Trough Cover Plain Cover All conveyor troughs should have some type of cover not only to keep material inside the trough and to protect material in the trough from outside elements.1 8.8 9.8 143⁄8 10TCF16 10TCF14 10TCF12 10TCF10 16 ▫ 14 12 10 3. Wt.3 13.3 11. 6´.3 10.4 11.1 27 20TCH14 20TCH12 14 ▫ 12 7. 2´-0″ centers or 10 fasteners per 10´-0″ section are generally satisfactory.0 93⁄4 6TCS16 6TCS14 ▫ 16 14 2.3 261⁄2 20TCF14 20TCF12 20TCF10 14 ▫ 12 10 7.2 3.9 31 24TCH14 24TCH12 14 ▫ 12 8. Safety.1 8.6 103⁄8 6TCH16 6TCH14 ▫ 16 14 2.4 83⁄8 4TCH16 4TCH14 ▫ 16 14 2. Wt.2 5.6 71⁄4 4TCF16 4TCF14 ▫ 16 14 1.4 4.8 18 12TCH14 12TCH12 ▫ 14 12 5.1 18 14TCP14 14 5.5 4.5 10.8 9.4 12.9 5.5 217⁄8 18TCP12 12 8.4 6.3 2.6 7.6 217⁄8 16TCH14 16TCH12 ▫ 14 12 6.1 5.5 7.2 10.1 25 18TCH14 18TCH12 14 ▫ 12 6.7 9.7 197⁄8 16TCP14 14 5.5 7. Wt.8 213⁄8 16TCF14 16TCF12 16TCF10 ▫ 14 12 10 5. *L — Standard lengths are 5´-0″ & 10´-0″ **L — Standard lengths are 5´.1 7. Per Ft.8 103⁄8 9 9TCP14 14 3. Semi-flanged Cover Flanged Cover Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Hip Roof Cover End Trough Cover —Type 1 Plain Semi-Flanged Cover Plain Cover Conveyor Diameter Part Number Thickness Ga.3 133⁄8 9TCF16 9TCF14 9TCF12 9TCF10 16 ▫ 14 12 10 3.9 193⁄8 14TCF14 14TCF12 14TCF10 ▫ 14 12 10 5.1 2.8 15.6 211⁄2 16TCS14 16TCS12 16TCS10 ▫ 14 12 10 6.9 8.7 7.1 14 10TCP14 14 3. D 4 * 4TCP16 16 1.8 143⁄8 10TCS14 10TCS12 10TCS10 ▫ 14 12 10 4.5 6 * 6TCP16 16 2. Per Ft. A SPC—1 ⁄16 5 B C D E F G H ⁄16 1 ⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄8 11⁄8 3 1 3 J Wt.8 37. Dia.0 5 7 9 10 9C1F 10C1F 9C1D 10C1D 6.8 29. A SPCA—1 ⁄16 11 B ⁄8 3 C D E F ⁄16 11⁄4 13⁄16 3 3 G ⁄8 H J Wt. Spring Clamp with Cover Bracket Clamp No.8 7. Spring Clamp Clamp No. Conveyor Part Number 4—24 QTC No.COM Cover Accessories Flanged Conveyor Inlets The two styles of flanged conveyor inlets are designed for either bolting or welding to flat or flanged conveyor trough cover.7 13 15 17 19 171⁄4 191⁄4 16C1D 18C1D 15. 20.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.2 21 25 26 30 261⁄4 301⁄4 Detachable Inlet Fixed Inlet ⁄8 ⁄16 F G H ⁄8 ⁄16 21⁄4 213⁄16 — — 21⁄4 3 11⁄4 11⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 4 45⁄16 — — 4 43⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄8 51⁄8 31⁄2 — 31⁄2 51⁄4 31⁄2 2 2 3 3 11 11 J K L 1 ⁄8 ⁄16 1 3 3 3 ⁄16 ⁄16 3 3 3 3 ⁄16 ⁄16 3 3 3 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 3 ⁄4 ⁄4 7 3 7 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 11⁄8 33⁄4 47⁄16 4 43⁄8 4 43⁄8 2 21⁄2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 1 1 1 1 1 11⁄8 11⁄8 47⁄8 55⁄8 43⁄4 55⁄8 43⁄4 51⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 1 1 3 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 Spring Clamps Spring Clamps are used to attach plain and semi-flanged covers to trough. Screw Clamp Clamp No. ⁄8 .10 RR150• 1 ⁄8 X 11⁄2 SP100• 1 ⁄8 X 1 WN150• 1 ⁄8 X 11⁄2 12.42 5 Screw Clamps Cover Gaskets Toggle Clamps Red Rubber Sponge Rubber White Rubber Size Size Size 4. Required per 10´ Section 6 to 8 A B C 713⁄16 215⁄16 125⁄32 D E 2 11⁄4 F G ⁄16 5 5 ⁄8 Toggle Clamps H-92 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .4 12 14 12C1F 14C1F 12C1D 14C1D 16 18 16C1F 18C1F 20 24 20C1F 24C1F E Detachable Inlet Fixed Inlet 71⁄2 10 71⁄2 10 10 11 13 14 13 141⁄4 12. 14. Normally this type clamp is attached by welding the front or top of clamp to the trough and can be adjusted to fit all sizes of trough.50 ⁄8 7 3 Spring Clamps with Brackets Screw Clamps Screw Clamps are a simple and effective means of attaching flanged or flat covers to trough. A B C D CSC—2 21⁄4 1 13⁄16 11⁄4 E F ⁄16 3 5 ⁄8 G Wt.6 RR125• 1 ⁄8 X 11⁄4 SP75• 1 ⁄8 X 3⁄4 WN125• 1 ⁄8 X 11⁄4 9. 16 RR200• 1 ⁄8 X 2 SP150• 1 ⁄8 X 11⁄2 WB250• 1 ⁄8 X 2 18. These clamps are normally riveted to the trough flange and will pivot to allow removal of cover. 24 RR250• 1 ⁄8 X 21⁄2 SP200• 1 ⁄8 X 2 WN250• 1 ⁄8 X 21⁄2 Conv.8 5. ⁄8 11⁄4 . Detachable Type Fixed Type L Bolts Part Number Conveyor Diameter Fixed Inlet C Weight Detachable Inlet B 4 6 4C1F 6C1F 4C1D 6C1D 1. The inlet size and bolt arrangement is the same as the standard conveyor discharge spout. ⁄32 .0 17 19 21 24 211⁄4 241⁄4 20C1D 24C1D 31.38 9 Spring Clamps Spring Clamps with Cover Bracket Spring Clamps with cover brackets are designed to attach to the top side of semi-flanged and plain covers. Quick acting toggle clamps are used to attach covers for quick accessibility.1 13. while allowing 90° to clear working area. T Flared trough Screw Diameter Inches B Part No.MARTINSPROCKET. 7 1 4 ⁄2 7 3 14 6 3 6TFS12 6FFS12 12 Ga.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 10 1 6 ⁄8 9 3 18 6 7 ⁄16″ 10 61⁄8 9 3 18 6 7 14 Ga. 5 35⁄8 — 2 — 4 5 6FFS14 14 Ga. 25 161⁄2 161⁄2 4 40 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 48 3 ⁄8 5 ⁄16″ 25 161⁄2 161⁄2 4 40 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 48 3 ⁄8 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EXIT 5 1 1 1 PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-93 .COM Shrouds Feeder Shrouds Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation. 21 13 ⁄2 13 ⁄2 4 34 8 3 1 ⁄8 3 1 ⁄8 40 3 ⁄8 4 ⁄16″ 21 131⁄2 131⁄2 4 34 8 13⁄8 13⁄8 40 3 ⁄8 4 10 Ga. Lengths are sufficient to prevent flushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge. 15 91⁄4 11 31⁄2 ⁄16″ 15 91⁄4 11 12 Ga. 17 10 ⁄8 ⁄16″ 17 105⁄8 12 Ga. 13 3 7 ⁄4 10 3 22 ⁄16″ 13 73⁄4 10 3 22 12 Ga. 19 ⁄16″ 9TFS14 9FFS14 9TFS7 9FFS7 10TFS14 10FFS14 10TFS7 10FFS7 12TFS12 12FFS12 12TFS7 12FFS7 14TFS12 14FFS12 14TFS7 14FFS7 16TFS12 16FFS12 16TFS7 16FFS7 18TFS12 18FFS12 18TFS7 18FFS7 20TFS10 20FFS10 20TFS7 20FFS7 24TFS10 24FFS10 24TFS7 24FFS7 SEARCH T S Flared ⁄8 — 8 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 12 5 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 12 5 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 18 3 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 18 3 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 — 20 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 — 20 3 ⁄8 3 6 1 1 ⁄8 1 24 3 ⁄8 3 6 11⁄8 1 24 3 ⁄8 3 24 7 11⁄8 1 28 3 ⁄8 3 31⁄2 24 7 11⁄8 1 28 3 ⁄8 3 11 ⁄2 4 28 8 1 1 ⁄8 1 32 3 ⁄8 3 111⁄2 4 28 8 11⁄8 1 32 3 ⁄8 3 121⁄8 121⁄8 41⁄2 31 9 13⁄8 13⁄8 36 3 ⁄8 3 19 121⁄8 121⁄8 41⁄2 31 9 13⁄8 11⁄8 36 3 ⁄8 3 10 Ga. S = Spaces at E inches BOLTS . 11 63⁄8 — 21⁄2 — 5 7 ⁄16″ 11 63⁄8 — 21⁄2 — 5 7 12 Ga. 7 41⁄2 7 3 14 6 3 14 Ga. U Flared 4 4TFS14 4FFS14 6 6TFS14 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 U-trough Shroud Thickness F A C U D E L U Flared 14 Ga. other end is plain. This type shroud is used at an inlet opening or next to a hanger at the plain end. Type 1 Type 1 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and flanged ends at both ends.MARTINSPROCKET. This type shroud is used between hangers. for bolting through side of trough. Flat or flanged covers can be used over the shroud cover when it is objectionable for the recess in the shroud to be exposed to dust or weather. Type 2 Type 2 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rails and flanged ends on one end over trough end. This shroud is used mostly for short lengths when installed ahead of an inlet opening. These types are described below. Type 3 Type 3 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and both ends closed and no flanges over ends.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Various types of shrouds are furnished to fit various applications. Bolt holes are provided along sides. This allows flush mounting with top of trough and a cover may be used over the shroud. Type 4 Type 4 Shroud cover has no flanges at sides or ends. This type is used when shroud is full length of trough or between hangers.COM Conveyor Shrouds Conveyor Shrouds Conveyor shroud covers are used to form a tubular cross section within the conveyor trough. This arrangement gives the features of a tubular housing while allowing removal of the shroud for easy access and cleaning. H-94 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . ............................................... Standard features and components are always more desirable and practical in the design of a screw conveyor system....... These special features will greatly broaden the range of uses for screw conveyor when added to the many standard features available.......................................H-104 Discharges ..........................................FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW........... SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-95 ...........................................................................MARTINSPROCKET...................................................................................................................COM Special Features SECTION IV SPECIAL FEATURES SECTION IV Covers .......................................................................H-96 Trough Ends.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................H-99 Conveyor Screws ........................................................................................................................................H-111 Special Features The information presented in this section gives descriptions and functions of the most commonly used special features available in the design of conveyor systems............................................... one or more of these special features may sometimes be required in special applications for a workable or more efficient system....................................................................................................................................H-98 Trough ....................................H-109 Inlets .................................................................................... however......................... EXPANDED METAL COVERS can be furnished where cover is required for safety but constant visual inspection is required. STANDARD COVERS of any design can be furnished in heavier gauges. DOME COVERS are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter as the trough bottom and are flanged for bolting to the trough top rails. H-96 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .COM Covers OVERFLOW COVER sections are used as a safety relief to handle overflow over the discharge in cases where the discharge may become plugged. It is a short section of flanged or flat cover hinged across the width to the adjoining cover. and create a tubular trough effect.MARTINSPROCKET. End sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrap connected. when needed to support weight. This cover has an advantage over tubular trough in that ease of access is combined with the convenience of using standard hangers and accessories. SHROUD COVERS are designed to fit inside a standard conveyor trough of a Screw Feeder or inclined conveyor. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the cover. The cover is not attached to the trough in order that it can be raised by pressure from within the trough. An additional flat cover may be required over the shroud to prevent accumulation of dust or water in the recessed portion of the shroud cover.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. They are used where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed is required. ends. Hip roof covers are usually recommended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. HINGED COVERS may be constructed from conventional flat covers or most special covers. HIP ROOF COVERS are similar to conventional flanged covers except they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. such as in high areas above walkways where the cover might fall.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. The length of the cover should not exceed one-half the length of the trough section. Hinged covers are used in applications where it is not desirable to have a loose cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediate joints are usually buttstrap connected. They are also often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.MARTINSPROCKET. and cross channels of special dust seal troughs.COM Covers DUST SEAL COVERS are flanged down on all four sides to match channel sections fabricated on the sides. They are equipped with a hinge on one side for attaching to the trough and are bolted or clamped to the trough on the other side. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-97 . Either one or two bearings can be used. This arrangement allows the use of most any type shaft seal desired.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. A blind trough end plate can also be furnished with a dead shaft welded to the end plate.MARTINSPROCKET. A hanger is used inside the trough to support the tail shaft without the shaft projecting through the trough end. when sealing the end shaft is extremely difficult. When required. H-98 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . a grease fitting can be furnished through the dead shaft for lubricating the bearing. The bearings are mounted away from the trough end plate allowing ample room to protect the bearing when handling abrasive or hot materials. For this type the screw is bushed with an antifriction bearing to carry the radial load of the screw.COM Trough Ends SHELF-TYPE TROUGH ENDS are furnished with outboard bearing pedestals for mounting pillow block bearings. BLIND TROUGH ENDS are used on the tail end (normally the inlet end) of a conveyor. COM Trough Ends DE WI WIDE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional construction except with a wider clearance between the outside of the conveyor screw and the inside of the trough.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. a greater capacity than using a standard conveyor screw can be obtained for some materials that travel as a mass. The bulk head protects the end bearing and drive unit from heat while handling hot materials.MARTINSPROCKET. The number of joints and amount of expansion will depend on the application. This type trough is used when it is desirable to form a layer of conveyed material in the trough. EXPANSION JOINT is a connection within a length of trough to allow for expansion caused by hot materials being conveyed. when the pocket formed is filled with packing or insulation. The bulk head can be used in the same manner to prevent damage to seals and bearings when handling extremely abrasive materials. The expansion joint is constructed with bolts fastened in slots to allow for expansion or with a telescoping type slip joint. BULK HEAD is a plate or baffle shaped to the contour of the inside of the trough and is normally welded or bolted six to twelve inches from the trough end. protecting the trough from undue wear. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-99 . The material thus moves on itself. When wide clearance trough is required. By using a wide clearance or oversize trough. it is more economical to use a standard conveyor screw and the next larger size standard trough. and is used as a screening operation or drain section when liquids are present in the conveyed material. TAPERED BOTTOM TROUGH is used to prevent a dead space in the trough at the small end of a tapered conveyor screw. TUBULAR TROUGH is furnished in either solid tube construction or split tube construction with flanges for bolting or clamping the two halves together. H-100 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . protecting the trough from undue wear. This type trough is frequently used in handling abrasive materials capable of forming a layer of material on the bottom of the trough. the material will form its own internal insulation with this type trough. The size of the perforations in the trough will vary depending on the material and application.COM Trough Ends PERFORATED BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with a perforated bottom. With some materials the tapered trough is necessary to prevent bridging in the trough. and for inclined or vertical applications where fall back necessitates the housing to operate at a full loading. for loading to full cross sections. or contamination of the material. Also in handling hot materials.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. RECTANGULAR TROUGH is made with a flat bottom and can be formed from a single sheet or with sides and bottom of separate pieces. This trough is a complete tube enclosure and is used for weather-tight applications. The material thus moves on itself. the screw rotation should be toward the inlet opening to assure a constant flow rate.COM Discharges and Inlets AIR OPERATED GATES are similar to standard rack and pinion gates except they are operated with an air cylinder. HAND SLIDE INLET GATES are normally used when multiple inlets are required. These inlets must be adjusted or closed manually to assure proper feed to the conveyor. but are constructed with a ledge that forms a cushion for materials fed into the conveyor. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-111 . The air operated gate is usually used for remote control and automatic operation. SIDE INLETS are equipped with a gate to furnish a means of regulating or stopping the inlet flow to relieve the conveyor screw from excessive material pressures. These gates can also be furnished in dust-tight or weatherproof construction with the cylinder and gate fully enclosed in the housing. CUSHION CHAMBER INLETS (DEAD BED INLETS) serve the same purpose as the deflector plate inlet.MARTINSPROCKET. When using the side inlet.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. mounted on top of the tubular trough at hanger bearing points. This type connection is easily made with round discharges and inlets. that dampen the impact of the material in order to feed the conveyor more gently.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.COM Inlets ROUND INLET SPOUTS are used for tubular attachments or when connecting the discharge of one conveyor to the inlet of another at other than a right angle. This plate is used to regulate the flow of material from an inlet by preventing flooding across the top of the conveyor screw. HANGER POCKETS are used with tubular trough. allowing the use of standard conveyor hangers and providing easy access to the hanger. The rectangular inlet is equipped with deflector plates. H-112 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . DEFLECTOR PLATE INLETS are used when materials fall vertically into the inlet creating the possibility of impact damage or abrasion to the conveyor screw. or baffles. The hanger pocket forms a U-shape section for a short length. STRIKE OFF PLATE (Shroud Baffle) is a single plate bolted vertically to the upper portion of the trough and is cut out to the contour of the screw. Tighten coupling bolts. assembly should begin at the drive end. Tighten all anchor bolts. Screw conveyors may be ordered either as complete units or by individual components. claims should be filed immediately with the carrier. and in accordance with packing list.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Do not tighten bolts. Erection For shop assembled conveyors. or drive shaft. bent pipe or hangers or damaged bearings. into the pipe end. More time is required for field installation. bent flanges. or drive shaft. couplings and hangers until all screws are installed. Align the trough bottom center-lines perfectly using piano wire (or equivalent) then tighten flange bolts. When components only are ordered. slipping the end. in the end bearing. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-113 . bent flighting. assemble trough end and thrust bearing. Insert the end. more careful alignment and assembly are required. If a thrust end is designated. Shims or grout should be used when required. Caution: All Martin Conveyors must be assembled and maintained in accordance with this section. they are easier to assemble in the field and require the minimum installation time. Failure to follow these Installation Receiving Check all assemblies or parts with shipping papers and inspect for damage. If any components are severely damaged in shipment. When individual components are ordered. Field assembly can be accomplished by connecting match marked joints. In field erection. the mounting surfaces for supporting the conveyor must be level and true so there is no distortion in the conveyor. Secure tightly with coupling bolts. For conveyor assemblies purchased as parts or merchandise. Special components are usually designed and manufactured to the particular job specifications. Because shop assembled screw conveyors are pre-aligned and match marked at the factory.COM Installation & Maintenance SECTION V General All standard screw conveyor components are manufactured in conformity with Industry Standards. Connect the trough flanges loosely. conveyor screws. assemble as follows: Place conveyor troughs in proper sequence with inlet and discharge spout properly located. and these components must be sorted out and aligned in field assembly. Assemble alternately. and/or drawing if applicable. If the unit does not require a thrust unit. Assembly bolts are not included with parts orders but are included with preassembled units. Do not tighten set screws until conveyor assembly is completed. Insert coupling shaft into hanger bearing and clamp hanger to trough. Specifically check for dented or bent trough. Install so that conveyor end lugs are opposite the carrying side of the flight. Piano Wire — Stretch Tight Angle Clip Trough Joint Assembly of conveyor screws should always begin at the thrust end. Place a coupling shaft into the opposite end of conveyor pipe. shipment is made as ordered. Complete units are normally shop assembled and then match marked and disassembled for shipment and field re-assembly. Check for straightness as assembly is made. Place the first screw section in the trough.MARTINSPROCKET. units are match marked and shipped in longest sections practical for shipment. (Note coupling holes have been drilled in assembly to allow for flight alignment. reconnect electrical leads to reverse rotation of conveyor and direction of material flow. It is recommended practice to replace them rather than re-use them when changing conveyor screw sections. check the following and take necessary corrective steps. Operation Lubricate all bearings and drives per service instructions. usually must proceed from the end opposite the drive. This is particularly important when the material conveyed tends to harden or become more viscous or sticky if allowed to stand for a period of time. 2) Misalignment of trough ends.) Remove hanger clamps and bolt hanger to trough with the bearing centered between conveyor screws. If necessary. Maintenance Practice good housekeeping. screws. Incorrect screw rotation can result in serious damage to the conveyor and to related conveying and drive equipment. Check screw rotation for proper direction of material travel after electrical connections have been made but before attempting to handle material. sections of screws. coupling shafts and hangers until all sections have been removed or until the damaged or worn section is reached and removed. Make sure drive and electrical power are disconnected before starting to disassemble. Special construction of screw and conveyor housing with gaskets and special bolted covers can sometimes be used for handling this type of material. state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels.MARTINSPROCKET. The coupling bolt contains a lock nut that may become damaged when removed. Properly locate inlet openings. Special conveyors are not made or designed to comply with local. Do not overload conveyor. 3) Check assembly and mounting bolts. Do not exceed conveyor speed. hangers and trough end can cause excessive maintenance and poor life expectancy. unusual noises or drive misalignment. Install drive at proper location and in accordance with separate instructions or drawing provided. Attach covers to trough with fasteners provided. flammable. operate conveyor until cleared of all material. Also. Hazardous Operations Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to operate handling hazardous materials or in a hazardous environment. (Non-lubricated hanger bearings may cause some noise. To replace conveyor screw section. Insufficient or excess lubricant will cause high operating temperatures. 2) Remove the trough end. Install trough covers in proper sequence.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. or sections. proceed as follows: 1) Removal of a section. Replacement parts can be identified from a copy of the original packing list or invoice. tighten if necessary. If the conveyor is to be inoperative for a prolonged period of time. 4) Quick detachable conveyor screws can be removed at intermediate locations without first removing adjacent sections. Establish routine periodic inspections of the entire conveyor to insure continuous maximum operating performance. Refer to service instructions for lubrication.COM Installation & Maintenance 1) With Hangers: Assemble screw section so that flighting at each end is approximately 180° from ends of flighting of adjacent sections. It may be necessary to recenter hanger bearings after running material in conveyor. capacity. In start-up of the conveyor. Keep the area around the conveyor and drive clean and free of obstacles to provide easy access and to avoid interference with the function of the conveyor and drive. Handle covers with reasonable care to avoid warping or bending. Hazardous materials can be those that are explosive. toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel if they are not completely and thoroughly contained in the conveyor housing.) 1) When anti-friction bearings are used. Observe for bearing heat up. operate several hours empty as a break in period. material density or rate of flow for which the conveyor and drive were designed. Gear reducers are normally shipped without lubricant. 3) To reassemble follow the above steps in reverse order. H-114 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . adjust conveyor screw and thrust unit so that hangers are equally spaced between adjacent screws. Should any of these occur. check for proper lubrication. 2) Without Hangers: (close coupled) Assemble screws so that flighting at adjoining ends of screw sections align to produce a continuous helix surface. Do not attempt field modification of conveyor or components. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings.12. It is the responsibility of the contractor. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction. Do not place hands or feet in the conveyor. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. 10. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application. the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment. plant environment. Electrical controls. however remote from the area. maintain and operate the conveyor. railings. training of personnel. Always regulate the feeding of material into the unit at a uniform and continuous rate.MARTINSPROCKET. arrangement of installation. Secondary safety devices are available. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning. Drag Conveyors. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. or following it can also be automatically stopped. 1.” —Conveyor Division encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information. and Bucket Elevators. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used. extent of plant automation. The label shown below has been reduced in size. Installation. Feed openings for shovel.COM Warning & Safety Reminder Martin—Conveyor Division does not install conveyor. until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. Never walk on conveyor covers. however. owner and user to install.. with special attention given to section 6. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. components and conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute (ANSI) safety code. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure. are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. installer. Operation. 12. For more detailed instructions and information. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition. please request a free copy of our “Screw Conveyor Safety. The actual size is printed next to the label. etc. Maintenance Instructions. 13. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. installer. consequently it is the responsibility of the contractor. 7. WARNING PROMINENTLY DISPLAY IN WORK AREAS CVS930011 Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury Exposed screw and moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing cover or servicing CHS930001 ACTUAL SIZE 6" x 3" SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS LOCK OUT POWER before removing guard ACTUAL SIZE 5" x 21/2" NEXT INDEX H-115 . front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted. owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards.1-1993. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 6. grating or guards. 2. One or more caution signs (as illustrated below) are attached to conveyor housings. conveyor covers and screw elevator housings. 4. There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it. state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions. 9. the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assembler as we have no information regarding plant wiring. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. 5. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended. Please order replacement caution labels should the labels attached to this equipment become illegible. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. 3.” The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturer’s Association (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled “Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors. walkways. —Conveyor Division should be consulted prior to any modifications. the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone. 11.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the flow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed. toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. flammable. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained on the caution labels affixed to the equipment. —Conveyor Division insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. etc. machinery guards. the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20. 8. maintenance or observation. 14. COM Bucket Elevators SECTION VI H-116 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET. SOLID COVERS should be used at all points and must be designed and installed so that personnel will not be exposed to accidental contact with any moving parts of the equipment. drives. 6. owner and user to install. the factory shall be consulted before modifications are made. 11. shafts and couplings must be guarded by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws. All bucket elevators shop assembled by Martin Conveyor Division. If the equipment exterior is painted. 8. Keep all operating personnel advised of the location and operation of all emergency controls and devices. Elevators may be designed to handle these materials. guards and equipment to ensure proper working order and correct positioning. Inlet and discharge openings shall be connected to other equipment in order to completely enclose the moving elements of the elevator. installer. Additional stickers are available upon request. 10.COM Safety Safety must be considered a basic factor in machinery operation at all times. gears. Standard ANSI A12. Bucket elevators shall not be operated unless the elevator housing completely encloses the elevator moving elements and power transmission guards are in place. All equipment shall be checked for damage immediately upon arrival. flammable. including the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 14. Conveyor Division should be consulted prior to any modifications. Most accidents are the result of carelessness or negligence. Standard ANSI B15. Before power is connected to the drive a pre-start up check shall be performed to ensure the equipment and area are safe for operation and all guards are in place and secure.1. Additional information shall be obtained by the purchaser from other sources. The following safety instructions are basic guidelines and should be considered as minimum provisions. 13. maintain and operate the bucket elevator and elevator assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin Conveyor Division. Bucket Elevators are not manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel unless specially designed. have warning labels affixed in many easily seen locations.MARTINSPROCKET. 4. If the distance between the grating moving elements is less than 4 inches.1. Do not walk on elevator covers. Do not poke or prod material in the elevator. state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel.1. standards and good practice. All rotating equipment such as guards. 12. 5. Clear access to these controls and devices must be maintained. the grating opening must not exceed 1⁄2 inch by 2 inches. unless the elevator housing has been closed and all other guards are in place. Standard ANSI B20. Elevators are not manufactured or designed to comply with local. Standard ANSI MH4. covers. Frequent inspections of these controls and devices. in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute Safety Code. feet or any part of the body or clothing in the elevator or opening. 9. In all cases the openings shall be restrictive to keep any part of the body or clothing from coming in contact with moving parts of the equipment.7. Do not overload elevator or attempt to use it for other than its intended use. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the elevator is to be subjected to internal or external pressure. RUGGED gratings may be used where necessary. CHR930001 CHS930001 (5” Wide x 2 1/2” High) Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury CHS930001 SEARCH LOCK OUT POWER before removing guard EXIT CVS930012 (3” Wide x 6” High) PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-117 . 3. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive. Practice good housekeeping at all times and maintain good lighting around all equipment. SAFETY DEVICES AND CONTROLS must be purchased and provided by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws. standards and good practices. 15. 16. 2. the motor driving the conveyor is to be locked out electrically in such a manner that it cannot be restarted by anyone. the entire elevator is then to be guarded by a railing or fence. Maintain a safety training and safety equipment operation/maintenance program for all employees. Do not place hands. If the elevator must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. If the elevator is to be opened for inspection. Do not attempt to install a damaged item or conveyor. cleaning or observation. It is the responsibility of the contractor. 7. Standard ANSI Z244. coated or altered in any way or if the material conveyed is in excess of 175°F or if a change in the original intended use of the equipment is considered. however remote from the area. Precautions: 1. gratings or guards. Many types of drives and elevator materials of construction are available. This catalog is designed to make a preliminary selection of a bucket elevator. Centrifugal discharge type elevators are offered as: Series 100 (boot take up) and Series 200 (head take up). intermediate supports must be provided by others. therefore. Types Centrifugal Discharge Continuous Discharge Continuous discharge elevators are offered as: Series 700 (boot take up) and Series 800 (head take up). Either series is available with buckets mounted on chain or belt and will handle free-flowing materials with small to medium size lumps. Series 500 (double leg) and Series 400 (single leg) high-speed centrifugal discharge bucket elevators are specially designed to economically handle grain and other free-flowing materials. severe service or higher shaft centers are required. Either series is available with buckets mounted on chain or belt and will handle free-flowing material. free-flowing bulk materials.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. It shows the variety of elevators manufactured by the Martin Conveyor Division. For specific recommendations contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin Conveyor Division distributor for a recommendation. quality manufacturing. The speed of the elevator is sufficient to discharge the material by centrifugal force. At the discharge. Super Capacity type elevators are not listed in this catalog since they are custom designed for each application. Contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin Conveyor Division distributor for a recommendation. Contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin Conveyor Division distributor for a recommendation. with extended sides. Super Capacity Series 1000 (super capacity) bucket elevators are a continuous discharge type with buckets mounted between two strands of chain. H-118 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . the best possible service through many branch locations and an excellent distributor network assure many years of economical. High design standards. Although the charts in this catalog are based on one type of bucket. These elevators are not self-supporting. trouble-free service. sluggish material or materials that are abrasive. the bucket configuration allows the material to discharge by gravity over the back of the proceeding bucket. form a “chute” to direct material into the bucket.MARTINSPROCKET. The closely spaced fabricated buckets. The standard inlet chute and standard curved bottom plate direct the material into the buckets and reduce the “digging” action. High-Speed Centrifugal Grain Various materials of construction and thicknesses are available.COM Introduction The Martin Conveyor Division designs and manufactures various types of bucket elevators to efficiently handle most varieties of dry. many other styles are available. This type of elevator is used where higher capacities. . Head Section . . Bolted for easy removal 9. . . . . . . . Fabricated of 3⁄16 inch thick plate steel 8. . Vertical corner angles are full length. 11. . Inspection Door . . . . . . . . Sides are cross crimped for additional stiffness. . . . . . . . . . . B 43 1 39 B = Belt C = Chain 43 = 4 × 3 64 = 6 × 4 85 = 8 × 5 106 = 10 × 6 Etc. . Wear liners available. . . . . . . . Intermediate Section . .COM Standard Features Series 100 and Series 700 1. . . 7. . . Curved Bottom Plate . . 1 = 100 2 = 200 5 = 500 7 = 700 8 = 800 Unit 39 B43-139 is a belt (B) elevator with 4″ × 3″ (43) buckets. . . . Fabricated of 12 gauge steel with bearing pedestal structurally reinforced 5. Fixture welded 12 gauge casing continuously welded for dust tight construction. Boot . . .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. . 14 gauge 3. Shaft Mount Type Drive . . . Specifications may be found on pages H-125–H-126. . . Near side 4. . . . . . Clean Out Door . . centrifugal discharge type with boot take up (Series 100). .MARTINSPROCKET. . SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-119 . Internal gravity type also available. . . . . Inlet . . . Various types are available. . . . . . Fabricated of 3⁄16 inch thick plate steel. . . . . . Style 2 (45°) available. . . . . . . . . . . Split Hood . . . . Unit 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduces build-up in boot 10. . Other types available. . . . . . . . Available with roller bearings. For positive take-up tension. . . . . . . Furnished as standard. Take-Up Ball Bearing Screw Type . . . . . 6. . . . . . . . Backstops are required to prevent reverse rotation. . Discharge Spout (Style 1 shown) . . . . Elevator Number Example — B43-139 Mounting Bucket Size Series Unit No. . . . Fabricated of 10 gauge plate steel with externally adjustable 4-ply belting throat lip (not shown). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . . . Material Characteristics — See Material Classification Code Chart. 200 Sieve (. horsepower and dimension charts for the elevator number selected. 100 Sieve (. The volumetric capacity used for selection must be the maximum the elevator will experience. ` Miscellaneous Properties or Hazards H-120 A200 A100 A40 6 Sieve (.132″) and Under B6 1 Granular ⁄2″ and Under (6 Sieve to 1⁄2″) 3″ and Under (1⁄2 to 3″) 7″ and Under (3″ to 7″) C1⁄2 D3 D7 Lumpy 16″ and Under (0″ to 16″) Over 16″ To Be Specified X = Actual Maximum Size D16 Irregular Stringy. go to the line representing the actual centers and read the motor horsepower and head shaft diameter to the right. Use Table 1-1 for conversions if necessary. 4. Fibrous.0029″) and Under No. Volumetric Capacity — in cubic feet per hour. 40 Sieve (. PCF or LBS/FT3) Bushels per hour BPH CFH = BPH × 1. number of hours per day operation. Loose DX Very Free Flowing Free Flowing Average Flowability Sluggish 1 2 3 4 Mildly Abrasive Moderately Abrasive Extremely Abrasive 5 6 7 Builds Up and Hardens Generates Static Electricity Decomposes — Deteriorates in Storage Flammability Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften Very Dusty Aerates and Becomes a Fluid Explosiveness Stickiness — Adhesion Contaminable. Affecting Use Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes Highly Corrosive Mildly Corrosive Hygroscopic Interlocks. 4. Slabs. Determine Horsepower Requirements — Refer to the horsepower chart for the elevator number selected. and lump class is the percentage these lumps represent of the whole. outdoors).FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Check Lump Size/Lump Class — Check actual lump size/lump class against that listed for the elevator number selected. Centers or Lift — in feet 3. 2. If the required volumetric capacity of centers exceed those listed. Material Classification Code Chart Major Class Density Material Characteristics Included Fine No. Operating Conditions — Conditions affecting operation include location (indoors.24 1. contact the Conveyor Division for a recommendation. Affecting Use Degradable. PCF or LBS/FT3) Pounds per hour Lbs/hour CFH = Pounds per hour Density (in pounds per cubic foot. Bucket elevators must be uniformly and continuously fed. 5. etc.0059″) and Under No. Select Elevator Number — For the series selected. 5. Determine proper elevator series — See material table for recommendation. (pages H-122–H-133) and select an elevator number for which the capacity in cubic feet per hour listed equals or exceeds the required volumetric capacity. The following steps should be followed to select an elevator: TABLE 1-1 To convert To cubic feet per hour (CF or FT3/HR) Tons per hour (short) TPH CFH = TPH × 2000 Density (in pounds per cubic foot. Etc. If the actual lump size/lump class is larger than that listed. 2. Cylindrical. choose a larger elevator where the actual is equal to or less than that listed.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Elevator Selection General Procedure To properly select a bucket elevator. E Size Abrasiveness Actual Lbs/CF No. 3. List the specifications for the preliminary selection of the elevator. refer to the Capacity chart. the following factors must be determined: 1.016″) and Under Very Fine Flowability Code Description Bulk Density. List Specifications — Refer to capacity. distributor for a recommendation. Lump Size and Lump Class — Lump size is the largest particle dimension. Contact your local Service Center or Martin Conveyor Division. Mats or Agglomerates Oils Present Very Light and Fluffy — May Be Windswept Elevated Temperature F G H J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . Fine Baking Powder Bauxite. H E 48-50 D7-45W C 25-45 30-40 60-65 80-100 80-90 55-60 B6-45W A40-25 C1⁄2-450W C1⁄2-37 C1⁄2-27 B6-35U A. G A. C. Crushed Milk. Fine Bran. F. Pulverized Potash (Muriate) Dry Pumice — 1⁄8″ Rice. F 43-50 25-32 20-30 25-35 23-35 35-45 40-45 25-30 22 40-45 12-15 40-50 21 40-45 32-40 45 30-35 40-45 22-40 C1⁄2-45T C1⁄2-25PQ C1⁄2-25PQ C1⁄2-37 D7-37 D7-37 B6-45HW D3-35HW E-35HW B6-35HW C1⁄2-35JY B6-25P B6-35PY B6-35P B6-35P C1⁄2-25 B6-35PU D7-45HW C1⁄2-25X A. H F. G B. Ground Copra. Delinted Cottonseed. C A. Grits Rice. C B. G F. H F. spent. Raw — 1″ Hops. D D D A. C. H 60-80 70-80 35 50-55 35-45 140-160 60-65 40 53-56 68 85-90 20-30 36-40 20-30 80-95 27-30 26 19-24 A100-35U D3-25 D3-35 D3-45V D3-35Q D3-37 B6-35U B6-35LM C1⁄2-25HU B6-35 DX-36 B6-35NP B6-25P C1⁄2-35N B6-37 A40-45PX C1⁄2-25MN C1⁄2-35NY A. Dry Bentonite. F B 49-61 C1⁄2-25 A. Crushed Malt. Pulp. Rice-Rye-Wheat Brewer’s Grain. C. Extracted Cottonseed. Broken Phosphate Rock.COM Materials Table Alfalfa Meal Almonds. Hot Soybeans. Mined. Green Bean Coffee. F F E A. 28 10-30 B6-36 C1⁄2-25N B6-25N B6-25 D3-45VY A. H A. C. F A. Raw Fuller’s Earth. Cracked Corn Germ Corn Grits Cornmeal Corn Shelled Corn Sugar Cottonseed. C. Ground *Elevator Series Designation A = Series 100 Chain B = Series 100 Belt C = Series 200 Chain Material Code Density LBS/FT3 Material 14-22 27-30 28-30 45-50 50-60 55-65 7-15 60-120 35-40 45 30-45 40-55 75-85 B6-45WY C1⁄2-35Q C1⁄2-35Q B6-35U B6-25 B6-27MY E-45V A100-17M D3-46T C1⁄2-45 B6-25 A100-35 D3-36 F. F F A. Cold Soybean Meal. Chips Cement. C A. Dry Hops. Unslaked Lime. F F A. C. Granular Wheat Wheat. Dry. F F A. F A. Castor. C B. F. C F A E A. Rolled Oxalic Acid Crystals — Ethane Diacid Crystals Phosphate Rock. Petrol. F. Blast Furnace Crushed Slate. C A. C. H A. Dry. Dry. C 60 75-85 60 70 42-48 20 42-45 45-49 42-48 85 70-80 110-130 90-110 90-100 85-90 B6-35QS DX-36 B6-36 B6-37 B6-46 B6-35NY B6-35P C1⁄2-25P B6-15N B6-36TU B6-36TU B6-47 B6-37 D3-37Z C1⁄2-36 B. Calcined Copra. Lumpy Copra. unslaked) Cast Iron. Loose Coke. Ground Malt. Crushed — 1⁄2″ Bakelite. C A. Cracked Wheat. Screened Recommended Elevator Series* Density LBS/FT3 Material Code 100 43-45 A200-36 B6-35X F. Batch Granite. Raw Soybean. Whole Sugar Beet. Wet Sugar. Cake Soybean. C A. H A. Fine Alum. C. H B. Lumpy Alumina Aluminum Chips. F. F A. 1 D = Series 200 Belt E = Series 500 Belt F = Series 700 Chain SEARCH Recommended Elevator Series* EXIT Material Feldspar. Lumpy Copra. C A. H A. C. Crushed Slag. H A. C. F. Crushed Bones. H A. Heavy Soda Ash. Wet Ice. H F. Calcined Gypsum. C B. H A. Crushed — 1⁄2″ Soda Ash. Powder Flaxseed Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) Fuller’s Earth. C A. Cracked Soybean. F G F F C A.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Flake. Brick. Broken Almonds. D F A. Spent Dry Dolomite. F A. Portland Chalk. F. C A. C 60 45-48 40-45 18. Crushed Chalk. Ground. F. Coal Clay. C A. Crushed Feldspar. Meal. C E A. F. F A. F A. Dry. F 36 48 34-40 50-60 20-25 50-60 35-50 50 45-55 16-20 14-30 55-60 37-42 C ⁄2-15W C1⁄2-15 D3-45X A100-25MXY A100-25Y B6-35 D3-45 B6-35 B6-25T B6-35NY C1⁄2-45 C1⁄2-45T B6-25N A. Bran Rice. D F. Raw Trisodium Phosphate. Powdered Gypsum. Whole Shelled Beans. Meats. C. Calcined. Crushed Ebonite. Flour Soybean Meal. Coal. D A. Dry Aluminum Oxide Ashes. C. C E — 130-200 75-95 94 75-95 67-75 18-28 40 100-120 — C1⁄2-45 D3-36 A100-26M D3-25 A100-25MXY D3-45Q D3-36T C1⁄2-36 — F A. C A. F A. H A. C A. Cake. Slack Coffee. F. H 130-180 80-90 55-65 20-35 50-60 40-43 30-40 18-25 27-30 40 40 45-50 12-15 25-45 55-65 D3-37Y C1⁄2-36 B6-36 A40-36Y A-35 D3-35W C1⁄2-36NW C1⁄2-35Y A40-35Mn B6-35 B6-35T C1⁄2-26NW C1⁄2-26 C1⁄2-35X B6-35PX F F A. Not Delinted Cottonseed. Lumps Cinders. Dry Whole Marble. D B. Oily. Ground Borax. Hulls Cottonseed. C A. C A. Agricultural Limestone. Anthracite. Lumpy Cottonseed. Roasted Bean Coke. Dry — 3″ Asphalt. F A. Crude Bentonite — 100 Mesh Boneblack Bonemeal Bones. D A. C A. C B. Pulp. F. F A. G B. D G = Series 700 Belt H = Series 800 Chain PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-121 . F A. G A. C A. F C A A. Whole Shelled Alum. C. Clinker Cement. H F. Crushed — 3″ Beans. Spent. Dry. C F. Germ Wood Chips. F. C. Dry Sugar Beet. H F A. F. Hydrated Lime. Dry Coarse Salt. Dry Fine Sand Dry Bank (Damp) Sand Dry Bank (Dry) Sand Foundry (Shake Out) Shale. C A. Pebble Limestone. Bituminous. Meal Malt. C. F.MARTINSPROCKET. Spent. D 18-25 12 35-40 40 30 80-100 63-70 65-80 C1⁄2-45XY B6-35Y B6-45HW B6-35HW B6-35 C1⁄2-36 C1⁄2-35 A100-37 B. H C. Cake. F B. G B. C E F. D B. F F F A. Granulated Corn. C. F E A. Crushed Ilmenite Ore Lime. Meal Cork. wet Buckwheat Calcium Oxide (See Lime. C. dry Brewer’s Grain. Dry Distiller’s Grain. Pulverized Charcoal. Light Sodium Phosphate Soybean. Navy. C A. C E E A. G A. Malted Oats Oats. G F A. F. Spent Glass. spent. Hulled Rye Salt Cake. H A. F. Cake. Fine Gypsum. C F A. Breeze Coke. H A. Fines Coal. C. Sized — 1⁄2″ Coal. C. chain and buckets 1 Dimensions are in inches § H-122 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .MARTINSPROCKET. (Lbs. Style A. 100% 10% ⁄2 1 ⁄2 21⁄2 ⁄4 3 3 71⁄2 71⁄2 C85-108 615 SS-102B 260 113⁄4 × 42 19 241⁄4 41 14 18 900 83 C85-108 C106-110 935 16 C-102B 231 133⁄4 × 42 16 201⁄2 43 12 151⁄2 910 89 C106-110 C106-111 935 16 SS-102B 231 133⁄4 × 42 16 201⁄2 43 12 151⁄2 980 90 C106-111 C106-112 965 18 C-110 268 133⁄4 × 48 13 25 41 11 211⁄4 1055 90 C106-112 C106-113 965 18 SS-110 268 133⁄4 × 48 13 25 41 11 211⁄4 1160 93 C106-113 C106-116 1053 16 C-102B 260 133⁄4 × 48 19 241⁄4 41 16 201⁄2 1175 94 C106-116 C127-117 1530 18 SS-110 268 153⁄4 × 48 13 25 41 9 171⁄2 2 1155 97 C127-117 C127-119 1667 16 C-102B 260 153⁄4 × 48 19 241⁄4 41 14 18 2 1090 102 C127-119 C127-120 1745 18 SS-110 306 153⁄4 × 54 16 303⁄4 38 12 231⁄4 27⁄16 1480 107 C-127-120 C127-122 1945 16 C-102B 303 153⁄4 × 54 24 301⁄2 38 19 241⁄4 27⁄16 1385 104 C127-122 C147-123 1699 19 C-111 260 173⁄4 × 48 16 241⁄2 41 12 181⁄4 1390 107 C147-123 C147-124 1850 18 SS-110 268 173⁄4 × 48 13 25 41 9 171⁄2 1367 102 C147-124 C147-126 2018 16 C-102B 260 173⁄4 × 48 19 241⁄4 41 14 18 1255 103 C147-126 C147-127 1980 19 C-111 303 173⁄4 × 54 20 301⁄2 38 16 241⁄4 1600 110 C147-127 C147-128 2092 18 SS-110 306 173⁄4 × 54 16 303⁄4 38 12 231⁄4 1560 107 C147-128 C147-130 2352 16 C-102B 303 173⁄4 × 54 24 301⁄2 38 19 241⁄4 1405 108 C147-130 C168-131 2512 19 C-111 260 193⁄4 × 48 16 241⁄2 41 11 17 1454 116 C168-131 C168-132 2520 18 SS-110 247 193⁄4 × 48 12 23 41 9 171⁄2 1489 122 C168-132 C168-133 2928 19 C-111 303 193⁄4 × 54 20 301⁄2 38 14 211⁄4 1658 124 C168-133 C168-134 3122 18 SS-110 306 193⁄4 × 54 16 303⁄4 38 11 211⁄4 1783 119 C168-134 10 × 6 12 × 7 14 × 7 16 × 8 1 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 2 27⁄16 27⁄16 Based on 75% full bucket * Includes casing. Chain Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators are furnished with either combination chain for light to medium service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for medium to severe service or when a higher chain working load is required. AA-RB and Salem can be furnished.P. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.) Terminals InterShaft Number of Pitch Number of Pitch RPM Including mediate* Diameter Diameter Diameter Machinery per Ft. Style C may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Teeth Teeth 1 1 1 Elevator Number 10 76 10 17⁄16 515 41 C43-101 24 20 43 18 15 11⁄2 698 57 C64-102 203 113⁄4 × 35 14 18 43 10 13 11⁄2 794 73 C85-103 C-102B 231 113⁄4 × 39 16 201⁄2 43 10 13 11⁄2 825 73 C85-104 SS-102B 231 113⁄4 × 39 16 201⁄2 43 10 13 11⁄2 825 72 C85-105 C-102B 260 113⁄4 × 42 19 241⁄4 41 14 18 2 930 80 C85-107 2 1 224 1 480 C-102B C85-104 545 C85-105 545 C85-107 615 16 Head Sprocket 8 × 18 163 C-188 13 Nominal1 Casing Size 93⁄4 × 35 C-477 8×5 91⁄4 Max Speed Lump Size in F. Buckets Capacities and horsepower listed are for style AA buckets. Capacity Elevator Number Capacity in Cubic Feet per Hour § 1 Buckets1 Chain Size C43-101 95 4×3 C64-102 279 6×4 C85-103 Spacing Boot Sprocket Approx. Wt.COM Centrifugal Discharge Chain Series 100 Chain (Series 200 is for Head Take-up) Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators handle a variety of relatively free-flowing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.M. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.COM Centrifugal Discharge Chain Series 100 Horsepower* Material Density (Pounds per Cubic Feet) Elevator Number Centers Feet C43-101 C64-102 35 50 75 100 Head Shaft Diameter Head Shaft Diameter HP Head Shaft Diameter HP Head Shaft Diameter HP 17⁄16 1 17⁄16 1 0-100 17⁄16 HP 1 Centers Feet 0-100 Centers Feet 0-100 Centers Feet Elevator Number 0-80 17⁄16 1 81-100 17⁄16 11⁄2 0-61 115⁄16 1 0-59 115⁄16 1 0-57 115⁄16 1 0-54 115⁄16 11⁄2 62-100 27⁄16 1 60-83 27⁄16 11⁄2 57-85 27⁄16 11⁄2 55-75 27⁄16 2 84-100 27⁄16 2 86-100 215⁄16 2 C85-103 0-35 1-15⁄16 1 0-34 115⁄16 1 C85-104 36-71 27⁄16 11⁄2 35-60 27⁄16 C85-105 72-100 215⁄16 2 61-80 81-100 C85-107 76-90 215⁄16 3 91-100 215⁄16 3 C43-101 C64-102 0-29 115⁄16 11⁄2 0-27 115⁄16 11⁄2 C85-103 11⁄2 30-54 27⁄16 2 28-40 27⁄16 2 C85-104 215⁄16 2 55-81 27⁄16 3 41-60 27⁄16 3 C85-105 215⁄16 3 82-100 215⁄16 5 61-100 215⁄16 5 C85-107 and and C85-108 C85-108 C106-110 0-28 115⁄16 1 0-27 115⁄16 11⁄2 0-21 115⁄16 11⁄2 0-25 27⁄16 2 C106-110 C106-111 29-53 27⁄16 11⁄2 28-50 27⁄16 2 22-33 27⁄16 2 26-34 27⁄16 3 C106-111 C106-112 54-71 215⁄16 2 51-75 215⁄16 3 34-50 27⁄16 3 35-62 215⁄16 5 C106-112 C106-113 72-100 37⁄16 3 76-100 37⁄16 5 51-83 215⁄16 5 63-93 37⁄16 71⁄2 C106-113 84-100 37⁄16 71⁄2 94-100 37⁄16 and 10 C106-116 and C106-116 C127-117 0-20 115⁄16 11⁄2 0-27 27⁄16 3 0-23 27⁄16 3 0-23 27⁄16 5 C127-117 C127-119 21-33 27⁄16 2 28-48 215⁄16 5 24-39 215⁄16 5 24-34 215⁄16 71⁄2 C127-119 C127-120 34-40 27⁄16 3 49-58 37⁄16 5 40-58 215⁄16 71⁄2 35-58 37⁄16 10 and 41-69 215⁄16 5 59-87 37⁄16 71⁄2 59-78 37⁄16 10 59-100 315⁄16 20 C127-122 70-100 37⁄16 71⁄2 88-100 315⁄16 10 79-100 315⁄16 15 C147-123 0-34 27⁄16 3 0-23 27⁄16 5 0-21 27⁄16 5 0-34 215⁄16 71⁄2 C147-123 C147-124 35-58 15 2 ⁄16 5 24-41 2 ⁄16 5 22-37 2 ⁄16 7 ⁄2 35-47 3 ⁄16 10 C147-124 C147-126 59-68 215⁄16 5 42-71 37⁄16 71⁄2 38-63 37⁄16 10 48-71 315⁄16 15 C147-126 C147-127 69-95 37⁄16 71⁄2 72-95 315⁄16 10 64-94 315⁄16 15 71-91 315⁄16 20 C147-127 C147-128 96-100 315⁄16 71⁄2 96-100 315⁄16 15 95-100 315⁄16 20 92-100 315⁄16 25 C147-128 and C168-131 0-44 215⁄16 5 0-37 215⁄16 5 0-27 215⁄16 71⁄2 0-37 37⁄16 10 C168-131 C168-132 45-73 37⁄16 71⁄2 38-55 37⁄16 71⁄2 28-36 37⁄16 71⁄2 38-55 315⁄16 15 C168-132 C168-133 74-100 315⁄16 10 56-74 315⁄16 10 37-48 37⁄16 10 56-66 315⁄16 20 C168-133 75-87 315⁄16 15 49-73 315⁄16 15 67-74 47⁄16 20 and 88-100 47⁄16 20 74-100 47⁄16 20 75-100 47⁄16 25 C168-134 15 15 1 C127-120 and C127-122 7 and C147-130 C147-130 and C168-134 *Based on 100% full bucket *For nominal dimensions see page H-131.MARTINSPROCKET. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-123 . Style C may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials.P. Wt.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.M.COM Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 100 Belt (Series 200 is for Head Take-up) Centrifugal discharge belt type elevators handle a variety of relatively free-flowing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly. 8 × 18 8 76 8 17⁄16 785 42 B43-139 11 ⁄4 × 39 24 43 16 1 1 ⁄2 922 51 B64-140 113⁄4 × 35 20 45 16 11⁄2 892 51 B64-141 13 ⁄4 × 39 20 45 14 2 889 66 B85-142 133⁄4 × 42 24 43 16 2 1120 78 B85-143 153⁄4 × 42 20 45 16 2 1130 76 B106-144 153⁄4 × 48 24 43 20 2 1292 82 B106-145 42 35 30 27⁄16 2345 141 3 3 28 × 64S B127-146S Staggered Staggered B127-146 1540 12 × 7 18 13 270 B127-147 1791 12 × 7 18 13 314 B147-148 1864 14 × 7 18 15 270 B147-149 2168 14 × 7 18 15 314 B168-150 2409 16 × 8 18 18 236 B168-152 3204 16 × 8 18 18 314 11⁄4 4 173⁄4 × 48 24 43 20 27⁄16 1419 85 B127-146 17 ⁄4 × 54 30 40 24 27⁄16 1692 92 B127-147 19 ⁄4 × 48 24 43 20 7 2 ⁄16 1542 93 B147-148 193⁄4 × 54 30 45 24 27⁄16 1803 99 B147-149 223⁄4 × 48 20 45 18 27⁄16 1963 95 B168-150 223⁄4 × 54 30 40 24 27⁄16 2075 109 B168-152 3 1 ⁄4 1 11⁄2 4 41⁄2 3 § Based on 75% full bucket * Includes casing. moderately or extremely abrasive. Style A.) Terminals InterShaft Including mediate* Diameter Machinery per Ft. belt and buckets 1 Dimensions are in inches H-124 Elevator Number SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . Buckets Capacities and horsepower listed are for style AA buckets. Capacity 1 Elevator Number Capacity in Cubic Feet per Hour § Buckets1 Size Spacing Belt1 Width Speed in F.MARTINSPROCKET. Belt Centrifugal discharge belt type elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting specifically designed for elevator service. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation. Max Lump Size 100% 10% ⁄4 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 B43-139 107 4×3 8 5 159 1 B64-140 336 6×4 13 7 270 1 B64-141 294 6×4 13 7 236 B85-142 558 8×5 16 9 236 B85-143 638 8×5 16 9 270 B106-144 956 10 × 6 16 11 236 B106-145 1094 10 × 6 16 11 270 B127-146S 4938 12 × 7 16 24 385 ⁄4 3 1 11⁄4 1 3 31⁄2 4 Nominal1 Casing Size Head Pulley Diameter1 Boot Shaft RPM Pulley Diameter1 Approx. (Lbs. AA-RB and Salem can be furnished. Many other types of belts and covers are available. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-125 .COM Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 100 Horsepower* Material Density (Pounds per Cubic Feet) Elevator Number Centers Feet B43-139 B64-140 and 35 50 75 100 Head Shaft Diameter Head Shaft Diameter HP Head Shaft Diameter HP Head Shaft Diameter HP 17⁄16 1 17⁄16 1 0-100 17⁄16 HP 1 0-80 115⁄16 1 81-100 115⁄16 11⁄2 B64-141 B85-142 0-42 115⁄16 1 and 43-71 2 ⁄16 B85-143 72-95 96-100 B106-144 Centers Feet 0-100 Elevator Number 0-80 17⁄16 1 81-100 115⁄16 11⁄2 B43-139 0-66 115⁄16 1 0-44 115⁄16 1 0-33 115⁄16 1 115⁄16 11⁄2 45-66 115⁄16 11⁄2 34-50 115⁄16 11⁄2 and 81-100 115⁄16 2 67-88 115⁄16 2 51-66 115⁄16 2 B64-141 89-100 27⁄16 3 115⁄16 1 1 ⁄2 34-50 2 ⁄16 215⁄16 2 51-66 215⁄16 3 1 0-100 Centers Feet 67-80 0-33 7 Centers Feet 67-92 115⁄16 3 93-100 27⁄16 5 B64-140 0-33 115⁄16 11⁄2 0-25 115⁄16 11⁄2 1 ⁄2 34-44 7 2 ⁄16 2 26-33 7 2 ⁄16 2 and 27⁄16 2 45-66 27⁄16 3 34-50 27⁄16 3 B85-143 67-90 215⁄16 3 67-100 215⁄16 5 91-100 215⁄16 5 7 1 51-83 215⁄16 5 84-100 215⁄16 71⁄2 B85-142 0-25 1 ⁄16 1 0-24 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄2 0-20 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄2 0-30 2 ⁄16 3 and 26-42 27⁄16 11⁄2 25-40 27⁄16 2 21-26 27⁄16 2 31-50 215⁄16 5 and B106-145 43-57 215⁄16 2 41-60 215⁄16 3 27-40 27⁄16 3 51-75 37⁄16 71⁄2 B106-145 58-85 215⁄16 3 61-100 37⁄16 5 41-66 215⁄16 5 76-100 37⁄16 10 86-100 3 ⁄16 5 67-100 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄2 B127-146S 0-27 215⁄16 5 0-34 37⁄16 0-30 37⁄16 10 0-35 315⁄16 15 B127-146S Staggered 28-44 37⁄16 71⁄2 35-46 315⁄16 10 31-46 315⁄16 15 36-46 47⁄16 20 Staggered 45-66 315⁄16 10 47-69 47⁄16 15 47-61 47⁄16 20 47-58 415⁄16 25 67-89 47⁄16 15 70-93 415⁄16 20 62-77 415⁄16 25 59-69 415⁄16 30 90-100 415⁄16 15 94-100 415⁄16 25 78-92 415⁄16 30 70-93 57⁄16 40 0-35 27⁄16 2 0-34 27⁄16 3 0-25 27⁄16 3 0-31 215⁄16 5 and 36-53 215⁄16 3 35-59 215⁄16 5 26-41 215⁄16 5 32-46 37⁄16 71⁄2 B127-147 54-89 37⁄16 5 60-93 37⁄16 71⁄2 42-62 37⁄16 71⁄2 47-62 37⁄16 10 90-100 37⁄16 71⁄2 94-100 315⁄16 63-72 37⁄16 10 63-93 315⁄16 15 73-100 315⁄16 15 94-100 47⁄16 20 0-17 27⁄16 5 0-15 27⁄16 5 B147-148 71⁄2 B147-149 B127-146 15 7 15 1 71⁄2 10 15 7 1 7 B106-144 1 B127-146 and B127-147 B147-148 0-27 27⁄16 3 0-20 27⁄16 5 B147-149 28-45 215⁄16 3 21-39 215⁄16 71⁄2 18-34 215⁄16 5 16-33 215⁄16 46-75 37⁄16 5 40-76 37⁄16 71⁄2 35-52 37⁄16 71⁄2 34-51 37⁄16 10 76-100 315⁄16 71⁄2 77-100 315⁄16 53-69 315⁄16 10 52-76 315⁄16 15 76-100 47⁄16 15 77-100 47⁄16 20 0-35 37⁄16 0-29 37⁄16 10 B168-150 36-47 315⁄16 10 44 315⁄16 15 B168-152 10 B168-150 0-28 215⁄16 5 0-28 215⁄16 5 B168-152 29-51 37⁄16 5 29-46 37⁄16 71⁄2 52-76 315⁄16 71⁄2 47-70 315⁄16 10 48-71 47⁄16 15 65 47⁄16 20 77-100 47⁄16 10 71-92 47⁄16 15 72-95 415⁄16 20 89 415⁄16 25 92-100 4 ⁄16 20 96-100 4 ⁄16 25 100 57⁄16 30 15 15 71⁄2 *Based on 100% full bucket *For nominal dimensions see page H-131.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. P. Buckets Capacities and horsepower listed are for a 10 gauge medium-front.) Terminals InterIncluding mediate* Machinery per Ft. non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket.COM Continuous Discharge Chain Series 700 Chain (Series 800 is for Head Take-up) Continuous discharge chain type elevators will handle various free-flowing dry or sluggish materials which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly. Elevator Number RPM No. chain and buckets 1 Dimensions are in inches § H-126 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX C85-766 . Max Lump Size Head Sprocket 10% Nominal1 Casing Size No. Capacity Elevator Number Capacity in Cubic Feet per Hour§ 1 Buckets1 Chain Size Spacing Speed in F. Chain Continuous discharge chain type elevators are furnished with combination chain for mild to moderate service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for moderate to severe service or when a higher chain working load is required.MARTINSPROCKET. moderately or extremely abrasive. of Teeth ⁄4 21⁄2 113⁄4 × 39 16 ⁄4 21⁄2 113⁄4 × 39 16 ⁄4 21⁄2 133⁄4 × 39 ⁄4 100% Boot Sprocket Approximate Wt.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation. (Lbs. High front style buckets are available. of Teeth Pitch Dia1 Shaft Dia1 201⁄2 23 11 141⁄4 11⁄2 902 82 201⁄2 23 11 141⁄4 11⁄2 899 83 C85-767 16 201⁄2 23 11 141⁄4 2 889 93 C105-768 Pitch Dia1 C85-766 590 8 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 C-102B 125 3 C85-767 590 8 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 SS-102B 125 3 C105-768 750 10 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 C-102B 125 3 C105-769 750 10 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 SS-102B 125 21⁄2 133⁄4 × 39 16 201⁄2 23 11 141⁄4 2 842 94 C105-769 C107-770 1080 10 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 C-110 125 1 3 133⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 10 191⁄2 2 1167 100 C107-770 C107-771 1080 10 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 SS-110 125 1 3 133⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 10 191⁄2 2 1271 103 C107-771 C127-772 1294 12 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 C-110 125 1 3 153⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 10 191⁄2 27⁄16 1230 113 C127-772 C127-773 1294 12 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 SS-110 125 1 3 153⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 10 191⁄2 27⁄16 1325 115 C127-773 C147-774 1519 14 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 C-110 125 1 3 173⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 10 191⁄2 27⁄16 1301 117 C147-774 C147-775 1519 14 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 SS-110 125 1 3 173⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 10 191⁄2 27⁄16 1399 121 C147-775 C128-776 1550 12 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 C-110 125 11⁄4 4 153⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 9 171⁄2 27⁄16 1295 116 C128-776 C128-777 1550 12 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 SS-110 125 11⁄4 4 153⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 9 171⁄2 27⁄16 1515 122 C128-777 C148-778 1817 14 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 C-110 125 11⁄4 4 173⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 9 171⁄2 27⁄16 1453 119 C148-778 C148-779 1817 14 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 SS-110 125 11⁄4 4 173⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 9 171⁄2 27⁄16 1600 126 C148-779 C168-781 2090 16 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 SS-110 125 11⁄2 41⁄2 193⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 9 171⁄2 27⁄16 1667 133 C168-781 C188-783 2340 18 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 SS-110 125 11⁄2 41⁄2 223⁄4 × 48 13 25 19 9 171⁄2 27⁄16 1701 140 C188-783 3 Based on 75% full bucket * Includes casing.M. MARTINSPROCKET. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-127 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.COM Continuous Discharge Chain Series 700 Horsepower* Material Density (Pounds per Cubic Feet) Elevator Number Centers Feet 35 50 75 100 Head Shaft Diameter Head Shaft Diameter Head Shaft Diameter Head Shaft Diameter HP HP Centers Feet HP Centers Feet HP Centers Feet Elevator Number C85-776 0-16 115⁄16 1 0-15 115⁄16 1 0-14 115⁄16 1 0-16 27⁄16 11⁄2 B85-776 C85-767 17-35 27⁄16 1 16-33 27⁄16 1 15-31 27⁄16 11⁄2 17-29 215⁄16 2 B85-767 36-61 215⁄16 11⁄2 34-58 215⁄16 11⁄2 32-53 215⁄16 2 30-60 315⁄16 3 62-100 37⁄16 2 59-80 37⁄16 2 54-71 37⁄16 3 61-100 47⁄16 5 81-100 7 3 ⁄16 3 72-100 3 ⁄16 5 15 C105-768 0-13 115⁄16 1 0-27 27⁄16 1 0-25 27⁄16 11⁄2 0-21 27⁄16 11⁄2 C105-768 C105-769 14-28 27⁄16 1 28-42 215⁄16 11⁄2 26-38 215⁄16 2 22-28 215⁄16 2 C105-769 29-50 215⁄16 11⁄2 43-57 37⁄16 2 39-57 37⁄16 3 29-42 37⁄16 3 51-81 37⁄16 2 58-81 37⁄16 3 58-90 315⁄16 5 43-71 315⁄16 5 82-100 315⁄16 3 82-100 315⁄16 5 91-100 315⁄16 71⁄2 72-100 47⁄16 71⁄2 C107-770 0-24 27⁄16 11⁄2 0-22 27⁄16 11⁄2 0-20 27⁄16 11⁄2 0-16 27⁄16 2 C107-770 C107-771 25-42 215⁄16 2 23-40 215⁄16 2 21-29 215⁄16 2 17-30 215⁄16 3 C107-771 43-69 37⁄16 3 41-65 37⁄16 3 30-44 37⁄16 3 31-55 315⁄16 5 70-100 315⁄16 5 66-100 315⁄16 5 45-74 315⁄16 5 56-83 47⁄16 71⁄2 75-100 47⁄16 71⁄2 84-100 47⁄16 10 0-16 27⁄16 2 0-25 215⁄16 C127-772 0-21 27⁄16 1 0-22 27⁄16 11⁄2 C127-773 22-38 215⁄16 3 C127-772 11⁄2 23-36 215⁄16 2 17-30 215⁄16 3 26-38 37⁄16 5 39-51 C127-773 37⁄16 2 37-54 37⁄16 3 31-60 315⁄16 5 39-64 315⁄16 71⁄2 52-77 315⁄16 3 55-90 315⁄16 5 61-90 47⁄16 71⁄2 65-90 47⁄16 10 78-100 47⁄16 5 91-100 47⁄16 71⁄2 91-100 47⁄16 10 91-100 415⁄16 15 C147-774 0-20 27⁄16 1 0-25 215⁄16 11⁄2 0-22 215⁄16 2 0-23 215⁄16 3 C147-774 C147-775 21-35 215⁄16 11⁄2 26-33 215⁄16 2 23-33 37⁄16 3 24-35 37⁄16 5 C147-775 36-47 37⁄16 2 34-50 37⁄16 3 34-55 315⁄16 5 36-59 315⁄16 71⁄2 48-71 315⁄16 3 51-76 315⁄16 5 56-83 47⁄16 71⁄2 60-83 47⁄16 10 72-100 7 4 ⁄16 5 77-100 7 4 ⁄16 1 7 ⁄2 84-100 4 ⁄16 10 84-100 415⁄16 15 C128-776 0-19 27⁄16 1 0-18 27⁄16 11⁄2 0-20 215⁄16 2 0-22 215⁄16 3 C128-776 C128-777 20-32 215⁄16 11⁄2 19-30 215⁄16 2 21-30 37⁄16 3 23-34 37⁄16 5 C128-777 33-43 37⁄16 2 31-46 37⁄16 3 31-51 315⁄16 5 35-57 315⁄16 71⁄2 44-65 315⁄16 3 47-73 315⁄16 5 52-76 47⁄16 71⁄2 58-76 47⁄16 10 66-100 47⁄16 5 74-100 47⁄16 71⁄2 77-100 415⁄16 10 77-100 415⁄16 15 C148-778 0-17 27⁄16 11⁄2 0-23 215⁄16 2 0-21 215⁄16 3 0-28 37⁄16 5 C148-778 C148-779 18-30 215⁄16 2 24-35 37⁄16 3 22-31 37⁄16 5 29-44 315⁄16 71⁄2 C148-779 31-49 37⁄16 3 36-58 315⁄16 5 32-53 315⁄16 71⁄2 45-58 47⁄16 10 50-68 315⁄16 5 59-88 47⁄16 71⁄2 54-75 47⁄16 10 59-88 415⁄16 15 69-100 47⁄16 71⁄2 89-100 415⁄16 10 76-100 415⁄16 15 89-100 57⁄16 20 0-26 215⁄16 2 0-22 215⁄16 2 0-18 215⁄16 3 0-25 37⁄16 5 27-44 37⁄16 3 23-33 37⁄16 3 19-28 37⁄16 5 26-41 315⁄16 71⁄2 45-61 315⁄16 5 34-55 315⁄16 5 29-46 315⁄16 71⁄2 42-55 47⁄16 10 62-79 47⁄16 5 56-79 47⁄16 71⁄2 47-67 47⁄16 10 56-83 415⁄16 15 80-100 415⁄16 71⁄2 80-100 415⁄16 10 68-100 415⁄16 15 84-100 57⁄16 20 0-22 215⁄16 2 0-28 37⁄16 3 0-23 37⁄16 5 0-20 37⁄16 5 23-37 37⁄16 3 29-47 315⁄16 5 24-38 315⁄16 71⁄2 21-34 315⁄16 71⁄2 38-51 315⁄16 5 48-66 47⁄16 71⁄2 39-55 47⁄16 10 35-47 47⁄16 10 52-68 47⁄16 5 67-95 415⁄16 10 56-77 415⁄16 15 48-69 415⁄16 15 69-100 415⁄16 71⁄2 96-100 57⁄16 15 78-100 57⁄16 20 70-93 57⁄16 20 C168-781 C188-783 15 *Based on 100% full bucket C168-781 C188-783 *For nominal dimensions see page H-131. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.P.1 Terminals Including Machinery Elevator Number ⁄4 21⁄2 113⁄4 × 39 20 38. moderately or extremely abrasive.COM Continuous Discharge Belt Series 700 Belt (Series 800 is for Head Take-up) Continuous discharge belt type elevators will handle various free-flowing dry or sluggish materials which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly.8 20 2 1246 117 B147-794 12 13 200 11⁄4 4 153⁄4 × 48 24 31.M.2 14 11⁄2 660 81 B105-791 1 3 133⁄4 × 48 24 31.1 Shaft Dia.) Nominal1 Casing Size Pulley Dia. Weight (Lbs. Buckets Capacities and horsepower listed are for a 10 gauge medium front. High front style buckets are available. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .1 Shaft RPM Pulley Dia.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.8 20 2 1181 110 B128-795 14 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 15 200 11⁄4 4 173⁄4 × 48 24 31.8 20 27⁄16 1297 117 B148-796 3375 16 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 17 200 11⁄2 41⁄2 193⁄4 × 48 24 31. Capacity Max Lump Size 1 Buckets Capacity in Cubic Feet per Hour § Size Spacing B85-790 945 8 × 5 × 73⁄4 B105-791 1215 B107-792 Belt Width1 Speed in F. Belt Continuous discharge belt type elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting specifically designed for elevator service. belt and buckets 1 Dimensions are in inches H-128 Intermediate* per Ft.8 20 2 915 93 B107-792 200 1 3 153⁄4 × 48 24 31.8 20 2 1067 105 B127-793 15 200 1 3 173⁄4 × 48 24 31.MARTINSPROCKET. 8 9 200 3 10 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 11 200 3 1620 10 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 11 200 B127-793 1962 12 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 13 B147-794 2277 14 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 B128-795 2475 12 × 8 × 115⁄8 B148-796 2925 B168-797 B188-798 Elevator Number 100% 10% Head Boot Approx.2 18 27⁄16 1819 140 B188-798 § Based on 75% full bucket * Includes casing.8 20 27⁄16 1426 124 B168-797 3780 18 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 19 200 11⁄2 41⁄2 223⁄4 × 48 20 38. Many other types of belt and covers are available.2 14 11⁄2 650 75 B85-790 ⁄4 21⁄2 133⁄4 × 39 20 38. non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Bucket Elevator Dimensions Horsepower* Material Density 35 Elevator Number Centers Feet B85-790 B105-791 B107-792 B127-793 B147-794 B128-795 B148-796 B168-797 B188-798 Head Shaft Diameter HP Centers Feet Pounds per Cubic Feet 50 75 100 Head Shaft Diameter Head Shaft Diameter Head Shaft Diameter HP Centers Feet HP HP Centers Feet Elevator Number 0-25 115⁄16 1 0-24 115⁄16 1 0-20 115⁄16 11⁄2 0-25 27⁄16 2 26-54 27⁄16 11⁄2 25-38 27⁄16 11⁄2 21-33 27⁄16 2 26-37 27⁄16 3 55-71 215⁄16 2 39-49 27⁄16 2 34-50 215⁄16 3 38-62 215⁄16 5 72-89 215⁄16 3 50-75 215⁄16 3 51-83 37⁄16 5 63-80 37⁄16 71⁄2 90-100 3 ⁄16 3 76-100 3 ⁄16 5 84-100 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄2 81-100 3 ⁄16 10 0-19 115⁄16 1 0-13 115⁄16 11⁄2 0-24 27⁄16 2 0-27 27⁄16 3 20-38 27⁄16 11⁄2 14-36 27⁄16 2 25-36 215⁄16 3 28-45 215⁄16 5 39-51 215⁄16 2 37-54 215⁄16 3 37-60 37⁄16 5 46-68 37⁄16 71⁄2 52-77 7 3 ⁄16 3 55-90 3 ⁄16 5 61-91 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄2 78-100 37⁄16 5 91-100 315⁄16 71⁄2 92-100 315⁄16 10 0-16 115⁄16 1 0-21 115⁄16 11⁄2 0-28 215⁄16 17-30 27⁄16 11⁄2 22-28 27⁄16 2 29-47 37⁄16 31-40 215⁄16 2 29-42 215⁄16 3 48-71 315⁄16 41-61 37⁄16 3 43-71 37⁄16 5 72-95 315⁄16 10 62-100 315⁄16 5 72-100 315⁄16 71⁄2 96-100 47⁄16 15 0-14 115⁄16 11⁄2 0-23 27⁄16 2 0-18 27⁄16 15-31 27⁄16 2 24-35 215⁄16 3 19-36 32-51 215⁄16 3 36-58 37⁄16 5 52-76 37⁄16 5 59-88 315⁄16 71⁄2 77-100 315⁄16 71⁄2 89-100 315⁄16 0-21 27⁄16 11⁄2 0-20 22-28 215⁄16 2 29-42 215⁄16 43-68 37⁄16 69-100 7 7 15 1 15 69-90 15 3 ⁄16 10 91-100 47⁄16 15 3 0-18 27⁄16 3 5 19-35 215⁄16 5 36-49 37⁄16 71⁄2 50-71 315⁄16 10 72-100 47⁄16 15 3 0-29 215⁄16 5 215⁄16 5 30-43 37⁄16 71⁄2 37-48 37⁄16 71⁄2 44-58 315⁄16 10 49-78 315⁄16 10 59-88 47⁄16 15 10 79-100 47⁄16 15 89-100 415⁄16 20 27⁄16 2 0-15 27⁄16 3 0-25 215⁄16 5 21-30 215⁄16 3 16-31 215⁄16 5 26-37 37⁄16 71⁄2 3 31-50 37⁄16 5 32-42 37⁄16 38-50 315⁄16 10 5 51-75 315⁄16 71⁄2 43-66 315⁄16 10 51-75 47⁄16 15 315⁄16 71⁄2 76-100 47⁄16 10 67-100 47⁄16 15 76-100 415⁄16 20 0-25 27⁄16 2 0-17 27⁄16 3 0-30 215⁄16 5 0-33 37⁄16 26-38 215⁄16 3 18-35 215⁄16 5 31-41 37⁄16 71⁄2 34-45 315⁄16 10 39-64 37⁄16 5 36-46 37⁄16 71⁄2 42-60 315⁄16 10 46-68 47⁄16 15 65-97 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄2 98-100 47⁄16 0-21 7 15 1 71⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 47-87 15 3 ⁄16 10 61-90 4 ⁄16 15 69-90 415⁄16 20 10 88-100 47⁄16 15 91-100 415⁄16 20 91-100 415⁄16 25 27⁄16 2 0-14 27⁄16 3 0-25 215⁄16 5 0-38 315⁄16 10 22-32 215⁄16 3 15-29 215⁄16 5 26-33 37⁄16 71⁄2 39-57 47⁄16 15 33-54 37⁄16 5 30-38 37⁄16 71⁄2 34-51 315⁄16 10 58-76 415⁄16 20 55-82 315⁄16 71⁄2 39-72 315⁄16 10 52-76 47⁄16 15 77-92 415⁄16 25 83-100 47⁄16 10 73-100 47⁄16 15 77-100 415⁄16 20 93-100 57⁄16 30 0-27 215⁄16 3 0-20 215⁄16 3 0-28 37⁄16 0-33 315⁄16 10 28-47 37⁄16 5 21-33 37⁄16 5 29-44 315⁄16 10 34-50 47⁄16 15 48-71 315⁄16 34-50 315⁄16 71⁄2 45-66 47⁄16 15 51-66 415⁄16 20 72-95 47⁄16 10 51-66 47⁄16 10 67-88 415⁄16 20 67-83 415⁄16 25 96-100 415⁄16 15 67-100 415⁄16 15 89-100 57⁄16 25 84-100 57⁄16 30 0-25 215⁄16 3 0-30 37⁄16 5 0-23 37⁄16 0-30 315⁄16 10 26-40 37⁄16 5 31-45 315⁄16 71⁄2 24-40 315⁄16 10 31-45 47⁄16 15 41-60 315⁄16 46-60 47⁄16 10 41-59 47⁄16 15 46-60 415⁄16 20 61-85 47⁄16 10 61-90 415⁄16 15 60-80 415⁄16 20 61-75 57⁄16 25 86-100 415⁄16 15 91-100 415⁄16 20 81-100 57⁄16 25 76-90 57⁄16 30 15 1 71⁄2 71⁄2 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 B85-790 B105-791 B107-792 B127-793 B147-794 B128-795 B148-796 B168-797 B188-798 *For nominal dimensions see page H-131. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-129 . MARTINSPROCKET.G Up H F L L N M H-130 SEARCH M EXIT Anchor Bolt Plan PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . Intermediate 10´-0″ Lift Overall Height AP K J Take.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.COM Bucket Elevator Dimensions Z Y D-1 As Req’d 11⁄2″ V Head Shaft Dia. R U T AS A Shaft Centers B Std. 1 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-131 .COM Index/Bucket Elevator Dimensions Dimensions➀ (In Inches) Elevator Number Chain Elevator Number Belt C43-101 Elevator Number Belt Elevator Number Chain B43-139 C64-102 B64-140 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 B64-141 B85-790 B105-791 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116 C85-766 C85-767 B85-142 C105-768 B85-143 C107-770 C107-771 B107-792 B106-144 C127-117 C127-119 C127-120 C127-122 B127-793 B128-795 B106-145 C127-772 C127-773 C128-776 C128-777 B127-146 S C147-123 C147-124 C147-126 C147-127 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134 B147-794 B147-796 B127-146 C147-774 C147-775 C148-778 C148-779 B127-147 B168-797 B147-148 C168-780 C168-781 B147-149 B188-798 B168-150 C188-782 C188-783 B168-152 Casing Boot A B F G 8 18 9 6 93⁄4 35 13 113⁄4 39 113⁄4 H J Head K L M N P R 271⁄4 363⁄4 42 9 6 10 6 15 9 261⁄2 43 72 171⁄2 141⁄2 131⁄2 13 14 9 261⁄2 43 72 35 13 9 261⁄2 43 113⁄4 39 14 9 113⁄4 42 16 133⁄4 39 133⁄4 U 8 171⁄2 36 14 293⁄4 10 281⁄2 42 191⁄2 171⁄2 301⁄2 13 191⁄2 161⁄2 151⁄2 13 311⁄2 10 301⁄2 42 211⁄2 191⁄2 321⁄2 14 72 171⁄2 141⁄2 151⁄2 13 293⁄4 10 281⁄2 42 191⁄2 171⁄2 301⁄2 14 261⁄2 43 72 191⁄2 161⁄2 151⁄2 13 311⁄2 10 301⁄2 42 211⁄2 191⁄2 321⁄2 14 9 321⁄2 50 72 21 151⁄2 13 323⁄4 10 331⁄4 42 24 14 9 261⁄2 43 72 191⁄2 161⁄2 171⁄2 13 311⁄2 10 301⁄2 42 211⁄2 191⁄2 321⁄2 15 42 16 9 321⁄2 50 72 21 18 171⁄2 13 323⁄4 10 331⁄4 42 24 133⁄4 48 19 9 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 171⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 16 153⁄4 42 16 9 321⁄2 50 72 21 18 191⁄2 13 321⁄4 10 331⁄4 42 24 21 361⁄4 17 153⁄4 48 19 9 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 191⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 17 153⁄4 54 21 10 39 601⁄2 72 27 24 191⁄2 17 381⁄4 17 411⁄2 48 31 27 45 181⁄4 28 64 26 10 293⁄4 601⁄2 72 32 29 301⁄2 261⁄4 36 17 461⁄2 48 361⁄2 32 53 24 173⁄4 48 19 10 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 211⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 18 173⁄4 54 21 10 39 72 27 24 211⁄2 17 381⁄4 17 411⁄2 48 31 45 193⁄4 48 19 10 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 231⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 19 193⁄4 54 21 10 39 72 27 24 231⁄2 17 381⁄4 17 411⁄2 48 31 45 223⁄4 48 19 10 401⁄2 60 72 24 21 261⁄2 15 353⁄4 13 361⁄2 48 271⁄2 24 405⁄8 21 223⁄4 54 21 10 39 72 27 24 261⁄2 17 381⁄4 17 411⁄2 48 31 45 601⁄2 601⁄2 601⁄2 V Y 9 21 21 27 27 27 Z D-1 ➁ T 18 S 201⁄4 13 361⁄4 141⁄2 361⁄4 151⁄2 191⁄4 20 22 NOT certified for construction.MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 2 Normal maximum for largest headshaft listed. Rain proof construction (not shown) 9. Jig aligned for straightness (not shown) Boot Housing Features 16. valves and turnheads H-132 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . Buckets Buckets are available in various styles and materials of construction such as fabricated steel and non-metallic. Ball bearing head bearings Intermediate Housing 11. Roller bearing. Clean out slide plates 18. Ladder with cage 4. Boot shaft keyed to pulley (not shown) Optional Equipment (not shown) 1. Many other types of belts and covers are available. Intermediate rest platforms 5. Access doors in one section 14. Angle and channel reinforced housing 8. Lagged head pulley (furnished when required) 9. Heavy gauge with angle reinforcement: 12 gauge is standard (10 gauge on elevators with 11 × 6.COM High Speed Grain Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 500 Series 500 Belt High speed centrifugal discharge grain type elevators are specifically designed to handle very free-flowing. Belt High-speed centrifugal discharge belt type elevators are normally furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting specifically designed for elevator service. 12 × 6 and 14 × 7 buckets) 2. speed and horsepower requirements.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 12 × 6 and 14 × 7 buckets) 17. Quick opening inspection doors (not shown for clarity) 20. Head shaft panels — remove hood without disturbing bearings 3. Crown face head pulley (not shown) 10. dry. Crown face pulley (not shown) 22. head bearings 8. Quick opening inspection door in hood 4. Removable side panel 19. Vent in hood 3. Consult the factory for specific recommendations on size. Sway braces at each connection 15. Full throw head 6. Discharge transition. Adjustable belt bibb in discharge (not shown) 7. Galvanized construction 10. Female rain-tight cover between intermediate housing connection (not shown) 23. (10 gauge on elevators with 11 × 6. Split hood: 14 gauge is standard. Ball bearing take-ups 21. Rigid 14 gauge intermediate leg construction 12. Head Housing Features 1. A variety of bucket sizes and belt speeds are available. is standard. Work platforms 7. Heavy gauge front hood scroll and discharge 5. Lower head: 12 ga. Angle and flanges 13. small particle size materials such as grains efficiently and economically. Motor base plate 6.MARTINSPROCKET. Double boot pocket 2. ) Pulley Belt Head Shaft Diameter1 BPH § CFH2 Size Spacing B75-506 1580 1965 7×5 8 80 24 9 B75-508 1800 2240 7×5 7 80 24 B95-514 2438 3033 9×5 8 75 B95-515 2779 3458 9×5 7 B96-526 3969 4937 9×6 B96-528 4524 5628 B116-536 4372 B116-538 FPM 115⁄16 23⁄16 27⁄16 215⁄16 8 502 65 85 112 — — 9 8 502 60 85 112 — — 30 11 10 589 40 75 88 140 — 75 30 11 10 589 40 65 85 130 — 8 70 36 11 10 659 34 70 90 110 — 9×6 7 70 36 11 10 659 30 60 80 95 — 5438 11 × 6 9 70 36 13 12 659 — — 52 83 140 4930 6134 11 × 6 8 70 36 13 12 659 — — 50 80 130 B126-546 4800 5971 12 × 6 9 70 36 14 13 659 — — 45 75 125 B126-548 5413 6734 12 × 6 8 70 36 14 13 659 — — 45 75 125 B147-556 7111 8846 14 × 7 10 63 42 16 15 659 — — 30 50 90 B147-558 7881 9805 14 × 7 9 63 42 16 15 659 — — 25 40 85 Dimensions are in inches.COM High Speed Grain Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 500 Elevator Number Maximum Capacity Bucket1 Head Shaft RPM Maximum Centers (Ft. BPH × 1. 1 2 § Dia.MARTINSPROCKET. 9″ Take-Up ⁄16″B 13 Anchor Bolt Plan SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-133 . Dimensions1 (In Inches) As Req’d Elevator Number Shaft Centers Lift Sway Brace 37⁄16 B75-506 and B75-508 B95-514 and B95-515 B96-526 and B96-528 B116-536 and B116-538 B126-546 and B126-548 B147-556 and B147-558 A B C D E F H J K N* Q R T V W Y Z1 A1 Boot Shaft A2 Diameter 41 91⁄2 11 44 14 381⁄2 331⁄2 305⁄8 347⁄8 9 32 123⁄4 6 231⁄2 20 40 121⁄2 11 10 11⁄2 47 11 13 50 16 461⁄2 41 355⁄8 415⁄8 10 38 143⁄4 6 291⁄2 22 45 151⁄2 13 13 11⁄2 49 11 13 52 16 471⁄2 42 365⁄8 425⁄8 13 40 143⁄4 6 291⁄2 22 45 151⁄2 13 13 11⁄2 56 121⁄2 15 59 18 561⁄8 471⁄8 445⁄8 493⁄4 13 47 163⁄4 6 351⁄2 27 51 19 15 15 2 56 121⁄2 16 59 19 561⁄8 471⁄8 445⁄8 493⁄4 13 47 173⁄4 6 351⁄2 27 51 19 16 15 2 63 *Approximate. 13 18 65 21 685⁄8 53 555⁄8 573⁄4 15 52 193⁄4 6 411⁄2 33 57 251⁄2 18 17 2 1 Not certified for construction.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.24 = CFH.1 Face1 Width1 Based on 75% full bucket. 9 19.4 18.8 .0 40.609 14.01 6 4 41⁄4 2. H-134 Side Bar 1 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 × 11⁄2 11⁄32 ⁄8 × 11⁄2 15⁄16 ⁄8 × 1 ⁄4 115⁄32 3 ⁄8 × 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄8 × 11⁄2 11⁄4 1 . salt or wet grains. B C 4 23⁄4 3 1.8 .000 6. Capacity cu.6 K-2 5 Pin Diameter SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT 7 ⁄4 × 1 ⁄8 7 3 ⁄2 1 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 INDEX Barrel or Knuckle Diameter ⁄16 × 7⁄8 ⁄16 NOTE: All dimensions are inside to inside of bucket.290 9.7 .9 . Salem AA-RB Consult Factory Non-Metallic Chain Combination chains. efficiently without premature discharge. 10 Ga.0 8 41⁄2 4 2.76 36.0 22.5 .2 K-1 7 C-188 2. Wt.070 10 5 73⁄4 5. Rated Working Value Lbs. Can be furnished or fabricated steel.2 — .000 4000 7. ft.COM Buckets and Chain Style AA Bucket Size Malleable iron buckets for general use with most types of relatively free flowing material in centrifugal discharge elevators.19 14 7 71⁄4 13.158 A B C 12 Ga.8 .4 20.180 12 7 115⁄8 10.8 .325 16 8 115⁄8 13.7 .0 Continuous Weight Lbs.175 14 6 53⁄8 14 16 4.000 6290 8.12 12 7 71⁄4 12.052 12 5 4 4. Attachments are available either on the connecting side bars or block link.000 1950 4.9 7.071 9 5 41⁄2 16 16 2. X—X . Weight Lbs. Heavier gauges should be used when handling abrasive materials.7 — . SS.275 14 8 115⁄8 12. such as grains.5 32.4 . Pitch in Inches Average Ultimate Strength Lbs.0 24.0 K-2 5 SS-110 6.000 1830 2.308 11. Bucket Size Medium front non-overlapping fabricated steel buckets are used in continuous discharge elevators for general service.420 A B C End Gauge Body Gauge Wt.0 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.6 24. All steel (steel knuckle).4 10. ⁄4″ Capacity cu.160 12 6 53⁄8 14 16 4.1 . Lbs. are fabricated of steel. have cast block links and steel connecting side bars.7 — .8 .8 .9 20.9 16.8 K-2 5 C-110 6.34 Weight Lbs.7 35.3 K-2 5 C-111 4.6 14.138 16 7 51⁄2 10. Can be mounted on chain or belt and furnished in heat-treated malleable iron or fabricated from various materials. clay.026 Bucket Size A B C 6 41⁄2 4 2.23 16 8 81⁄2 21.090 10 7 115⁄8 9.8 K-2 1 C-102B 4.1 6.0 .0 . Capacity cu.2 29.950 10. lbs. High-Speed Grain ⁄16″ 3 1 . X—X A Style C Malleable iron buckets are used in centrifugal discharge elevators to handle materials that tend to pack or stick.3 8. C-. Capacity cu.7 K-2 3 SS-102B 4.061 14 7 51⁄2 8. High front continuous buckets are available also. C-977 2.0 24. Available fabricated from various materials.0 .4 16.2 26.218 14 7 115⁄8 11.07 10 6 61⁄4 7.035 10 5 4 4. X—X 7 5 41⁄2 16 18 1.131 11 6 53⁄8 14 16 3. ft.5 — .MARTINSPROCKET.7 17. Attachment Every Attachment Other Pitch Number Dimension in Inches Chain No. ft.0 26. such as sugar.3 11.203 Bucket Size Designed specifically to handle materials.375 18 8 115⁄8 14.03 8 5 51⁄2 4. Per Ft.5 .8 . X—X 8 5 3 7 ⁄4 5.1 .4 13.6 — .0 .253 12 8 115⁄8 11. ft.5 .091 9 6 53⁄8 14 16 3.2 14.000 4000 7.0 40.000 5. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. AA-RB. Chain Number Bucket Punching — Chain E BOLT DIA Style AA. C.⁄16 B-7 4 7 ⁄4-5⁄16 B-7 41⁄2 7 — — — 5 8 B-2 31⁄16 7 10 B-2 47⁄8 7 12 B-3 33⁄8 7 14 B-4 3 7 16 B-5 27⁄8 7 18 — — ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 — Continuous Buckets Punch A B ⁄4 C* — — — ⁄4 -5⁄16 B-6 3 ⁄4 -5⁄16 B-6 31⁄2 ⁄4 -5⁄16 B-6 41⁄2 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 1 C* — ⁄4-5⁄16 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 B-7 4 DEPTH – 1 2 Punch 6 B8 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 B-7 41⁄2 B= Bucket Length 1″ — B-7 5 A B C D E — ⁄4-5⁄16 1 ⁄4-5⁄16 1 ⁄16 5 ⁄16 5 ⁄16 5 *C = Bolt Diameter. SC. They are constructed of heavy gauge steel and sized to provide easy access to platforms. C ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄16 Ladders/Safety Cages Ladders with safety cages are available. Ladders with safety cage are easily bolted to the elevator casings. angle hand rails and heavy non-skid grating. Rest platforms are also available and required at 30´ intervals. B. See Chart on Page H136.I. Various sizes and configurations are available. B C* Punch A B ⁄8 1 ⁄4 B-1 4-3⁄8 1 ⁄4-5⁄16 B-6 3 7 ⁄4-5⁄16 B-6 31⁄2 7 ⁄4-5⁄16 B-6 41⁄2 7 5 ⁄4. AA. etc. & Steel Buckets Style A.MARTINSPROCKET. Continuous Attachment Number C-977 K-1 1 — 3 — 3 C-188 K-2 1 11⁄4 43⁄16 23⁄4 3 C-102B K-2 3 ⁄4 13⁄4 55⁄16 2 3 C-110 K-2 7 ⁄8 13⁄4 55⁄16 33⁄8 3 C-111 K-2 3 ⁄4 25⁄16 61⁄4 21⁄8 3 SS-102B K-2 3 ⁄4 13⁄4 55⁄16 2 3 SS-110 K-2 7 ⁄8 13⁄4 55⁄16 33⁄8 3 High Speed Grain Bucket Size Punch A B 7×5 B2 211⁄16 13⁄4 1 9×5 B2 5 3 ⁄8 3 1 ⁄4 1 9×6 B2 35⁄8 2 1 11 × 6 B3 3 2 1 12 × 6 B3 33⁄8 2 1 14 × 7 B4 3 2 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 Platforms Head section service platforms are of structural steel.COM Bucket Punching (Belt) CEMA Standard (Formerly P1 thru P9) C BOLTS B1 B2 B3 B4 1″ B B5 1″ B6 B7 Salem and Other Similar Light Buckets A B-1 43⁄8 M. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-135 . etc. C. The platform mounts securely to the elevator head section. 31´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. of Buckets) 4 × (No.COM Formulas for Calculating Number of Buckets. of Bolts) 21 + (No.3rd K2 .60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. Washers and Length of Chain or Belt Centrifugal Discharge Chain Series 100 Number of Buckets.25 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. of Bolts) 21 + (No.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3. of Buckets) 4 × (No.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. Washers and Length of Belt.5 + (1.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No.2nd K2 .66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3.4th K2 .26 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Bolts) 5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 11´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) ⁄16 × 11⁄2 ⁄16 × 11⁄2 ⁄16 × 11⁄2 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄2 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄2 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄2 5 × (No.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.26 × Shaft Ctrs) 3. of Buckets) 4 × (No.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.4th K2 . of Buckets) 4 × (No.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.2nd K2 .75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (1.5 + (1.25 + (1. of Buckets) 5 × (No.57 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 8.85 + (1. of Buckets) 5 × (No.48 + (1.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.85 × Shaft Ctrs) 2.2nd 4. of Bolts) 21 + (No.06 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.4th K2 .75 + (1.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. of Bolts) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No.4th K2 . of Buckets) 7 × (No.55´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Bolts) 6 + (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No.2nd K2 .5 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. Bucket Bolts.2nd K2 .4th K2 . of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.85 × Shaft Ctrs) 3.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Bolts) 15 + (No.25 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 8.72 + (1.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. of Buckets) 5 × (No.3rd K2 .3rd K2 .5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) Continuous Discharge Belt Series 700 Number of Buckets.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 1 Chain Quantity ⁄4 × 1 ⁄4 × 1 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8× 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 1 ⁄2 × 11⁄2 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 1 ⁄2 × 11⁄2 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 1 ⁄2 × 11⁄2 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 1 ⁄2 × 11⁄2 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 Number 2 × (No.4th K2 . of Buckets) 5 × (No.2nd K2 .2nd K2 .86 + (1.79´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 3.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3.5 + (1.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3.0 + (1.2nd K2 .75 + (1.2nd K2 . of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Holes to be Punched in Belt Length (Feet) ⁄4 × 1 ⁄4 × 1 ⁄4 × 1 1 ⁄4 × 11⁄4 1 ⁄4 × 11⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄2 2 × (No.4th K2 . of Bolts) 21 + (No.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (1.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 7. of Buckets) 5 × (No.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 7.79 + (1.72 + (1. of Bolts) 21 + (No.33 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) Size (Inches) ⁄8 × 11⁄4 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 ⁄8 × 11⁄4 3 3 3 Chain Quantity 4 × (No.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 7.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. Bucket Bolts.33´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.74 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. of Buckets) 4 × (No.4th K2 .5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3.0 + (1.13´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 7. of Buckets) 7 × (No.85 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Buckets) 2 × (No.13 + (1.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. of Buckets) 7 × (No.75 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3. of Buckets) 5 × (No.28 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. of Buckets) 5 × (No.86 + (1.4th K2 . of Bolts) 15´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 13´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 11´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 13´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 13´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 1 1 1 5 5 5 Continuous Discharge Chain Series 700 Number of Buckets.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Buckets) 5 × (No. of Buckets) Belt (Including 3 Buckets Overlap) Width (Inches) 9 11 11 13 15 13 15 17 19 No.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. Washers and Length of Chain.72 + (1.3rd K2 . of Buckets) 4 × (No.25 + (1.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.4th K2 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. of Buckets) 7 × (No.26 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.34 + (1.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.33 + (1. of Buckets) 7 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No.3rd K2 .33 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 100 Number of Buckets.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. of Buckets) 7 × (No.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Buckets) 2 × (No.3rd K2 . of Buckets) 4 × (No.34 + (1. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No.96 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) ⁄4 × ⁄4 ⁄16 × 1 ⁄16 × 1 ⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄4 5 ⁄16 × 11⁄4 1 5 5 5 3 Quantity 5 × (No.2nd K2 . of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No.33 × Shaft Ctrs) Size (Inches) Belt (Including 3 Buckets Overlap) Quantity No. Washers and Length of Chain.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.0 + (1.26 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. go to next whole number H-136 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX Length (Feet) 8´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 7´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 10´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 9´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) .75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.06 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Buckets) 4 × (No.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Buckets) 4 × (No.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.57 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. of Bolts) 15 + (No.MARTINSPROCKET.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. of Buckets) 4 × (No. Bucket Bolts.2nd K2 .2nd K2 .4 + (1. of Buckets) 1 1 3 C-77 C-188 C-102B C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-110 SS-110 C-102B SS-110 C-102B SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-111 SS-110 Attachment Every _ Link K1.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 7. of Buckets) Number Attachment Every _ Link Length (Feet) C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 SS-110 SS-110 K2 .58 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. Washers and Length of Chain. of Buckets) 7 × (No. of Buckets) 2 × (No.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. Bucket Bolts. of Buckets) 4 × (No.3rd Length (Feet) 2.66 + (1. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 15 + (No.2nd K2 .5 + (2. Elevator Number C43-101 C64-102 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116 C127-117 C127-119 C127-120 C127-122 C147-123 C147-124 C147-126 C147-127 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134 Buckets Style AA Malleable Size (Inches) Spacing (Inches) 4×3 6×4 8×5 8×5 8×5 8×5 8×5 10 × 6 10 × 6 10 × 6 10 × 6 10 × 6 12 × 7 12 × 7 12 × 7 12 × 7 14 × 7 14 × 7 14 × 7 14 × 7 14 × 7 14 × 7 16 × 8 16 × 8 16 × 8 16 × 8 9 ⁄4 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 16 18 16 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 19 18 Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers Hex Head Cap Screws ✩ Quantity Size (Inches) 1.4th K2 . of Buckets) 4 × (No.0 + (1. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 7 × (No. Bucket Bolts.75 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No.5 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 3. of Buckets) 4 × (No.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.4th K2 .2nd K2 . of Bolts) 15 + (No.4th K2 . of Buckets) 4 × (No.66´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No. Elevator Number B85-790 B105-791 B107-792 B127-793 B147-794 B128-795 B148-796 B168-797 B183-798 Buckets Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets Size (Inches) Spacing (Inches) 8 × 5 × 7 ⁄4 10 × 5 × 73⁄4 10 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 × 7 × 115⁄8 14 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 × 8 × 115⁄8 14 × 8 × 115⁄8 16 × 8 × 115⁄8 18 × 8 × 115⁄8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 3 Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers (Norway Elevator Bolts) ✩ Quantity Size (Inches) 7.5 × Shaft Ctrs) 3.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6. of Buckets) 6 + (No.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 4. of Buckets) 4 × (No.88 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.60 + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.4th K1-5th K2-4th K2-4th K2-4th K2 . of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Holes to be Punched in Belt 15 + (No.31 + (1. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) ✩ If answer is a fraction.2nd K2 .2nd K2 .0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Buckets) 4 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No.33´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.33 + (1.3rd K2 . of Buckets) 5 × (No. of Buckets) 4 × (No. Elevator Number C85-766 C85-767 C105-768 C105-769 C107-770 C107-771 C127-772 C127-773 C147-774 C147-775 C128-776 C128-777 C148-778 C148-779 C168-781 C168-783 Buckets Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers Hex Head Cap Screws Size (Inches) Spacing (Inches) ✩ Quantity 8 × 5 × 73⁄4 8 × 5 × 73⁄4 10 × 5 × 73⁄4 10 × 5 × 73⁄4 10 × 7 × 115⁄8 10 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 × 7 × 115⁄8 14 × 7 × 115⁄8 14 × 7 × 115⁄8 12 × 8 × 115⁄8 12 × 8 × 115⁄8 14 × 8 × 115⁄8 14 × 8 × 115⁄8 16 × 8 × 115⁄8 18 × 8 × 115⁄8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6.25 + (1.12 + (3 × Shaft Ctrs) 4.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 5.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.33 × Shaft Ctrs) 16 18 18 18 18 18 6. of Bolts) 21 + (No.51 + (1.34 + (1.5´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 5. of Buckets) 5 × (No. Elevator Number B43-139 B64-140 B64-141 B85-142 B85-143 B106-144 B106-145 B127-146 B127S-146S B127-147 B147-148 B147-149 B168-150 B168-152 Buckets Style AA Malleable Size (Inches) Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers (Norway Elevator Bolts) ✩ Quantity Spacing (Inches) 4×3 6×4 6×4 8×5 8×5 10 × 6 10 × 6 12 × 7 Staggered 12 × 7 12 × 7 14 × 7 14 × 7 16 × 8 16 × 8 8 13 13 16 16 16 16 18 3.53 + (1.0´ + (2 × Shaft Ctrs) 6.25 + (1. of Bolts) 15 + (No.5 + (1. O.S.MARTINSPROCKET. BOX 193 • MANSFIELD.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.COM Drag Conveyors Drag Conveyors Section VII Round Bottom Drag Conveyor Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor MADE IN THE U. Martin CONVEYOR DIVISION • P. TX 76063-0193 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-137 .A. SOLID COVERS should be used at all other points and must be designed and installed so that personnel will not be exposed to accidental contact with any moving parts of the equipment. feet or any part of the body or clothing in the conveyor or opening. guards and equipment to ensure proper working order and correct positioning must be performed. cleaning or observation. It is the responsibility of the contractor. owner and user to install. Drag Conveyors shall not be operated unless the conveyor housing completely encloses the conveyor moving elements and power transmission guards are in place.1. the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence. gears. 14. Standard ANSI B20. SAFETY DEVICES AND CONTROLS must be purchased and provided by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws. Martin Conveyor Division should be consulted prior to any modifications. 3. 7. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury CHS930001 H-138 SEARCH LOCK OUT POWER before removing guard EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . All equipment shall be checked for damage immediately upon arrival.4-1992. 10. 5. All rotating equipment such as drives. however remote from the area. toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel.1. Before power is connected to the drive. state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. Do not overload conveyor or attempt to use it for other than its intended use. Standard ANSI B15. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturer’s Association (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled “Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors. coated or altered in any way or if the material conveyed is in excess of 175°F or if a change in the original intended use of the equipment is considered. The following safety instructions are basic guidelines and should be considered as minimum provisions. the grating opening must not exceed 1⁄2 inch by 1 inch. have warning labels affixed in many easily seen locations. Clear access to these controls and devices must be maintained. RUGGED gratings may be used where necessary. In all cases the openings shall be restrictive to keep any part of the body or clothing from coming in contact with moving parts of the equipment. Additional stickers are available upon request. in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute Safety Code. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection. 2. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local. unless the conveyor housing has been closed and all other guards are in place. maintain and operate the conveyor components and conveyor assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin Conveyor Division. 6. a pre-start up check shall be performed to ensure the equipment and area are safe for operation and all guards are in place and secure. Frequent inspections of these controls and devices. All drag conveyors shop assembled by the Martin Conveyor Division. standards and good practice.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET. gratings or guards. Martin Sprocket and Gear Inc. and Bucket Elevators. Most accidents are the result of carelessness or negligence. Standard ANSI A12. 13. Inlet and discharge openings shall be connected to other equipment in order to completely enclose the conveyor. If the equipment exterior is painted. shafts and couplings must be guarded by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws. covers.. Precautions: 1. Do not poke or prod material in the conveyor. the Conveyor Division shall be consulted before modifications are made. Maintain a safety training and safety equipment operation/maintenance program for all employees. Practice good housekeeping at all times and maintain good lighting around all equipment. 4. the motor driving the conveyor is to be locked out electrically in such a manner that it cannot be restarted by anyone. Drag conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. Do not attempt to install a damaged item or conveyor. Additional information shall be obtained by the purchaser from other sources including the latest editions of American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 16. 15. installer. 8.COM Safety Safety must be considered a basic factor in machinery operation at all times.. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. If the distance between the grating moving elements is less than 4 inches. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application. standards and good practices. Do not place hands. Drag Conveyors. CEMA Standard 350. 11. Standard ANSI Z535.1. flammable. Keep all operating personnel advised of the location and operation of all emergency controls and devices. 12. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive. Do not walk on conveyor covers. 9.” Conveyor Division encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information. we save you money and time. reducing turbulence. UHMW Idler Sprocket The Martin Drag Conveyor is constructed with heavy duty terminals to eliminate casing flex. All conveyors are offered with bolted formed flange covers with trough and flange gaskets. always lockout/tagout electric power before performing maintenance. Chain and Flights A contoured tail section is utilized to make the Martin Drags virtually SELF-CLEANING. assuring less product degradation. Additionally. The Martin Drag Conveyor is completely enclosed to minimize dust. For a weather-tight construction. They deliver long life and strength because of their heavy construction. CAUTION: Never operate without covers. low friction. Now you never have to buy more conveyor than your application requires. because your Martin screw conveyor trough can be used on your drag. The intermediate housings are heavy gauge CEMA standard utroughs.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. savings result by reducing spare parts inventory requirements. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-139 . quiet running conveyor system.MARTINSPROCKET. By eliminating the pockets of material which may contaminate the product. which contributes to accelerated sprocket and chain wear due to shaft misalignment.COM Round Bottom Drag Conveyor Martin Round Bottom Drag Conveyors Heavy Bolted Cover UHMW Flight Available with two style of flights for a custom fit to your exact needs. AntiTilt Guide Martin Martin Drag Conveyors are available in sizes 9″ through 24″. They are economical and deliver high capacities with low power requirements in a self-cleaning. Flights are of a UHMW polyethylene material and attach to welded steel chain. hip roof covers are available. Form Flanged Trough 9″ Thru 18″ Materials are carried without tumbling. 185 . Horsepowers are based on maximum loading of dry.130 .103 .070 240 1400 14″ . Maximum Chain Length Size 900 9″ . 4. For conveying materials with CEMA flowability codes of 3 & 4.120 185 1800 18″ . If longer conveyors are required consult Martin. 3.060 .027 . multiply the appropriate horsepower factor by the overall length of the conveyor in feet.086 . Intermediate discharges will adversely affect capacity.034 . Horsepower (Per Foot of Length) Series 100 PPM 125 PPM 150 PPM 175 PPM HP/Ft. 3.046 240 1200 12″ . This allows for 85% efficiency of drive power train and a 1.050 .088 .174 . 2. HP/Ft. Horsepowers will vary with other materials.259 160 NOTES: 1.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Capacity will vary with other materials. Capacities as shown are based on maximum loading of dry.084 . free flowing small grains weighing 48 pounds per cubic foot or 60 pounds per bushel.200 180 2400 24″ .150 .145 . Horsepowers and maximum conveyor lengths are for horizontal conveyors only.225 .153 155 2000 20″ . To calculate horsepower.COM Round Bottom Drag Conveyor Capacity FPM / RPM 100 PPM Series 125 PPM 150 PPM NOTES: 175 PPM 1. H-140 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . 5.055 . capacities should be reduced. free flowing small grains weighing 48 pounds per cubic foot or 60 pounds per bushel.040 . Maximum conveyor lengths are calculated at 175 FPM and may vary with speed and materials. HP/Ft. Size CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM 900 9″ 2040 72 2600 90 3050 108 3500 126 1200 12″ 3475 56 4300 70 5200 84 6075 98 1400 14″ 4750 45 5900 57 7100 68 8300 79 1600 16″ 6050 39 7600 48 9150 58 10600 68 1800 18″ 8100 32 10150 44 12300 53 14300 61 2000 20″ 10500 30 13000 37 15650 44 18200 51 2400 24″ 14800 27 18150 34 22000 40 25750 47 2. multiply cubic feet times .069 .115 .5 surge factor for start up. Capacities are based on horizontal conveyors only.MARTINSPROCKET.098 175 1600 16″ .108 .069 .041 . HP/Ft. 4. To convert capacity to bushels.80. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄16 NEXT INDEX H-141 .) Trough DIA. SPC’S @ 6″ CNTRS Discharge Martin Distributor. SPC’S @ 6″ CNTRS Discharge (J) EQ. SPC’S @ 6″ CNTRS (K) EQ. Drive Shaft Detail Conveyor Size A B C D E F By-Pass Inlet G H 7 I K L 7 J 1 M N O P Q R 900 17 ⁄16 14 ⁄2 3 7 14 11 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 11 ⁄8 7 ⁄8 6 ⁄8 20 10 9 ⁄8 7 2 16 7 9 1200 213⁄16 197⁄16 4 911⁄16 173⁄8 141⁄4 31⁄8 143⁄4 95⁄8 73⁄4 25 13 121⁄4 127⁄16 2 17 7 81⁄2 1400 24 ⁄16 19 ⁄16 4 11 ⁄16 20 ⁄8 16 ⁄4 3 3 ⁄8 17 ⁄4 7 10 ⁄8 9 ⁄4 26 15 13 ⁄2 11 ⁄16 7 2 ⁄16 18 7 81⁄2 1600 26 ⁄16 23 ⁄16 6 10 ⁄16 22 ⁄8 19 ⁄8 1 3 ⁄2 19 ⁄8 12 10 ⁄8 30 17 14 ⁄8 14 7 2 ⁄16 21 ⁄8 8 105⁄8 1800 30 ⁄16 23 ⁄16 6 13 ⁄16 25 ⁄2 5 21 ⁄8 7 3 ⁄8 22 ⁄8 3 13 ⁄8 12 ⁄8 35 19 16 12 ⁄4 3 22 ⁄8 8 101⁄8 2000 32 ⁄16 28 ⁄16 6 13 ⁄16 28 ⁄2 24 1 4 ⁄2 24 ⁄2 15 13 ⁄2 37 21 1 19 ⁄4 17 ⁄16 3 24 ⁄16 8 115⁄16 2400 36 ⁄16 29 ⁄16 6 15 ⁄16 34 ⁄8 29 5 ⁄8 28 ⁄2 18 ⁄8 16 ⁄2 41 25 20 15 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 25 ⁄16 8 105⁄16 3 1 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 11 11 3 15 7 1 5 1 1 5 1 3 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 3 1 7 3 3 9 1 7 1 1 5 5 Flange Dimensions For further information contact your nearest (J) EQ.MARTINSPROCKET. L ∅ Holes L ∅ Holes Inlet L ∅ Holes Intermediate Discharge Head Discharge By-Pass Inlet Flange Dimensions Conveyor Size A 9 10 12 B C D E F G H I J K 17 ⁄16 20 1 4 — 4 4 5 2 2 7 13 197⁄16 26 11⁄4 51⁄8 — 51⁄4 53⁄4 51⁄4 2 3 7 14 15 19 ⁄8 30 1 1 ⁄4 1 3 ⁄2 1 3 ⁄2 1 3 ⁄2 1 4 ⁄4 1 4 ⁄4 3 4 7 16 17 23 ⁄16 34 1 1 ⁄4 3 3 ⁄4 4 4 3 5 ⁄4 1 6 ⁄4 3 4 7 18 19 237⁄16 38 11⁄2 47⁄16 43⁄8 43⁄8 41⁄2 51⁄2 4 5 9 20 21 287⁄16 42 11⁄2 47⁄8 43⁄4 43⁄4 31⁄2 41⁄2 5 6 9 24 25 297⁄16 50 11⁄2 55⁄8 55⁄8 51⁄2 31⁄2 51⁄2 6 7 9 3 3 7 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS L ⁄16 6″ Round Bottom Drags can be ⁄16 supplied by Martin for special ⁄16 applications.COM Round Bottom Drag Conveyor (Take-up) (Inside Dim. 145 10 ga. ⁄16 460 14 ga. shaft. ⁄16″ 170 14 ga.COM Round Bottom Drag Conveyor Material Thickness and Approximate Shipping Weights Intermediate Series Tail Weight1 Bypass Weight Head Weight Cover Standard Duty Weight2 Specific Duty Weight3 ⁄16 255 14 ga. sprocket and covers. 130 10 ga.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. ⁄16 870 12 ga. 507 3 ⁄16″ 520 10 ga. covers and bolts. ⁄16 640 12 ga. 365 3 ⁄16″ 450 10 ga. 140 3 1800 10 ga. 80 10 ga.24″ diameter. Head Section Tail Section with By-Pass Inlet 1200 Series Drag CAUTION: Never operate without covers. 400 10 ga. 107 3 1400 10 ga. 2) Intermediate weights shown include return idler. 185 3 ⁄16″ 210 12 ga. 218 3 2000 10 ga. ⁄16 705 12 ga. 285 3 ⁄16″ 240 12 ga. 578 3 ⁄16″ 680 10 ga. ⁄16 520 14 ga. 60 3 1200 10 ga. 3) Intermediate standard lengths: 9″ diameter. 130 3 1600 10 ga. trough. 310 3 ⁄16″ 320 12 ga. ⁄16 420 14 ga. always lockout/tagout electric power before performing maintenance. H-142 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . 350 3 1) Tail and head weights shown include bearings. 12″ . 275 3 2400 10 ga. 10´ lengths. 12´ lengths. 742 3 900 10 ga. 195 10 ga.MARTINSPROCKET. 245 10 ga. 315 10 ga. Bulk materials are carried “en masse” with little interval turbulence.COM Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor The Martin Flat Drag Conveyor offers greater capacities than the round bottom drag while requiring minimal space. always lockout/tagout electric power before performing maintenance. Bolted Return Guides Bolted Liner Formed Channel Side Trough UHMW Flights The conveyor is constructed with heavy duty formed channel sides. The flat bottom drag is especially well suited to handle small grains. Bolted bottom and side liners of various materials are offered as an option.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. The bottom is bolted allowing easy access to the interior of the unit for field maintenance.MARTINSPROCKET. Flat Bolted Bottom Tail Section with Take-Up Head Section with Drive CAUTION: never operate without covers. The Martin Flat Bottom Drag is supplied with formed flange cover and screw clamp fasteners as standard. tumbling or agitation reducing product degradation. Flights can be supplied of other material if necessary. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-143 . Heavy Gauge Bolted Cover The dust tight design eliminates dust problems while protecting the product from contamination. The Martin Flat Bottom Drag is supplied with UHMW polyethylene flights securely fastened to a welded steel chain. bolt and chain flights.350 . ⁄16″ 506 10 ga. Supporting structure for conveyor should be determined using these weights plus weight of materials contained in conveyor.80. 3. 17 14 ga. ⁄16″ 458 10 ga.240 . 2. 211 3 1800F 10 ga. 165 3 1600F 10 ga.170 .134 . HP/Ft. ⁄16″ 810 10 ga. Special head terminals may be necessary to accommodate anticipated chain stretch as maximum heights are approached.765 230 NOTES: 1. 4. Capacity FPM / RPM 100 FPM Series 125 FPM 150 FPM 175 FPM NOTES: 200 FPM Size CFH RPM 900F 9″ 4000 42 1200F 12″ 6300 1400F 14″ 8400 1600F 16″ 1800F CFH RPM 5310 51 32 8005 27 10600 10860 24 18″ 13500 2000F 20″ 2400F 24″ CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM 6372 62 7434 72 8497 82 41 9495 49 11000 57 12700 62 34 12650 40 14500 47 16858 54 13608 30 16311 36 18995 42 21718 48 22 16943 27 20351 33 23700 38 27100 44 16500 20 20670 25 24800 30 28945 34 33000 39 24000 17 29300 21 35154 25 41000 29 46902 33 1. H-144 SEARCH EXIT 10´0″ Intermediate Series Contour Tail Weight1 900F 10 ga. If longer conveyors are required consult Martin. Horsepowers will vary with other materials.220 .140 2385 1200F 12″ .5 surge factor for start up. Capacity will vary with other materials. Horsepowers and maximum conveyor lengths are for horizontal conveyors only. 850 10 ga. Maximum conveyor lengths are calculated at 175 FPM and may vary with speed and materials. 2) Intermediate weights shown include return track. shaft and covers.MARTINSPROCKET. All weights are estimated shipping weights.280 .360 165 1800F 18″ .106 . Capacities are based on horizontal conveyors only. HP/Ft. Intermediate discharges will adversely affect capacity.470 .264 . This allows for 85% efficiency of drive power train and a 1. ⁄16″ 363 10 ga. 452 10 ga. HP/Ft. 319 10 ga. multiply the appropriate horsepower factor times the overall length of the conveyor in feet.558 300 2400F 24″ .380 . 5. 3. 690 10 ga. To convert capacity to bushels.205 .280 .185 .308 .158 .070 . Material Thickness and Approximate Shipping Weights 1) Tail and head weights shown include bearings.108 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. ⁄4″ 1124 10 ga.180 . multiply cubic feet times .132 . 23 12 ga. To calculate horsepower. NEXT INDEX . 494 10 ga.565 . Horsepowers are based on maximum loading of dry. 105 3 1200F 10 ga. free flowing small grains weighing 48 pounds per cubic foot or 60 pounds per bushel.225 . 12 14 ga. 397 10 ga.340 .420 .270 215 1600F 16″ .COM Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor Horsepower (Per Foot of Length) Series 100 FPM 125 FPM 150 FPM 175 FPM 200 FPM HP/Ft. 130 3 1400F 10 ga. trough covers. 296 3 ⁄16 406 1 ⁄16 615 1 2000F 3 2400F 3 PREVIOUS Head Weight1 Standard Duty Weight2 Standard Inlet Weight Cover ⁄16″ 302 10 ga. 752 10 ga. Capacities as shown are based on maximum loading of dry.122 .490 . 2.451 340 2000F 20″ . 29 12 ga. free flowing small grains weighing 48 pounds per cubic foot or 60 pounds per bushel. 15 14 ga. Size Maximum Chain Length 900F 9″ . HP/Ft. 4.660 . 10 14 ga.395 . ⁄4″ 1601 10 ga.211 270 1400F 14″ . 21 12 ga.090 . 14″. HOLES G — DIA. P P L R R Q Q F I O (DIA. 18″ FOR SIZES — 20′ AND 24′ C D E F G H I J K L M N O 7 1 3 P Q R 900F 26 13 ⁄2 3 13 15 12 ⁄16 2 ⁄16 6 10 6 ⁄8 14 10 9 ⁄8 16 2 ⁄16 16 7 9 1200F 30 141⁄8 4 16 193⁄4 159⁄16 43⁄16 611⁄16 13 75⁄8 18 13 121⁄4 18 215⁄16 1815⁄16 7 81⁄2 1400F 30 169⁄16 4 16 213⁄4 179⁄16 43⁄16 715⁄16 15 85⁄8 197⁄8 15 131⁄2 20 37⁄16 207⁄16 7 81⁄2 1600F 30 18 ⁄4 6 16 3 23 ⁄4 19 ⁄16 3 4 ⁄16 3 8 ⁄4 17 5 9 ⁄8 7 21 ⁄8 17 7 14 ⁄8 22 7 3 ⁄16 24 8 105⁄8 1800F 36 20 ⁄4 6 20 27 22 ⁄8 5 4 ⁄8 15 9 ⁄16 19 11 25 19 16 25 15 3 ⁄16 25 ⁄8 8 101⁄8 2000F 36 21 ⁄8 7 20 29 24 ⁄8 5 4 ⁄8 10 ⁄4 21 12 27 21 1 19 ⁄4 27 7 4 ⁄16 29 ⁄16 8 115⁄16 2400 F 36 26 ⁄8 7 20 33 28 ⁄8 4 ⁄8 12 ⁄8 25 14 31 25 20 31 4 ⁄16 31 ⁄4 8 105⁄16 K G 5 L .MARTINSPROCKET.EQUAL SPACES C C D FLIGHT SUPPORT E G — DIA. 12″.COM Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor OVERALL LENGTH SHAFT CENTERS C (TAKE-UP) STANDARD 10′-0″ TROUGH B H N STANDARD 10′-0″ TROUGH OR LENGTH TO SUIT HEAVY GAUGE.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.EQUAL SPACES 3 3 P 3 3 5 N 5 3 7 H 3 9 N 1 9 N B C 1 B C C C C J C C J C IMMEDIATE DISCHARGE STANDARD INLET C HEAD DISCHARGE Flange Dimensions Conveyor Size A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P 1 Q 900F 7 16 1 4 ⁄2 — — 3 2 10 26 5 3 4 — 4 7 1200F 10 18 11⁄4 4 — 41⁄2 41⁄4 2 13 30 41⁄4 4 51⁄8 — 51⁄4 7 ⁄16 ⁄16 1400F 12 20 11⁄4 41⁄2 — 51⁄2 51⁄4 2 15 30 41⁄4 4 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 7 ⁄16 1600F 14 22 11⁄4 31⁄4 31⁄4 31⁄2 31⁄4 3 17 30 41⁄4 4 33⁄4 4 4 7 ⁄16 1800F 15 25 11⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 5 3 19 36 41⁄2 5 47⁄16 43⁄8 43⁄8 9 ⁄16 2000F 17 27 11⁄2 4 4 4 6 3 21 36 41⁄2 5 47⁄8 43⁄4 43⁄4 9 ⁄16 2400F 21 31 11⁄2 43⁄4 43⁄4 5 5 4 25 36 41⁄2 5 55⁄8 55⁄8 51⁄2 9 ⁄16 Special Duty Drags can be furnished for incline applications with and without bend sections. SINGLE FORM TOP TROUGH WITH ANGLE END FLANGES STANDARD ANGLE FRAME INLET D INSIDE J F CL E MATERIAL FLOW TROUGH A SUPPORT FOOT G CENTERLINE INLET TO CENTERLINE DISCHARGE K NOTE: DRIVE NEAR SIDE.) SUPPORT FOOT A B FOR SIZES — 9″. 15″.EQUAL SPACES N FLOW FLOW K K AT 6″ CENTERS 15 N AT 6″ CENTERS 5 13 N H . HOLES K For further information contact your nearest I Martin Distributor.) H TYPICAL CROSS SECTION OF TROUGH Conveyor Size O (DIA. HOLES FLIGHT SUPPORT C 1 AT 6″ CENTERS FLOW P F I E A L . SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-145 . H D G — DIA. COM Screw Elevator SECTION VIII Standard Screw Elevator Super Screw Elevator H-146 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .MARTINSPROCKET.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local. Maintenance Instructions.MARTINSPROCKET. owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. flammable. Do not attempt field modification of conveyor or components. and Bucket Elevators. railings. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. 12. state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. installer. walkways. etc. WARNING PROMINENTLY DISPLAY IN WORK AREAS CVS930011 Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury Exposed screw and moving parts can cause severe injury LOCK OUT POWER before removing cover or servicing CHS930001 ACTUAL SIZE 6" x 3" SEARCH LOCK OUT POWER before removing guard ACTUAL SIZE 5" x 21/2" EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-147 .COM Warning & Safety Reminder Martin —Conveyor Division does not install conveyor. 1. —Conveyor Division insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. 7. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure. grating or guards. the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assembler as we have no information regarding plant wiring. the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment. extent of plant automation. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. For more detailed instructions and information. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. however remote from the area. Always regulate the feeding of material into the unit at a uniform and continuous rate. owner and user to install. training of personnel. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 10.12. Operation. It is the responsibility of the contractor.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. 8. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained on the caution labels affixed to the equipment. maintenance or observation. Drag Conveyors. 3. plant environment. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. Please order replacement caution labels should the labels attached to this equipment become illegible. however. 11. with special attention given to section 6. then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted. Electrical controls. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application. machinery guards. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used. the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning. 13. The label shown below has been reduced in size. etc. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition. Do not place hands or feet in the conveyor. arrangement of installation. installer. 6. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the flow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed. 9. Never walk on conveyor covers. There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it. or following it can also be automatically stopped. 2. the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions. consequently it is the responsibility of the contractor. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. maintain and operate the conveyor.” The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturer’s Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled “Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors.” —Conveyor Division encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20. please request a free copy of our “Screw Conveyor Safety..1-1993. toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive. conveyor covers and screw elevator housings. One or more caution signs (as illustrated below) are attached to conveyor housings. 5. Installation. The actual size is printed next to the label. 14. front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. components and conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute (ANSI) safety code. Feed openings for shovel. 4. —Conveyor Division should be consulted prior to any modifications. Secondary safety devices are available. Martin has an experienced staff in over twenty locations throughout the U. Malted Bone Meal Cement Coffee Corn Meal Cotton Seed Cryolite Flours Grains Hops Ice Kaolin Clay Lead Oxide Lime Malt Mica Milk. giving our customers the ability to elevate larger capacities to greater heights. We have the capability of manufacturing our screw elevators in six locations in the U. Dried Mixed Feeds Mustard Seed Oats Paper Pulp Peanuts Resin Rubber. Ground Salt Sawdust Screened Wood Chips Shellac. Powder Soda Ash Soybean Meal Sugar Sunflower Seeds Tobacco Wheat Wood Flour Type 4 Superscrew Elevator H-148 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX . In 1956. We offer both our Standard and Superscrew Elevators with several different drive arrangements to meet our customers’ individual requirements.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. The Martin Screw Elevator is ideally suited to elevate a wide range of bulk materials in a relatively small space. Partial Material List Alfalfa Meal Barley.S.A.S.A. it can probably be elevated in a Screw Elevator. and Canada that can help you design the right screw elevator for your application. Contact your nearest Martin facility with your application information and we will design the right elevator for your needs. Martin Screw Elevators Standard Screw Elevators have been suc- cessfully elevating a wide range of materials.COM Screw Elevator Martin For over fifty years. we added the heavier duty Superscrew Elevator.MARTINSPROCKET. If a material can be classified as very free flowing or free flowing. cleaning. CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. or other purposes. w/4′-0″ Feeder And Drive Type AF2 Offset Inlet Top Drive.T. we offer both the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators in sixteen different types. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-149 . Thrust Head With Drive Type GAF1 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive. Bottom P. The different types allow us to vary the drive location.T. With Drive Type 5 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive.O. Pedestal Base Type 3 Straight Inlet Top Drive. With Drive Type EAF1 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive.MARTINSPROCKET.O. discharge location and feed arrangement. Thrust Head With Drive SuperScrew Elevator Types Type 1 Straight Inlet Top Drive. Thrust Head Type HAF2 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive. Pedestal Base Type BO Offset Inlet Top Drive. match-marked and disassembled prior to shipment. All Martin Screw Elevators are of a sturdy self-supporting design and only need lateral support when installed. We are also able to drive the feeder or take-away conveyor by the screw elevator drive. The Martin Screw Elevators are easy to install because they are factory assembled. Bottom P.COM Screw Elevator Martin Screw Elevators To help better meet the needs of our customers. Bottom P.T. Pedestal Base Type 2 Offset Inlet Top Drive. Bottom P. Pedestal Base Type AF1 Straight Inlet Top Drive. Thrust Head w/4′-0″ Feeder And Drive Type 8 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.O. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection. Thrust Head w/4′-0″ Feeder And Drive Type IAF-2 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive. maintenance. The drives for the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators are manufactured by Martin and are specifically designed for use with our screw elevators. Thrust Head Type 7 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive.T. Standard Screw Elevator Types Type B Straight Inlet Top Drive. We can also offer a Screw Conveyor Drive arrangement for lighter duty applications. Thrust Head Type 6 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive.O. Thrust Head NOTE: All elevators are furnished less feeder and/or feeder drive unless otherwise specified. w/4′-0″ Feeder And Drive Type 4 Offset Inlet Top Drive. The stabilizer bearings are available in a wide range of bearing materials to meet our customers’ requirements. Both the Martin Standard Screw and Superscrew Elevators are supplied with split intermediate housing to allow easier maintenance.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. bronze. Clearance Between Screw and Housing Stabilizer Bearing Used on Standard Screw Elevator Gauge of Housing Size 6 Standard Screw Pedestal Base 9 12 16 Type of Housing Standard Elevator Standard Clearance Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance Close Fitting Clearance Intermediate Top and Bottom Sections Intermediate Top and Bottom Sections 1 ⁄2 14 14 14 10 ⁄16 14 14 14 10 1 ⁄2 12 12 12 3 ⁄16 12 12 12 3 1 ⁄2 10 10 10 3 ⁄16 10 10 10 3 1 ⁄2 10 3 ⁄16 10 3 5 5 5 5 Standard Screw Thrust Head H-150 SEARCH EXIT Superscrew Elevator Clearance PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄16 . It also has a shroud to assure that the conveyed material is moving smoothly through the area. hard iron.COM Screw Elevator All Martin Screw Elevators come with heavy duty helicoid or sectional screws which are checked for straightness and run-out to insure a smooth running elevator. including wood.MARTINSPROCKET. The bottom inspection panel is bolted to minimize any product leakage. UHMW. as the height of the elevator increases. we add stabilizers as needed. The drives for both the Standard Screw and the Superscrew Elevator are manufactured by Martin to guarantee their quality and availability. and others. When handling free flowing material. Standard Screw Thrust Unit Martin’s specially engineered inlet/bottom section assures a smooth transfer to conveyed material from the horizontal to vertical with a minimum of back-up and product degradation. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-151 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. feeder and discharge conveyor are all driven from one power source. Martin engineering staff can help you design the right Screw Elevator for your application. adapter for 6″ head not illustrated CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Rec’d 2 11⁄2 5 131⁄2 14 151⁄4 75⁄8 415⁄16 7 41⁄4 41⁄2 1111⁄32 33⁄8 313⁄16 131⁄4 4 3 9 2:1 1.COM Standard Screw Elevator The Martin Standard Screw Elevator is designed to handle under normal conditions. and the input shaft extension may be used to drive a horizontal feeder or discharge conveyor. or other purposes.4:1 12 2 2:1 2:1 ▲ For speeds in excess or less than shown. maintenance.. A top drive and pedestal base are used when the elevator and discharge conveyor are driven from one source. With complete information. consult Vertical Screw Input Top Drive Input Bottom Drive 200 215 275 170 200 230 155 165 200 400 430 550 340 400 460 310 330 400 280 301 385 238 280 322 310 330 400 RPM Horizontal Feeder Screw 45 Percent Loading Capacity Cubic Foot per Hour 165 177 226 139 163 187 147 156 189 360 400 500 1100 1300 1500 2700 3000 3600 Martin . A bottom drive and thrust unit are necessary if the elevator and feeder are driven from one power source. cleaning. 9″ dia.4:1 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 5 131⁄2 14 151⁄4 5 415⁄16 10 41⁄4 41⁄2 1111⁄32 33⁄8 313⁄16 131⁄4 8 3 12 2:1 2:1 2 2 2 5 131⁄2 14 151⁄4 47⁄8 415⁄16 13 5 59⁄16 147⁄16 37⁄8 49⁄16 131⁄4 8 1 All Types 65⁄8 *25⁄8″ lg. Bolts Oil Level Both top and bottom drives are required when the elevator.4:1 A 11⁄2 U T Bolts Top Drive Bottom Drive C E F G H J L M N P Q R S V Size B & BO All Other Types ⁄8-16 NC 167⁄8 231⁄8 ⁄8-16 NC 211⁄2 273⁄4 83⁄4 ⁄2-13 NC 26 313⁄4 123⁄4 No. sizes. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection. Martin Standard Screw Elevator Speed / Capacity ▲ Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds Vertical Shaft Diameter Size Ratio Top Drive Ratio Bottom Drive 6 11⁄2 2:1 1.MARTINSPROCKET.. The input shaft can be driven in either direction. The Standard Screw Elevator drive unit will function efficiently with the elevator erected at any angle of incline from horizontal to vertical.4:1 9 11⁄2 2:1 1. Grease Level Housing Length = Lift +U Screw Length = Lift +V Bolts Grease Cavity Oil Level Dimensions in Inches B Ratio Size 6* Top Drive 2:1 SEE PAGE Bottom Drive 1. The drives are designed and constructed to withstand all radial and thrust loads and support the entire weight of a fully loaded elevator. and 12″ dia. capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 3600 CFH in 6″ dia. unless otherwise specified. This elevator will normally be furnished offset to left.COM Standard Screw Elevator Type B Type BO Lift Lift Screw elevator shown is offset to right for illustration purpose only.MARTINSPROCKET. See page H-149 for typical elevator arrangements. Type BO Size of Elevator A B C D F G H J K L M N P R S 6 6 8 9 43⁄4 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 23 12 75⁄8 51⁄2 113⁄8 11⁄2 9 51⁄2 111⁄8 9 61⁄4 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 25 14 5 71⁄8 113⁄8 11⁄2 12 8 14 ⁄4 15 8 5 13 ⁄2 14 2 4 ⁄16 29 18 4 ⁄8 8 ⁄4 14 ⁄16 2 A B C F G H J K L M N 1 1 15 7 3 7 Type B Size of Elevator P 6 6 8 9 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 23 12 75⁄8 51⁄2 9 51⁄2 111⁄8 9 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 25 14 5 71⁄8 12 8 5 131⁄2 14 2 415⁄16 29 18 47⁄8 83⁄4 H-152 141⁄4 15 Dimensions in Inches SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. or other purposes... 170 340 340 139 1100 200 400 400 163 1300 230 460 460 187 1500 240 480 480 196 1600 Up to 425 Up to 850 Up to 850 . . ★ Consult Martin. Martin SuperScrew Elevator Speed / Capacity ▲ Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds Size Vertical Shaft Diameter Ratio Top Drive Ratio Bottom Drive 1 2 3 4 6 9 11⁄2 2:1 2 2:1 27⁄16 2:1 Vertical Screw 2:1 2:1 2:1 12 27⁄16★ 2. . 9″ dia. 138 284 284 132 6000 150 309 309 144 6500 161 332 332 155 7000 Up to 425 Up to 876 Up to 876 . SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-153 . Type 7 Superscrew Elevator Elevator Offset to the Right of Inlet Straight Inlet Elevator Offset to the Left of Inlet CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards.06:1 Input Top Drive 2. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection.06:1 3 16 3 2. .MARTINSPROCKET. 155 319 319 151 2800 165 340 340 161 3000 200 412 412 195 3600 210 433 433 205 3800 Up to 425 Up to 876 Up to 876 . ▲ For speeds in excess or less than those shown. 12″ dia. 155 310 310 147 2800 165 330 330 156 3000 200 400 400 189 3600 210 420 420 199 3800 Up to 425 Up to 850 Up to 850 .06:1 Input Bottom Drive RPM Horizontal Feeder Screw 45 Percent Loading Capacity Cubic Foot per Hour 5 6 7 8 9 200 400 400 165 360 215 430 430 177 400 275 550 550 226 500 330 660 660 272 600 Up to 425 Up to 850 Up to 850 .. and 16″ dia. consult Martin. . cleaning. maintenance. .COM Super Screw Elevator The Martin Superscrew Elevator is designed to handle capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 7000 CFH in 6″ dia. sizes.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.06:1 2. DSD units may also be furnished at the top only with a pedestal base or at the bottom only with a thrust head.1 67⁄8 125⁄8 71⁄4 201⁄4 12 1 16 5 3 Spider Type Stabilizer Used on SuperScrew SuperScrew Pedestal Base SuperScrew Thrust Head H-154 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX ⁄8 121⁄4 ⁄8 131⁄4 ⁄2 181⁄4 ⁄2 181⁄4 ⁄2 181⁄4 ⁄2 241⁄4 . (Dry Shaft Drive) Housing & Screw Length = Lift + M Bolts DSD (Dry Shaft Drive) is a completely new design and construction concept especially developed to enable the SuperScrew Elevator to broaden the application of screw elevators.S. DSD units may be furnished at both the top and the bottom of the elevator. In the bottom drive unit other special features prevent entrance of foreign material into lubricant.D. D Size Ratio A B L C E Top Bottom F G H K M No.06:1 3 23⁄16 41⁄4 5 5 18. Size 6 2:1 11⁄2 15⁄8 4 43⁄4 5 16 61⁄8 12 71⁄2 101⁄8 8 3 9 2:1 2 15⁄8 4 43⁄4 5 16 61⁄8 12 71⁄2 131⁄4 8 3 12 2:1 27⁄16 15⁄8 4 47⁄8 5 16 61⁄8 12 71⁄2 161⁄4 8 1 2.06:1 27⁄16 15⁄8 41⁄4 47⁄8 5 18.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. special units may be furnished. The DSD unit is designed to meet special conditions encountered in vertical installations and may be installed in the range of 70° to 90° incline. The top drive incorporates special design features to assure that no lubricant may pass into the elevator to contaminate the material being elevated. A patented lubrication system precisely “meters” the proper amount of lubricant to those points where needed with no danger of damaging seals. The compactness of the DSD requires a minimum of head room providing maximum lift with minimum overall elevator height.06:1 3 3 2 ⁄16 1 4 ⁄4 5 5 18.1 67⁄8 125⁄8 71⁄4 171⁄4 8 1 2. If a smaller angle of incline is required.COM Super Screw Elevator SuperScrew Elevator D.1 7 6 ⁄8 12 ⁄8 1 7 ⁄4 17 ⁄8 8 1 2. DSD units are sturdily constructed to withstand all radial and thrust loads encountered and to support the entire weight of elevators and materials handled.MARTINSPROCKET. 06:1 73⁄4 15 8 18.06:1 105⁄8 Dimensions in Inches L Horizontal coupling diameter may vary upon length of feeder.06:1 2.1 41⁄4 3 2. SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-155 . maintenance. Shaft Dia.06:1 2. Dia.MARTINSPROCKET. j Consult Martin before using. Shaft Dia. 11⁄2 2 27⁄16 j 27⁄16 3 3 Ratio B C E G J K L M N O P S V X 2:1 2:1 2:1 2. Lift Lift Normally Furnished Offset to the Left Type 1 Size of Elevator 6 9 12 16 Vert.1 18.1 41⁄4 3 2. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection.1 41⁄4 20 101⁄2 18. E G 11⁄2 2:1 41⁄2 101⁄2 43⁄4 16 4 2 2:1 61⁄8 12 61⁄4 16 4 27⁄16 2:1 73⁄4 15 8 16 4 j 27⁄16 2. or other purposes. cleaning.1 18.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.COM Super Screw Elevator Dimensions Type 1 Type 2 Dia.06:1 73⁄4 15 8 18. 233⁄4 251⁄4 291⁄4 313⁄8 313⁄8 363⁄4 M N 7 10 13 13 13 17 61⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄2 71⁄4 71⁄4 71⁄4 O P S V X Z L 43⁄4 43⁄4 43⁄4 43⁄4 43⁄4 5 5 87⁄8 87⁄8 87⁄8 87⁄8 111⁄8 83⁄8 77⁄8 87⁄8 9 9 91⁄2 117⁄8 127⁄8 153⁄8 151⁄2 151⁄2 18 131⁄4 131⁄4 131⁄4 173⁄8 173⁄8 173⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 2 3 CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards.06:1 41⁄2 61⁄8 73⁄4 73⁄4 73⁄4 105⁄8 101⁄2 12 15 15 15 20 16 16 16 18.1 4 4 4 41⁄4 41⁄4 41⁄4 15⁄8 15⁄8 15⁄8 23⁄16 23⁄16 23⁄16 63⁄4 63⁄4 63⁄4 715⁄16 715⁄16 715⁄16 263⁄4 281⁄4 321⁄4 343⁄8 343⁄8 397⁄8 7 10 13 13 13 17 61⁄2 61⁄2 61⁄2 71⁄4 71⁄4 71⁄4 43⁄4 43⁄4 43⁄4 43⁄4 43⁄4 5 5 87⁄8 87⁄8 87⁄8 87⁄8 111⁄8 83⁄8 77⁄8 87⁄8 9 9 91⁄2 117⁄8 127⁄8 153⁄8 151⁄2 151⁄2 18 131⁄4 131⁄4 131⁄4 173⁄8 173⁄8 173⁄8 Ratio B C D J K L 15⁄8 15⁄8 15⁄8 23⁄16 23⁄16 23⁄16 63⁄4 63⁄4 63⁄4 715⁄16 715⁄16 715⁄16 Z L 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 2 3 Type 2 Size of Elevator 6 9 12 16 Vert. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Screw Conveyor Data Sheet CUSTOMER: ______________________________________________________________________ DATE PROPOSAL DUE: _________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ SCREW DESCR: ____ QTY. __________ ″ DIA. × __________ LONG (C INLET TO C DISCH.) (OVERALL) M HORIZ. M INCL. __________° M DECL. _____________° CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY ____________________________ LBS/FT 3 LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN TEMP _____°F MOISTURE _________________% LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) INSTALLATION: M INDOORS M OUTDOORS M NEW M REPLACEMENT M MAT’L OF CONSTR.: M MILD STEEL M T304 M T316 M HD GALV M OTHER _____ IS IT? M FEEDER M CONVEYOR IS FEED? M FLOOD LOAD M UNIFORM FED BY: ___________________________ INLET SIZE: ___________________________________ DISCHARGES TO:______________________________________ DRIVE: (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (SHAFT MOUNT) (OTHER):_________________________________________________________________________________ NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ THROUGH: STYLE _________________ THK.______________________ COUPL. BOLTS: ________________________________________________________ DISCHARGE: TYPE ________________ QTY.______________________ HANGER: STYLE _______________________________________________________ GATES: TYPE _____________________ QTY.______________________ HANGER BRG.: TYPE ____________________________________________________ THROUGH END TYPE: TAIL ____________________________________ COVER: STYLE ______________________________ THK.______________________ THROUGH END TYPE: HEAD ___________________________________ COVER FASTENERS: TYPE ______________________________________________ BEARING TYPE: TAIL ______________ HEAD______________________ INLETS: STYLE ______________________________ QTY.______________________ SEAL TYPE: TAIL _________________ HEAD______________________ GASKETS: TYPE __________________________________ THK. _________________ SCREW: DIA. ________ (RH) (LH) PITCH __________ THK. __________ DRIVE _______________________ HP AT ______________________________ RPM ___________________________________________________________ MOTOR: _________________________________ MOTOR MOUNT _______________ ___________________________________________________________ REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ V-BELT/CHAIN: _________________________________________________________ NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ SKETCH — (SHOW FEEDER INLET SIZE AND LOCATION, DRIVE LOCATION, ETC.) PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________ H-156 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Screw Conveyor Data Sheet CUSTOMER: ______________________________________________________________________ DATE PROPOSAL DUE: _________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ SCREW DESCR: ____ QTY. ___________ ″ DIA. × LONG (C INLET TO C DISCH.) (OVERALL) M HORIZ. M INCL. _____________° M DECL. _____________° CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY ____________________________ LBS/FT 3 LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN TEMP _____°F MOISTURE _________________% LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) INSTALLATION: M INDOORS M OUTDOORS M NEW M REPLACEMENT M MAT’L OF CONSTR.: M MILD STEEL M T304 M T316 M HD GALV M OTHER _____ IS IT? M FEEDER M CONVEYOR IS FEED? M FLOOD LOAD M UNIFORM FED BY: ___________________________ INLET SIZE: ___________________________________ DISCHARGES TO:______________________________________ DRIVE: (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (SHAFT MOUNT) (OTHER):_________________________________________________________________________________ NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ THROUGH: STYLE _________________ THK.______________________ COUPL. BOLTS: ________________________________________________________ DISCHARGE: TYPE ________________ QTY.______________________ HANGER: STYLE _______________________________________________________ GATES: TYPE _____________________ QTY.______________________ HANGER BRG.: TYPE ____________________________________________________ THROUGH END TYPE: TAIL ____________________________________ COVER: STYLE ______________________________ THK.______________________ THROUGH END TYPE: HEAD ___________________________________ COVER FASTENERS: TYPE ______________________________________________ BEARING TYPE: TAIL ______________ HEAD______________________ INLETS: STYLE ______________________________ QTY.______________________ SEAL TYPE: TAIL _________________ HEAD______________________ GASKETS: TYPE __________________________________ THK. _________________ SCREW: DIA. ________ (RH) (LH) PITCH __________ THK. __________ DRIVE _______________________ HP AT ______________________________ RPM ___________________________________________________________ MOTOR: _________________________________ MOTOR MOUNT _______________ ___________________________________________________________ REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ V-BELT/CHAIN: _________________________________________________________ NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ SKETCH — (SHOW FEEDER INLET SIZE AND LOCATION, DRIVE LOCATION, ETC.) PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________ SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-157 FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM Bucket Elevator Data Sheet CUSTOMER: ______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ BUCKET ELEVATOR: (HEIGHT) _____________________________ DESCR. _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN TEMP _____°F MOISTURE _________________% LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ MAT’L OF CONSTR: M MILD STEEL M T304 M T316 M H.D. GALV. M OTHER INSTALLATION: M NEW M REPLACEMENT M INDOORS M OUTDOORS DRIVE: (SHAFT MOUNT) (FOOT MOUNTED GEAR REDUCER) (OTHER): _____________________________________________ M V-BELTS M CHAIN M GUARD ___________________MOTOR: M TEFC M X-PROOF M MAC M OTHER ___________________BACKSTOP: M SHAFT M INTEGRAL TO REDUCER M OTHER ________________________________________________________NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ TYPE: M CENTRIFUGAL M CONTINUOUS M GRAIN TYPE M OTHER___________________ M CHAIN M BELT SPECS. _________________________________________________ DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER _________________________ Head SPKTS/SHEAVES _______________ CHAIN/V-BELTS _________________________________ _______________ BACKSTOP ____________________________________________________ INLET: M STANDARD M SPECIAL ________________________________________________ Lift DISCHARGE: M STANDARD M 45° Intermediate SAFETY CAGE: M YES M NO LADDER: LGTH _____________________________________ HEAD PLATFORM: M STANDARD SIZE M SPECIAL __________________________________ Boot Cleanout Door INT. PLATFORM M STANDARD SIZE M SPECIAL ____________________________________ THICKNESS: HEAD ____________ BOOT ____________ INT. ___________________________ TAKEUP: M HEAD M BOOT M SCREW M GRAVITY SEALS: M STANDARD M SPECIAL _____________ VENTS: SIZE ___________ QTY _______ ________________________________________________________PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________ PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________ H-158 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX III . M OTHER INSTALLATION: M NEW M REPLACEMENT M INDOORS M OUTDOORS DRIVE: (SHAFT MOUNT) (FOOT MOUNTED GEAR REDUCER) (OTHER): _____________________________________________ M V-BELTS M CHAIN M GUARD ___________________MOTOR: M TEFC M X-PROOF M MAC M OTHER ___________________BACKSTOP: M SHAFT M INTEGRAL TO REDUCER M OTHER ________________________________________________________NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ TYPE: M CENTRIFUGAL M CONTINUOUS M GRAIN TYPE M OTHER___________________ M CHAIN M BELT SPECS.D. PLATFORM M STANDARD SIZE M SPECIAL ____________________________________ THICKNESS: HEAD ____________ BOOT ____________ INT.25%. _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN TEMP _____°F MOISTURE _________________% LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total.95%) FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ MAT’L OF CONSTR: M MILD STEEL M T304 M T316 M H. II . _________________________________________________ DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER _________________________ Head SPKTS/SHEAVES _______________ CHAIN/V-BELTS _________________________________ _______________ BACKSTOP ____________________________________________________ INLET: M STANDARD M SPECIAL ________________________________________________ Lift DISCHARGE: M STANDARD M 45° Intermediate SAFETY CAGE: M YES M NO LADDER: LGTH _____________________________________ HEAD PLATFORM: M STANDARD SIZE M SPECIAL __________________________________ Boot Cleanout Door INT.MARTINSPROCKET.10%. I .COM Bucket Elevator Data Sheet CUSTOMER: ______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ BUCKET ELEVATOR: (CTRS/LIFT) ___________________________ DESCR. ___________________________ TAKEUP: M HEAD M BOOT M SCREW M GRAVITY SEALS: M STANDARD M SPECIAL _____________ VENTS: SIZE ___________ QTY _______ ________________________________________________________PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________ PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________ SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-159 .FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. GALV. HEIGHT.COM Vertical Screw Data Sheet CUSTOMER: ______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ VERTICAL SCREW: LIFT ___________________ DISCH.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW. M OTHER INSTALLATION: M NEW M REPLACEMENT M INDOORS M OUTDOORS DRIVE: (DIRECT) (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (OTHER): _________________________________________________________ M V-BELTS M CHAIN M GUARD MOTOR: M TEFC M X-PROOF M MAC M OTHER ___________________ NOTES __________________________________________________________________ NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ TROUGH: _____________________________________________________________________ SCREW: ______________________________________________________________________ SHAFT DIA: ____________________________________________________________________ HANGERS: ____________________________________________________________________ HRG.10%.95%) FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ MAT’L OF CONSTR: M MILD STEEL M T304 M T316 M H.: _________________________________________________________________ Discharge Height Lift BOTTOM SEAL: ________________________________________________________________ GASKETS: _____________________________________________________________________ DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________________ PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________ NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________ H-160 SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX .MARTINSPROCKET. BRG.: ____________________________________________________________________ BOTTOM BRG. II .25%. I . __________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ INLET CONFIGURATION (Indicate One): _________________________________________________________________________________ M M M Elevator Straight Elevator Offset to Left Inlet Offset to Right CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN TEMP _____°F MOISTURE _________________% LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total. GALV.D. III . COM Vertical Screw Data Sheet CUSTOMER: ______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ VERTICAL SCREW: LIFT ___________________ DISCH.MARTINSPROCKET. __________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ INLET CONFIGURATION (Indicate One): _________________________________________________________________________________ M M M Elevator Straight Elevator Offset to Left Inlet Offset to Right CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN TEMP _____°F MOISTURE _________________% LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total. GALV. M OTHER INSTALLATION: M NEW M REPLACEMENT M INDOORS M OUTDOORS DRIVE: (DIRECT) (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (OTHER): _________________________________________________________ M V-BELTS M CHAIN M GUARD MOTOR: M TEFC M X-PROOF M MAC M OTHER ___________________ NOTES __________________________________________________________________ NOTES_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ TROUGH: _____________________________________________________________________ SCREW: ______________________________________________________________________ SHAFT DIA: ____________________________________________________________________ HANGERS: ____________________________________________________________________ HRG. I . III .95%) FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ MAT’L OF CONSTR: M MILD STEEL M T304 M T316 M H. BRG.10%.: ____________________________________________________________________ BOTTOM BRG. HEIGHT.FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.: _________________________________________________________________ Discharge Height Lift BOTTOM SEAL: ________________________________________________________________ GASKETS: _____________________________________________________________________ DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________________ PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________ NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________ SEARCH EXIT PREVIOUS NEXT INDEX H-161 .D.25%. II .
Copyright © 2024 DOKUMEN.SITE Inc.